Unified Rule for Loss on Subsidiary Stock, 53934-53987 [E8-21006]
Download as PDF
53934
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 602
[TD 9424]
RIN 1545–BB61
Unified Rule for Loss on Subsidiary
Stock
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations and removal of
temporary regulations.
AGENCY:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
SUMMARY: This document contains final
regulations under sections 358,
362(e)(2), and 1502 of the Internal
Revenue Code (Code). The regulations
apply to corporations filing
consolidated returns, and corporations
that enter into certain tax-free
reorganizations. The regulations provide
rules for determining the tax
consequences of a member’s transfer
(including by deconsolidation and
worthlessness) of loss shares of
subsidiary stock. In addition, the
regulations provide that section
362(e)(2) generally does not apply to
transactions between members of a
consolidated group. Finally, the
regulations conform or clarify various
provisions of the consolidated return
regulations, including those relating to
adjustments to subsidiary stock basis.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations
are effective on September 17, 2008.
Applicability Date: For dates of
applicability, see §§ 1.358–6(f)(3),
1.1502–13(l)(1), 1.1502–19(h), 1.1502–
21(h)(1)(iii), 1.1502–30(c), 1.1502–
31(h)(1), 1.1502–32(h)(9), 1.1502–
33(j)(1), 1.1502–35(j), 1.1502–36(h),
1.1502–75(l), 1.1502–80(a)(4), 1.1502–
80(h), 1.1502–80(j), 1.1502–91(h)(2), and
1.1502–99(b)(4).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Marcie P. Barese at (202) 622–7790,
Sean P. Duffley at (202) 622–7770, or
Theresa Abell at (202) 622–7700 (none
of the numbers are toll-free).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
The collection of information
contained in these final regulations has
been reviewed and approved by the
Office of Management and Budget in
accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C.
3507(d)) under control number 1545–
2096. The collection of information in
these final regulations is in § 1.1502–
36(e)(5). The collection of information is
necessary to allow a corporation to
redetermine basis under the basis
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
redetermination rule when it sells all
the stock of a subsidiary, to modify the
application of the attribute reduction
rule, to apply the Unified Loss Rule
retroactively to certain intercompany
transfers, and to reattribute a section
382 limitation.
An agency may not conduct or
sponsor, and a person is not required to
respond to, a collection of information
unless it displays a valid control
number.
Books or records relating to the
collection of information must be
retained as long as their contents may
become material in the administration
of any internal revenue law. Generally,
tax returns and tax return information
are confidential, as required by 26
U.S.C. 6103.
Background
On January 23, 2007, the IRS and
Treasury Department issued a notice of
proposed rulemaking (REG–157711–02,
2007–8 IRB 537, 72 FR 2964) (January
2007 proposal) that included proposed
regulations under § 1.1502–36 (Unified
Loss Rule). The proposed Unified Loss
Rule would implement aspects of the
repeal of the General Utilities doctrine
and address the duplication of loss by
consolidated groups. The proposed
Unified Loss Rule consisted of three
principal rules that would apply when
a member (M) transferred a loss share of
stock of a subsidiary (S): A basis
redetermination rule (that would
reallocate investment adjustments to
address both noneconomic and
duplicated stock loss), a basis reduction
rule (that would address noneconomic
stock loss), and an attribute reduction
rule (that would address duplicated
loss).
In addition, the January 2007 proposal
included proposed regulations under
§ 1.1502–13(e)(4) that would address the
application of section 362(e)(2) to
certain intercompany transactions. The
January 2007 proposal also included
proposed regulations that would make
various technical and administrative
revisions to other provisions of the
consolidated return regulations and to
regulations regarding stock basis
following certain corporate restructuring
transactions.
No public hearing regarding the
proposed regulations was requested or
held. Written, electronic, and oral
comments responding to the notice of
proposed rulemaking were received.
After consideration of all the comments,
these final regulations generally adopt
the rules of the proposed regulations
other than proposed § 1.1502–13(e)(4)
and its related provisions. The
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
significant comments and modifications
are discussed in this preamble.
1. The Unified Loss Rule
A. General Comments
In general, commentators and
practitioners have consistently
described the provisions of the
proposed Unified Loss Rule as reaching
a fair and reasonable systemic balance.
They have generally concurred with the
major policy decisions reflected in the
proposed regulations, including the
retention of the loss limitation model,
the rejection of a tracing approach, the
application of the rule to built-in
income, and the systemic prevention of
loss duplication. However,
commentators and practitioners have
also consistently raised concerns
regarding both the complexity of the
proposed rules and the anticipated
difficulty in compiling the data required
to implement the proposed rules,
especially those relating to transfers of
stock of subsidiaries that hold stock in
other subsidiaries.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that the proposed rules are
complex. However, as recognized by
commentators and practitioners, the
complexity of the rules is a result of the
balancing of benefits and burdens
arising from the presumptions on which
the rules are based. The IRS and
Treasury Department are concerned,
therefore, that simplifying the proposed
rules would adversely impact the
fundamental fairness the rules are
intended to achieve. Nevertheless,
careful consideration has been given to
all simplifying suggestions, and they
have been incorporated wherever
possible.
The suggestions regarding the general
application and operation of the rule,
and the conclusions reached as to each,
are set forth in this section A of this
preamble. Suggestions relating to
individual paragraphs of the Unified
Loss Rule and to other regulations in the
January 2007 proposal, including
proposed § 1.1502–13(e)(4), and the
conclusions reached as to each, are set
forth in the following sections.
i. Order of Application of the Unified
Loss Rule and Other Adjustments
The January 2007 proposal provided
that the Unified Loss Rule would apply
to a transfer of a share of subsidiary
stock if, after giving effect to all
applicable rules of law (other than the
Unified Loss Rule), the share is a loss
share. The provisions of the proposed
Unified Loss Rule would then apply
sequentially to adjust subsidiary stock
basis and attributes. Any adjustments
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
required under the Unified Loss Rule
would be given effect immediately
before the transfer.
Commentators found the timing rules
unclear, particularly as they related to
the application of other provisions of
the consolidated return regulations that
also purport to apply immediately
before a transaction. The IRS and
Treasury Department have considered
this comment and agree that there could
be some uncertainty in this respect.
To address this concern, § 1.1502–
36(a)(3)(i) of these final regulations
provides that the Unified Loss Rule
applies when a member transfers a share
of subsidiary stock and, after taking into
account the effects of all rules of law
applicable as of the transfer, even those
that would not be given effect until after
the transfer, the share is a loss share.
Such effects may be attributable to
lower-tier dispositions and
worthlessness, as well as to the
application of the Unified Loss Rule.
Although the determination of whether
a transferred share is a loss share is
made as of the transfer, the Unified Loss
Rule as a whole applies, and any
adjustments required under the Unified
Loss Rule are given effect, immediately
before the transfer.
When the Unified Loss Rule applies
to a transfer, its individual provisions
are each applied in order. Thus, as
described in § 1.1502–36(a)(3)(i) of these
final regulations, the general rule is that
paragraph (b) applies first with respect
to a transferred loss share (or shares).
Then, if there is still a transfer of a loss
share after the application of paragraph
(b), paragraph (c) applies to the loss
share (or shares). Finally, if there is still
a transfer of a loss share after the
application of paragraph (c), paragraph
(d) applies with respect to that loss
share (or shares). Section 1.1502–
36(a)(3)(ii) provides detailed instruction
regarding the order in which the
individual provisions of the Unified
Loss Rule apply if there are transfers at
multiple tiers in the same transaction.
ii. Application of Unified Loss Rule to
Nondeconsolidating Transfers
Several commentators have suggested
that the final regulations include an
election to defer basis recovery in the
case of a nondeconsolidating transfer.
Under such an election, a group could
avoid applying the Unified Loss Rule to
such transfers by shifting the basis of a
transferred share (to the extent such
basis exceeds the share’s value) to other
shares held by members. As a result, the
group would forego any current loss, but
the Unified Loss Rule would continue to
be applicable to any subsequent transfer
of loss shares of stock of that subsidiary.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
The IRS and Treasury Department are
concerned that such an election could
cause significant administrative
complexity. The IRS and Treasury
Department are also concerned that
such an election could cause substantial
distortions that could adversely affect
the treatment of subsequent
deconsolidating transfers. For example,
a basis shift resulting from such an
election could significantly increase the
disconformity amount of the retained
shares, potentially causing a substantial
and inappropriate reduction in the basis
of the retained shares when they are
ultimately transferred. Further, because
this relief would only address transfers
of minority interests, and the IRS and
Treasury Department believe that such
transfers reflect a small portion of
subsidiary stock dispositions, the IRS
and Treasury Department do not believe
such a rule would give rise to any
significant relief. Accordingly, this
suggestion was not adopted.
Other suggestions were made that
would apply special rules to
nondeconsolidating transfers. The final
regulations generally do not adopt
special rules for nondeconsolidating
transfers. The principal reasons are the
complexity a dual system would create
and the small number of transactions
expected to be affected by such rules. In
addition, the IRS and Treasury
Department believe that taxpayers will
typically be able to restructure
nondeconsolidating transfers to avoid
the application of the Unified Loss Rule,
for example, by issuing subsidiary stock.
iii. Application of Unified Loss Rule to
Deferred Recognition Transfers
The proposed regulations provided
that all transfers of loss shares of
subsidiary stock are immediately subject
to the Unified Loss Rule when the stock
is transferred, even if any loss
recognized on the transfer would be
deferred. The IRS and Treasury
Department had concluded that the
immediate application of the Unified
Loss Rule was necessary to prevent the
significant administrative burden of
retroactively applying the Unified Loss
Rule to members’ bases in shares of
subsidiary stock, and to the subsidiary’s
attributes, long after a stock sale.
Commentators questioned the need to
apply the Unified Loss Rule to a transfer
in which any loss that would be
recognized would be deferred, citing as
a model § 1.1502–20(a)(3) (deferring the
application of § 1.1502–20, the Loss
Disallowance Rule). Commentators also
observed that single-entity principles
seemed to suggest that an intercompany
transfer is not an appropriate time to
apply the Unified Loss Rule, urging that
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53935
it would be more appropriate to apply
the Unified Loss Rule to such a transfer
when the intercompany item is taken
into account.
The IRS and Treasury Department
have considered these comments and
are persuaded that single-entity
principles would be furthered, and
group income would be more clearly
reflected, if the application of the
Unified Loss Rule were coordinated
with the intercompany transaction
provisions in § 1.1502–13. Accordingly,
under these final regulations, if a
member transfers a share of subsidiary
stock to another member and any gain
or loss on the transfer is deferred under
§ 1.1502–13, the Unified Loss Rule
applies to the transfer, or to any
subsequent transfer of that share by a
member, when the intercompany item is
taken into account. At that time, the
determination of whether the Unified
Loss Rule applies and, if so, the
consequences of its application are
made by treating the buying and selling
members as divisions of a single
corporation. The final regulations also
provide that appropriate adjustments
will be made to intercompany item(s),
any member’s basis in the subsidiary’s
share, and/or the subsidiary’s attributes
in order to further the purposes of both
the Unified Loss Rule and the
intercompany transaction provisions in
§ 1.1502–13.
Notwithstanding this modification of
the treatment of intercompany transfers,
the IRS and Treasury Department
continue to believe that the deferral of
loss recognized on a sale of subsidiary
stock should not, in general, defer the
application of the Unified Loss Rule.
One reason is that postponing the
application of the Unified Loss Rule in
transfers that are not intercompany
transactions would likely make it much
more difficult, and in some cases
impossible, to obtain the information
and make the determinations necessary
to apply the rule. Another reason is that
such an approach could require
subsequent adjustments to attributes
outside the consolidated group.
Accordingly, these final regulations
continue to apply the Unified Loss Rule
to non-intercompany transfers of loss
shares at the time the stock is
transferred, even if any loss recognized
on the transfer is subject to deferral.
These final regulations modify the
definition of the term transfer to reflect
both the general rule that the deferral of
loss does not affect the determination of
whether stock is transferred and the
limited exception for intercompany
transactions.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53936
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
iv. Application of Unified Loss Rule to
Liquidations Under Section 332
The proposed Unified Loss Rule
provided that the term transfer generally
includes transactions in which a
member ceases to own subsidiary stock.
However, the proposed regulations
included an exception for section 381(a)
transactions in which any member
acquires assets of the subsidiary,
provided that no gain or loss is
recognized by member shareholders
with respect to the subsidiary’s stock.
Commentators observed that this
exclusion would apply to liquidations
in which more than one member owns
stock of the subsidiary and that, in such
cases, upper-tier distortions could result
because the basis redetermination rule
would not apply.
The IRS and Treasury Department
agree with this observation and are
concerned with the potential for
distortion and abuse. Accordingly,
under the final regulations, a
disposition of subsidiary stock in a
liquidation to which section 332 applies
is not excepted from the definition of a
transfer if more than one member owns
stock in the liquidating subsidiary.
However, the final regulations provide
that, in the case of a multiple-member
section 332 liquidation, neither
paragraph (c) (the basis reduction rule)
nor paragraph (d) (the attribute
reduction rule) will apply to the
transfer. Thus, if more than one member
owns stock in a subsidiary and those
members dispose of the subsidiary stock
in a section 332 liquidation of the
subsidiary, the transaction is subject to
the other provisions of the Unified Loss
Rule, in particular the basis
redetermination rule in § 1.1502–36(b).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
v. Basis in Lower-Tier Stock
In formulating the proposed Unified
Loss Rule, the IRS and Treasury
Department believed that, by using
information that taxpayers were
otherwise required to create and
maintain, the administrative burden on
taxpayers would be minimal. However,
commentators have uniformly expressed
concern that taxpayers will find it costly
and time-consuming, if not impossible,
to obtain the subsidiary stock basis
information needed to apply many of
the provisions of the Unified Loss Rule.
Particular concern has been expressed
regarding the lower-tier subsidiary rules
in the proposed basis reduction rule
(proposed § 1.1502–36(c)) and the
proposed attribute reduction rule
(proposed § 1.1502–36(d)). The reasons
cited include the widespread practice of
determining stock basis only when
necessary to determine a person’s tax
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
liability, complicated intercompany
accounting rules that make stock basis
determinations prone to error, and the
frequent inability to obtain accurate
historical basis information when
acquiring companies with lower-tier
subsidiaries.
To address this problem, several
commentators have suggested modifying
the proposed rules to apply solely based
on the net inside attributes of lower-tier
subsidiaries (the ‘‘look-through’’
approach). Those commentators have
argued that information regarding inside
attributes is much more regularly and
reliably maintained and available than
stock basis information.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that adopting a look-through
approach would not only address the
problem of inadequate stock basis data,
it would also significantly simplify the
application of the rules. However, the
IRS and Treasury Department are
concerned that a look-through approach
could produce inappropriate results for
groups transferring S stock if S holds
stock of another subsidiary (S1) and S’s
basis in its S1 stock reflects
unrecognized appreciation in S1’s assets
(built-in gain).
Example. P, the common parent of a
consolidated group, transfers $100 to S in
exchange for S’s sole outstanding share of
stock. S purchases the sole outstanding share
of S1 stock for $100 when S1 holds one asset
with a basis of $0 and a value of $100. S
earns $100, increasing P’s basis in S to $200.
S1’s asset declines in value to $0. P sells its
S share to X, an unrelated person, for $100,
recognizing a loss of $100. Under the basis
reduction rule as proposed, P’s basis in S
stock is reduced by the lesser of S’s
disconformity amount and S’s net positive
adjustment. S’s disconformity amount is $0,
the excess of P’s $200 basis in the S share
over S’s net inside attribute amount ($200,
the sum of S’s $100 cash and its $100 basis
in the S1 share, which is not treated as
reduced under the tentative reduction rule
because there were no investment
adjustments applied to the basis of the S1
share). Accordingly, although S had a $100
net positive adjustment, there is no reduction
to P’s basis in S stock and so P’s $100 loss
on the S stock is allowed. However, because
the stock loss is duplicated in S’s attributes,
the attribute reduction rule will apply to
eliminate S’s inside loss.
If a look-through approach were
adopted, however, S’s basis in its S1
share would be disregarded and S’s
disconformity amount would be $100
(the excess of P’s $200 basis in its S
share over S’s $100 net inside attribute
amount, computed as the sum of S’s
$100 cash and S1’s $0 basis in its asset).
As a result, P’s basis in its S share
would be reduced by $100, the lesser of
S’s $100 disconformity amount and S’s
$100 net positive adjustment. Although
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
S would retain its $100 basis in its S1
share, P would recognize no loss on its
sale of the S stock. Thus, the selling
group would have suffered an economic
loss but the loss would be neither
recognized nor allowed. Such a result
would be contrary to the general rule
adopted in the proposed regulations,
that stock basis is not presumed
noneconomic to the extent there is no
disconformity amount or no net positive
adjustment amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that, under the proposed
regulations, a very different result
follows where it is S1, not S, that earns
the $100. In that case, the proposed
regulation would treat S’s basis in the
S1 stock as tentatively reduced by $100
(the lesser of S1’s $100 disconformity
amount and S1’s net positive
adjustment). As a result, S would have
a disconformity amount of $100 and P’s
basis in its S share would be reduced by
$100 (the lesser of S’s $100
disconformity amount and S’s $100 net
positive adjustment). But the IRS and
Treasury Department believe this result
is appropriate because S1’s
disconformity amount evidences that S1
has at least $100 of built-in gain.
Further, S1 has a net positive
adjustment that evidences the
recognition of that built-in gain. Thus,
in this case, the facts indicate that S1’s
income is attributable to the recognition
of built-in gain and that, as a result, M’s
loss on the share of S stock should be
treated as noneconomic.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that this approach could lead
to situations in which the location of an
item is manipulated to produce
inappropriate results, but believe there
are adequate protections against such
manipulation. See, for example, section
482 and the various anti-abuse
provisions of the consolidated return
regulations, including these final
regulations.
For all these reasons, the IRS and
Treasury Department continue to
believe that including lower-tier stock
basis in determinations made under the
Unified Loss Rule more fully safeguards
taxpayers’ interests and generally
produces more appropriate results.
Several commentators argued that an
elective look-through rule would
address the concerns inherent in a
mandatory look-through rule, as well as
the concerns regarding the availability
of stock basis information and the
complexity of the proposed rules.
The IRS and Treasury Department
agree that an elective approach would
mitigate the concerns presented by a
mandatory look-through rule, but
believe that an elective approach would
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
not provide the desired simplification.
The reason is that the decision will
affect computations under both the basis
reduction rule and the attribute
reduction rule, and what may be
taxpayer favorable for one rule may be
taxpayer unfavorable for the other rule.
Thus, the benefit (or burden) of ignoring
lower-tier stock basis for the basis
reduction rule will need to be weighed
against any benefit (or burden) of
ignoring lower-tier stock basis for the
attribute reduction rule.
The IRS and Treasury Department
acknowledge that, in order to simplify
compliance, some taxpayers might elect
a look-through approach without
making detailed alternative
computations. However, the IRS and
Treasury Department believe that, given
the consequences of such an election,
the vast majority of taxpayers will
compute their tax treatment both with
and without a look-through approach
before deciding whether to make such
an election. Thus, in the vast majority
of cases, there would be little or no
simplification from an elective lookthrough approach, and one of the major
goals of such a rule would not be
achieved.
Moreover, the IRS and Treasury
Department believe that taxpayers
making both computations will then
universally choose the method that
produces better results. While taxpayers
are free to arrange their affairs so as to
legitimately minimize their taxes, a
system that will always operate to the
disadvantage of one party or the other
(in this case, the government) is not
properly balanced.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury
Department believe that a mandatory
look-through approach would produce
inappropriate results in certain cases,
and that an elective look-through
approach would fail to achieve a
significant amount of simplification and
would significantly diminish the
balance and fairness of the regulations.
The final Unified Loss Rule therefore
does not adopt any form of the lookthrough approach.
Still, the IRS and Treasury
Department recognize that determining
lower-tier subsidiary stock basis may be
difficult for the reasons previously
noted. Further, although the need to
determine lower-tier subsidiary stock
basis is not particular to these
regulations, the Unified Loss Rule
arguably increases both the frequency
and significance of these
determinations. Accordingly, the IRS
and Treasury Department are
considering various proposals that
would mitigate these difficulties on a
system-wide basis.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
One alternative under consideration is
a conforming basis election. Under this
election, consolidated groups could
determine members’ bases in shares of
subsidiary stock by treating the basis in
each share owned by a member as being
equal to the share’s proportionate
interest in the subsidiary’s net inside
attributes. If such an election were
made, the determination would
presumably be effective for all Federal
income tax purposes. Further, because
the determination of subsidiary stock
basis is not a concern that is unique to
the Unified Loss Rule, consideration is
being given to allowing the election
with respect to all subsidiaries, with no
restrictions on consistency or the time
for making elections. However, the IRS
and Treasury Department are not certain
that such a rule would materially
simplify the determination of basis
because taxpayers are likely to conclude
that they must determine stock basis in
judging whether to make the election.
Further, the IRS and Treasury
Department are concerned about the
collateral consequences of such a rule.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury
Department are requesting comments
regarding whether such an election
would assist taxpayers and whether it
would in fact provide any
simplification. Additionally, comments
are requested regarding what collateral
consequences, if any, such an election
should or would have, and whether
such consequences are appropriate. The
issues include, for example, whether
such an election would be an
appropriate means of eliminating excess
loss accounts, whether it could
potentially produce inappropriate crosschain basis shifts, or whether it could
inappropriately facilitate the
acceleration of losses.
The IRS and Treasury Department
also request comments regarding any
other method for addressing this issue.
vi. Items Taken Into Account in
Determining the Net Inside Attribute
Amount
As a result of various questions and
comments received, the IRS and
Treasury Department have reconsidered
the inclusion of credits in the
determination of the net inside attribute
amount. Commentators have correctly
observed that, at least with respect to
credits held at the time of a taxable
acquisition of subsidiary stock, credits
are economically similar to other
valuable attributes and it would be
appropriate to take such credits into
account in determining the
disconformity amount. However, the
proper treatment of other credits (that is,
credits accruing after the subsidiary
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53937
stock was acquired) in determining the
disconformity amount, and of any
credits (whenever accruing) in
determining loss duplication, is less
clear. Presumably, however, any such
methodology would need to be tracingbased, and would therefore be expected
to present the significant administrative
concerns described in the preamble to
the January 2007 proposal. Ultimately,
no viable presumptive methodology was
identified for determining the proper
inclusion of credits, and so no change
is made in the final Unified Loss Rule
regarding the treatment of credits.
vii. Adjustments for Section 362(e)(2)
Transactions
As discussed in Section 3 of this
preamble, the IRS and Treasury
Department have concluded that section
362(e)(2) should generally not apply to
intercompany transactions. However,
section 362(e)(2) will apply to
transactions occurring prior to
September 17, 2008 if the taxpayer does
not elect to apply the rule in the final
regulations. In such cases, distortions
will result and, thus, adjustments will
need to be made. The IRS and Treasury
Department are also concerned that
there are other provisions that could
create distortions. Accordingly, the final
regulations retain the rule in proposed
§ 1.1502–36(e)(2) that provided for
adjustments to offset the effects of basis
reductions required by section 362(e)(2)
with respect to intercompany
transactions, and the rule that provided
for appropriate adjustments in cases
raising similar issues. However, under
the final regulations, taxpayers may
make appropriate adjustments without a
determination from the Commissioner.
viii. Effective/Applicability Date Issues
As proposed, the Unified Loss Rule
would have been applicable for all
transfers on or after the date the
regulations were published as final.
Several practitioners observed that the
proposed effective date caused problems
for taxpayers attempting to negotiate
transactions because they could not be
certain what set of regulations would be
in effect when their transactions were
completed. Accordingly, commentators
and practitioners requested that the
regulations include a transition rule that
would exclude transfers effected on or
after the date the final regulations are
published, if such transfers were made
pursuant to a binding agreement in
place before the publication date.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognized the difficulty created by the
proposed effective date and, in Notice
2008–9, 2008–3 IRB 277 (regarding the
Internal Revenue Bulletin generally, see
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53938
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)), announced that
the final regulations would include a
transition rule for transfers between
unrelated parties if made pursuant to an
agreement that is binding before the
date that final regulations are published
and at all times thereafter. Further,
Notice 2008–9 stated that the IRS and
Treasury Department expect that the
rule would incorporate the provisions of
section 267(b) in determining whether
persons are related for this purpose.
Accordingly, as stated in Notice 2008–
9, the final Unified Loss Rule applies to
transfers on or after September 17, 2008,
unless the transfer is made pursuant to
a binding agreement between unrelated
parties that was in effect before
September 17, 2008 and at all times
thereafter. The final regulations provide
that the term related party has the same
meaning as in section 267(b).
One comment was also received
suggesting that the final regulations
include an election to apply their
provisions retroactively. The IRS and
Treasury Department considered this
suggestion but are concerned that
adopting such an approach would
disrupt taxpayers’ otherwise closed
transactions and thereby exacerbate the
problems caused by the uncertainty and
instability in this area over these past
years. Accordingly, the final Unified
Loss Rule does not include an election
to apply its provisions retroactively.
B. Section 1.1502–36(b): Basis
Redetermination Rule
Commentators generally recognize
and concur with the need for a rule that
reallocates investment adjustments to
address the problems created when
shares of stock are held with disparate
bases. As illustrated in Sections B.3,
B.4, and E of the preamble to the
January 2007 proposal, the allocation of
investment adjustments under § 1.1502–
32 can create a noneconomic stock loss
on an individual share that would be
eliminated under § 1.1502–36(c).
Similarly, the allocation of investment
adjustments under § 1.1502–32 can fail
to eliminate a duplicated loss on an
individual share. In both cases,
however, the allocation creates no net
loss if all the shares are taken into
account. The basis redetermination rule
in § 1.1502–36(b) is designed to address
these issues.
Commentators have expressed
concern, however, with both the
availability of the investment
adjustment data required to implement
the rule and the complexity of the
application of the rule.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that the information may be
difficult and costly to produce.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
However, unlike lower-tier subsidiary
stock basis information, the information
required to implement the basis
redetermination rule (specifically, the
investment adjustment history of the
stock of the subsidiary that is being
transferred) is generally information
obtained from the group’s own tax
returns and other records. Groups are
therefore, as a general matter, not
dependent on other taxpayers for this
information.
Furthermore, the IRS and Treasury
Department expect that this rule will
apply to only a small number of
transactions due to the exception for
transactions in which members transfer
all of their S stock to one or more
nonmembers in a fully taxable
transaction. Accordingly, it is
anticipated that, in most transactions,
taxpayers will not be required to
redetermine basis. Moreover, in those
situations in which it does apply, it
accomplishes important objectives for
both taxpayers and the government.
Some commentators suggested
allowing a member to be treated as
having an averaged basis in its shares of
S stock if S has only one class of stock
outstanding and the member holds all of
the S stock. The commentators argue
that such an election could significantly
reduce the number of taxpayers required
to apply the basis redetermination rule.
While that might be true, such basis
averaging could result in additional
complexities and distortions. For
example, if a portion of the shares were
previously transferred in an
intercompany transaction and the bases
in all of the subsidiary’s shares were
averaged, it might be difficult to
determine the extent to which particular
shares reflect the prior intercompany
transaction. Further, averaging the basis
in the subsidiary’s shares could alter the
application of section 267 and section
311.
For all these reasons, the final Unified
Loss Rule retains the basis
redetermination rule without the
suggested modifications.
The final regulations do, however,
modify the basis redetermination rule to
omit the reallocation of positive
investment adjustments applied to
preferred shares under § 1.1502–32. The
reason is that § 1.1502–32 allocates
positive adjustments to preferred shares
solely to account for the right to receive
distributions. Thus, the positive
§ 1.1502–32 adjustments allocated to
preferred shares, like the adjustments
for distributions (which were not
reallocated under the proposed Unified
Loss Rule), are based on economic
changes in the shareholder’s
investment. As a result, they should
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
have no correlation to unrecognized loss
reflected in the bases of the shares and
so should not be subject to this rule. The
final regulations do, however, continue
to permit the reallocation of both
positive and negative adjustments from
common to preferred shares in order to
reduce or eliminate any loss on
transferred preferred shares and any
gain on either transferred or
nontransferred preferred shares. The IRS
and Treasury Department believe such
reallocations are necessary and
appropriate to address any reflection of
unrecognized gain or loss in preferred
shares attributable, for example, to
contributions of assets in exchanged for
preferred stock.
i. Exceptions to Basis Redetermination
Rule
The proposed basis redetermination
rule contained two exceptions to its
application, the ‘‘no potential for
redetermination’’ exception and the
‘‘disposition of entire interest’’
exception.
The proposed ‘‘no potential for
redetermination’’ exception provided
that basis redetermination is not
required if redetermination would not
change any member’s basis in S stock.
Some commentators found this
exception confusing; others suggested
that it offered no simplification because
it would be necessary to apply the basis
redetermination rule to determine
whether the exception was available.
Other commentators thought that it
provided a useful safe harbor. The IRS
and Treasury Department have
concluded that the rule should be
retained, but that it should be revised to
state its scope and effect more clearly.
Accordingly, under the final
regulations, the basis redetermination
rule does not apply if members’ bases in
shares of S common stock are equal
(that is, there is no disparity) and
members’ bases in shares of S preferred
stock reflect no gain or loss. The reason
is that, under these circumstances, the
only effect that a reallocation of
investment adjustments could have
would be an increase, not a decrease, in
basis disparity.
The proposed ‘‘disposition of entire
interest’’ exception provided that basis
redetermination is not required if,
within the group’s taxable year in which
the transfer occurs, all of the shares of
S stock held by members are transferred
to a nonmember in a one or more fully
taxable transactions. This rule differed
from the basis reduction netting rule in
proposed § 1.1502–36(c)(7) and the net
stock loss definition in proposed
§ 1.1502–36(d)(3)(ii), which only netted
among shares transferred in the same
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
transaction. Commentators observed
that this difference presents a potential
for distortion and abuse if items are
taken into account by S between
transfers. While this problem exists to a
certain extent if a transaction is
comprised of steps that are not executed
simultaneously, the problem may be
significantly exacerbated by a rule that
allowed netting among all transactions
within a year. Moreover, because the
netting rule in the basis reduction rule
is intended, in part, to protect taxpayers
when the basis redetermination rule is
not applied, the IRS and Treasury
Department believe that the application
of these rules should be coextensive.
Accordingly, the final regulations
provide that this exception only applies
if members dispose of their entire
interest in S stock to one or more
nonmembers, if all members’ shares of
S stock become worthless, or if all
members’ shares of S stock are either
worthless or disposed of to one or more
nonmembers, in one fully taxable
transaction.
Commentators also inquired whether
the ‘‘disposition of entire interest’’
exception was mandatory, that is,
whether the basis redetermination rule
could be applied even if a group
disposed of its entire interest in a
transaction that qualifies for the
exception. The IRS and Treasury
Department recognize that taxpayers
might choose to apply the basis
redetermination rule in such cases in
order to reduce gain or avoid the
Unified Loss Rule with respect to uppertier shares. The IRS and Treasury
Department do not believe that doing so
would be inappropriate, as the premise
of the basis redetermination rule is that
reallocations made under the rule are
appropriate allocations. However,
because the IRS and Treasury
Department believe that taxpayers will
most often not want to apply the basis
redetermination rule, the final
regulations generally provide that basis
is not redetermined when the exception
applies, but include an election to apply
the basis redetermination rule in such
cases.
ii. Manner in Which Investment
Adjustments Are Reallocated
Some commentators observed that the
proposed rules were vague regarding the
manner in which reallocations were to
be made. The IRS and Treasury
Department generally agree with this
observation, but had concluded that the
rule would work best if taxpayers were
given considerable flexibility in
determining how to make specific
reallocations. In recognition of the fact
that such an approach would allow
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
differing interpretations, section F.2 of
the preamble to the January 2007
proposal stated that the IRS would
respect any reasonable method or
formula employed in applying the basis
redetermination rule.
The IRS and Treasury Department
continue to believe that the rule should
be as flexible as possible. However, in
response to these comments, the
specific provisions of the final basis
redetermination rule provide some
additional guidance (discussed more
fully in the next section). But the rule
is still intended to be flexible in its
application and, therefore, the final
regulations explicitly provide that the
reallocation of an investment
adjustment may be made using any
reasonable method or formula that is
consistent with the basis
redetermination rule and furthers the
purposes of the Unified Loss Rule.
Thus, like the proposed regulations, the
final regulations contemplate that more
than one result may be reasonable in
any specific case.
iii. Decreasing Disparity in Basis of
Members’ Shares
The general operating rules of the
proposed basis redetermination rule
provided that reallocations are made in
a manner that reduces the extent to
which there is disparity in members’
bases in S stock. The IRS and Treasury
Department have received various
questions regarding the scope of this
rule. Some practitioners read the rule to
completely eliminate the loss on
transferred shares even if overall
disparity were increased. One
practitioner suggested that the general
rule, in referring only to the manner of
redetermination, did not clearly restrict
the amount of redetermination that
would otherwise be required under the
rules.
To address these concerns, each of the
specific allocation provisions in the
final regulations includes a statement
regarding the manner and extent to
which allocations are to be made under
the provision. In addition, the operating
rules generally provide that the overall
application of the rule must reduce
disparity among members’ bases in
preferred shares of subsidiary stock (as
provided in the applicable reallocation
provisions) and among members’ bases
in common shares of subsidiary stock,
to the greatest extent possible.
C. Section 1.1502–36(c): Basis
Reduction Rule
In general, commentators found the
general structure of the basis reduction
rule and its components (limiting basis
reduction to the lesser of the share’s
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53939
disconformity amount and net positive
adjustment) to be a reasonable approach
to addressing the issue of noneconomic
loss. The principal concern expressed
was the anticipated difficulty with
respect to gathering the information
necessary to implement the lower-tier
subsidiary rules. Nevertheless,
commentators uniformly agreed that
basis adjustments from lower-tier
subsidiaries must be taken into account
in order to identify and address
noneconomic stock loss.
The principal suggestion for
addressing the lack of readily accessible
and reliable information on lower-tier
stock basis was to adopt a look-through
approach, as discussed in section 1.A.v.
of this preamble. For the reasons set
forth in that section of this preamble,
the final regulations do not adopt this
approach. However, as noted, the IRS
and Treasury Department continue to
request and consider comments on
mechanisms for alleviating the difficulty
in determining lower-tier subsidiary
stock basis.
Commentators and practitioners did
suggest a number of other modifications
to the basis reduction rule. Those
suggestions and the decisions reached
are discussed in the following sections.
i. Treatment of Intercompany Debt
Several commentators suggested
revising the net positive adjustment
amount to exclude items related to
intercompany debt. The rationale for
this suggestion was that, in general, the
nature of such amounts makes them
more like to capital transactions than
the recognition of built-in gain or loss.
Thus it is argued that these amounts
should be treated like contributions and
distributions, which are not included in
the net positive adjustment amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that, in certain circumstances,
intercompany debt has some inherent
similarity to capital contributions and
distributions, at least with respect to the
principal amounts of such obligations.
However, the IRS and Treasury
Department also recognize that there are
circumstances in which unrecognized
appreciation in intercompany debt can
be reflected in stock basis. For example,
if a subsidiary receives cash in exchange
for newly issued stock when it holds an
intercompany obligation, the basis of
the newly issued shares will reflect a
portion of any unrecognized
appreciation in the obligation. Because
the consequences of having that
unrecognized appreciation reflected in
stock basis are no different from the
consequences of any other built-in gain,
the regulations would have to provide a
system to identify and monitor those
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53940
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
amounts. Such a system would need to
rely on a tracing-based methodology,
which the IRS and Treasury Department
have rejected for the reasons articulated
in the preamble to the January 2007
proposal. Accordingly, the IRS and
Treasury Department have concluded
that no special rules would be adopted
for items related to intercompany debt.
ii. Disconformity Amount: Net Inside
Attributes
In the proposed regulations, the term
net inside attributes was defined as the
excess of the sum of S’s loss carryovers,
deferred deductions, and asset basis
over S’s liabilities. Although different
rules applied to determine basis in
lower-tier subsidiary stock, the terms
otherwise had the same meaning for
purposes of both the basis reduction and
attribute reduction rules.
The proposed regulations defined the
term loss carryover to mean any net
operating or capital loss carryover
attributable to S that is or, under the
principles of § 1.1502–21 would be,
carried to S’s first taxable year, if any,
following the year of the transfer. Thus,
if a buyer were to waive a loss carryover
under § 1.1502–32(b)(4), the loss would
not be carried to S’s first taxable year
after the transfer, and so it would be
excluded from the computation of net
inside attributes.
Practitioners agree that this definition
is appropriate for purposes of measuring
loss duplication, as it prevents attributes
that cannot be duplicated from being
taken into account in computing S’s
attribute reduction amount. However,
one commentator observed that this
definition seemed inappropriate for
purposes of measuring S’s
disconformity amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department
have considered this comment and
agree that the definition is inappropriate
for computing S’s disconformity
amount. As discussed in the January
2007 preamble, the disconformity
amount was incorporated in the basis
reduction rule in order to limit basis
reduction to the net amount of a
subsidiary’s built-in gain. The IRS and
Treasury Department believed that, by
limiting basis reduction to the amount
of net built-in gain, the basis reduction
rule would not reduce stock basis by an
amount that could not be attributed to
the recognition of built-in gain.
However, by adopting a definition of
loss carryovers that required such losses
to be carried to a separate return year,
the rule allowed a waiver of a loss
carryover under § 1.1502–32(b)(4) to
reduce the amount of a subsidiary’s loss
carryovers and, as a result, the
subsidiary’s net inside attributes. That,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
in turn, caused an increase in the
subsidiary’s disconformity amount. But,
as the commentator observed, any
disconformity created by the waiver of
a loss carryover would be unrelated to
the existence of built-in gain. Thus, this
definition of loss carryovers
undermined the protection otherwise
afforded by the use of the disconformity
amount as a limit on basis reduction.
In addition, other commentators
found the proposed rule unclear in its
reference to losses that would be carried
to a separate return year.
To address these concerns, the final
regulations provide that the term loss
carryovers means those losses that are
attributable to the subsidiary, including
any losses that would be apportioned to
the subsidiary under the principles of
§ 1.1502–21(b)(2) if the subsidiary had a
separate return year. However, because
a waiver under § 1.1502–32(b)(4) does
affect the extent to which a loss can be
duplicated, the final regulations provide
that, solely for purposes of applying the
attribute reduction rule, a subsidiary’s
loss carryovers (and therefore its net
inside attributes) do not include the
amount of any losses waived under
§ 1.1502–32(b)(4).
D. Section 1.1502–36(d): The Attribute
Reduction Rule
As discussed in the preamble to the
January 2007 proposal, the loss
duplication component of the Unified
Loss Rule addresses loss duplication
systemically in order to clearly reflect
the income of both the group and its
members, including former members.
The IRS and Treasury Department view
this rule as a necessary and appropriate
complement to § 1.1502–32 because,
together they work to eliminate the
duplication of a group item once the
group enjoys the benefit of the item,
without regard to which of the
duplicative items is recognized and
allowed first. The IRS and Treasury
Department also view this rule as a
necessary and appropriate complement
to the basis reduction rule because it
eliminates S’s unrecognized built-in loss
to the extent it prevented the
identification of S’s recognized built-in
gain (and thus prevented the reduction
of noneconomic stock basis, and
noneconomic stock loss). See sections
C.3 and C.4.v of the preamble to the
January 2007 proposal for a discussion
of the interaction between unrecognized
built-in loss and recognized built-in
gain.
Commentators generally agreed with
the IRS and Treasury Department on the
need for, and appropriateness of, the
systemic approach to loss duplication.
However, like the basis redetermination
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and basis reduction rules, the attribute
reduction rule received considerable
commentary regarding the issues of data
availability and computational
complexity. Commentators and
practitioners made several suggestions
for technical revisions to the proposed
regulations. The IRS and Treasury
Department have considered the
suggestions received as well as other
revisions to the proposed attribute
reduction rule. The suggestions and
conclusions are discussed in the
following sections.
i. Lower-Tier Subsidiary Rules
In general, commentators and
practitioners recognize that the rules for
measuring and eliminating loss
duplication must take into account both
the basis in lower-tier subsidiary stock
and the attributes of lower-tier
subsidiaries in order to be most
effective. Nevertheless, as already noted,
commentators expressed much concern
regarding the administrability of the
proposed lower-tier subsidiary rules.
Their principal suggestion for
addressing this concern was the
adoption of a look-through approach
that would address loss duplication
only by taking lower-tier attributes into
account.
The IRS and Treasury Department
considered a look-through approach
when drafting the January 2007
proposal, but were concerned that such
an approach would not adequately
address loss duplication. The principal
reason for this concern was that loss
duplication can reside in the basis of
lower-tier subsidiary stock and in the
attributes of that lower-tier subsidiary
and, moreover, that it can reside in
those locations in differing amounts.
Therefore, a rule that measures loss
duplication solely by reference to lowertier attributes, or solely by reference to
lower-tier stock basis, would permit
potentially significant amounts of loss
duplication to avoid reduction. To avoid
this problem, the IRS and Treasury
Department concluded that the loss
duplication regulations must measure
loss duplication by reference to both.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognized, however, that when
duplication is not uniformly reflected in
stock basis and attributes, this approach
could cause an over-reduction in lowertier attributes (when loss duplication
resides primarily in lower-tier stock
basis) or in lower-tier stock basis (when
loss duplication resides primarily in
lower-tier attributes). To prevent the
former result, the conforming limitation
on lower-tier attribute reduction limits
the application of tiered-down attribute
reduction (generally permitting a lower-
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
tier subsidiary’s attributes to be reduced
only to the extent necessary to conform
them to members’ bases in that
subsidiary’s stock, as reduced under this
rule). To prevent the latter result, the
basis restoration rule reverses
reductions to lower-tier stock basis
made by the Unified Loss Rule
(generally to the extent necessary to
conform members’ bases in the
subsidiary’s stock to the subsidiary’s net
inside attributes, as reduced under this
rule).
Thus, these rules work together to
protect the government’s interests (by
addressing the entire potential for loss
duplication) and taxpayers’ interests (by
preventing the over-reduction of either
lower-tier stock basis or lower-tier
attributes). Accordingly, the IRS and
Treasury Department continue to
believe these rules are essential to the
balance and fundamental fairness of the
Unified Loss Rule.
Nevertheless, the IRS and Treasury
Department recognize that the
conforming limitation and basis
restoration rules can add considerable
complexity to the application of the
Unified Loss Rule. To address this
concern, commentators have suggested
that one or the other of these rules could
be omitted to simplify the proposed
rule. The IRS and Treasury Department
are concerned, however, that
eliminating either of these rules would
considerably undermine the overall
fairness of the regulation. But the IRS
and Treasury Department are persuaded
that, if a taxpayer determines that the
expected benefit of applying these rules
is outweighed by the additional
complexity, then that taxpayer should
be permitted to choose not to apply
these rules.
Accordingly, these final regulations
continue to measure the potential for
loss duplication by taking both stock
basis and attributes into account and
continue to safeguard against overreduction of either inside attributes or
stock basis by applying both the
conforming limitation and the basis
restoration rules. However, under the
final regulations, taxpayers are
permitted to elect not to apply the
conforming limitation or the basis
restoration rule if they decide the
protection afforded by either or both of
those rules does not outweigh the
burden of applying them.
ii. Attribute Reduction Amount Below
Five Percent of Value
Although the fundamental structure
of the attribute reduction rule has been
retained, the IRS and Treasury
Department have determined that it is
appropriate to provide an exception to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
the application of the attribute
reduction rule if the attribute reduction
amount (that is, the duplicated loss) is
small relative to the size of the
transaction. This decision reflects a
balancing of the need to eliminate
duplicated loss and the administrative
burden of applying the attribute
reduction rule. Accordingly, under
these final regulations, taxpayers must
still compute their attribute reduction
amount, but if the total attribute
reduction amount is less than five
percent of the aggregate value of the
subsidiary shares that are transferred by
members in the transaction, the attribute
reduction rule does not apply to the
transfer.
However, the IRS and Treasury
Department also recognize that, in
certain circumstances, a taxpayer may
prefer to have the attribute reduction
rule apply. For example, a group may
want to apply the rule in order to
reattribute a subsidiary’s attributes.
Accordingly, the final regulations allow
taxpayers to elect to apply the attribute
reduction rule notwithstanding that
their total attribute reduction amount is
less than five percent of the aggregate
value of the transferred shares. If this
election is made, the attribute reduction
rule will apply with respect to the entire
attribute reduction amount determined
in the transaction, and thus applies with
respect to all members transferring
shares, and all shares transferred, in the
transaction.
iii. Ordering of Reduction of Recognized
Losses
Commentators generally agreed with
the decision to reduce recognized losses
(net operating loss (NOL) carryovers,
capital loss carryovers, and deferred
deductions, identified as Category A,
Category B, and Category C attributes,
respectively) before reducing asset basis,
since the former items represent actual,
identified losses. The proposed
regulations provided that the attribute
reduction amount would be first applied
to reduce NOL carryovers (from oldest
to newest), then capital loss carryovers
(from oldest to newest), and then
deferred deductions (proportionately).
However, several commentators
questioned the need for a mandatory
order in which these attributes would be
reduced. These commentators observed
that, because loss duplication is a
mathematical determination under the
Unified Loss Rule, and because it is
difficult (if not impossible) to know
which attributes are economically
duplicative of a stock loss, the reduction
of any item in those categories should
be equally appropriate and effective.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53941
The IRS and Treasury Department
have reconsidered this issue and agree
with the commentators. Accordingly,
the final regulations provide that if the
attribute reduction amount is less than
the total attributes in Category A,
Category B, and Category C, the taxpayer
may specify the allocation of S’s
attribute reduction amount among the
attributes in those categories.
The final regulations do, however,
prescribe a default allocation for the
reduction of such attributes that is used
to the extent the taxpayer does not
specify an allocation. This default
allocation differs from the order
provided in the proposed rule in that
capital loss carryovers (not NOLs) are
reduced first. This modification was
made in response to a commentator’s
suggestion, based on the observation
that capital loss carryovers have a
significantly shorter expiration period
and are therefore more likely than NOLs
to expire unused. Accordingly, except to
the extent a taxpayer elects to specify an
allocation, the final regulations first
reduce capital loss carryovers (oldest to
newest), then NOL carryovers (oldest to
newest), and then deferred deductions
(proportionately). This change in the
order of reduction is intended to
minimize the possibility that the
attribute reduction rule will reduce
attributes in an amount greater than the
amount that would ultimately be
available for duplicative use.
The final regulations continue to
provide that, regardless of the order in
which attributes in these categories are
reduced, they are reduced in full before
any reduction is made to asset basis.
iv. Methodology for Reduction of Asset
Basis
Several commentators have suggested
simplifying modifications to the manner
in which asset basis is reduced under
the attribute reduction rule. One is the
elimination of the proposed Category D
attributes (unrecognized losses on
publicly traded property). This category
was included in the proposed rule
because the IRS and Treasury
Department recognized that these
amounts represent a readily identifiable
loss that could be eliminated before the
presumptive reduction of the bases of
other assets. This approach prevented
the attribute reduction rule from
creating or increasing gain in publicly
traded assets. However, commentators
viewed this rule as increasing the
complexity of an already complex
analysis while providing only a
marginal benefit.
The IRS and Treasury Department are
persuaded that this extra complexity
might not be warranted in this context
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53942
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
and that the elimination of this rule
would not materially affect the balance
otherwise reached by the Unified Loss
Rule. Accordingly, the final regulations
include publicly traded property in the
general asset basis category (now
designated Category D).
Another suggestion made by
commentators was to apply the attribute
reduction amount remaining after
reducing Category A, Category B, and
Category C attributes to reduce asset
basis in the reverse order of the residual
method of allocating consideration paid
or received in a transaction under
section 1060.
The IRS and Treasury Department
have concluded that this approach is
readily administrable and reflects an
appropriate balancing of presumptions
regarding the location of duplicated
loss. An important consideration is that
such a rule reduces basis in purchased
goodwill and going concern value before
basis in other assets, and the IRS and
Treasury Department are persuaded that
duplicated loss is generally more likely
to be reflected in the bases of such
assets. Therefore, the elimination of the
basis in those assets first seems
particularly appropriate. Further, the
IRS and Treasury Department believe
that this approach would generally be
more administrable than the proposed
pro rata reduction of asset basis.
Accordingly, these final regulations
adopt this suggestion and generally
provide that the attribute reduction
amount is applied to reduce the basis of
assets in the asset classes specified in
§ 1.338–6(b) other than Class I (cash and
general deposit accounts, other than
certificates of deposit held in depository
institutions), but in the reverse order
from the order specified in that section.
Thus, under this reverse residual
method, any attribute reduction amount
applied to reduce asset basis is generally
applied first to reduce any basis of
assets in Class VII (proportionately,
based on basis instead of value, until all
such basis is eliminated). Any
remaining attribute reduction amount is
then applied in the same manner to
reduce the basis of assets in each
succeeding lower asset class, other than
Class I.
Notwithstanding the general adoption
of this allocation methodology for
Category D attributes, these final
regulations provide that the portion of
the attribute reduction amount that is
not applied to attributes in Category A,
Category B, and Category C, is first
allocated between S’s basis in any stock
of lower-tier subsidiaries (treating all S’s
shares of any one lower-tier subsidiary
as a deemed single share) and the
subsidiary’s other assets (treating the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
non-stock Category D assets as one
asset). The allocation is made in
proportion to S’s deemed basis in each
single share of lower-tier subsidiary
stock and S’s basis in the non-stock
Category D asset (S’s aggregate basis in
all of its Category D assets other than
subsidiary stock). Only the portion of
the attribute reduction amount not
allocated to lower-tier subsidiary stock
is applied under the reverse residual
method. This initial allocation between
lower-tier subsidiary stock and other
assets is necessary to ensure that, to the
extent the attribute reduction amount
reflects items attributable to a lower-tier
subsidiary’s stock basis or attributes, the
attribute reduction amount is properly
directed and applied to those items.
v. Suspension of Excess Attribute
Reduction Amount
Several commentators and
practitioners questioned the need to
suspend attribute reduction amounts in
excess of reducible attributes and apply
those suspended amounts to reduce or
eliminate attributes otherwise arising
when all or part of the liability is paid
or otherwise satisfied, whether by S or
another person. The IRS and Treasury
Department proposed this rule because
the mathematical operation of the
formula for computing the attribute
reduction amount results in such an
excess only if there is a liability or
similar item that has reduced economic
value but that has not been taken into
account for tax purposes (generally a
contingent liability).
The IRS and Treasury Department
continue to believe that it is
inappropriate to permit the duplication
of economic losses that have not
accrued for tax purposes and, therefore,
that this rule is both necessary and
appropriate. Accordingly, the rule is
retained in the final regulations.
The IRS and Treasury Department
recognize that this rule could create an
administrative burden that could last for
many years and transfer to taxpayers
beyond the initial buyer and seller.
However, the IRS and Treasury
Department believe that the elimination
of the special rule for publicly traded
property substantially lessens the
administrative burden of this rule. The
reason is that, under this revised
approach in the final regulations, a
subsidiary’s attribute reduction amount
can only exceed reducible assets to the
extent of the subsidiary’s Class I assets.
In such cases, the IRS and Treasury
Department do not believe the burden
imposed to be unreasonable or, in most
cases, substantial. Moreover, a taxpayer
believing the rule to be overly
burdensome in its situation can readily
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
avoid any suspension of its attribute
reduction amount by converting its
Class I assets into assets of another
class; in that case, the remaining
attribute reduction amount will be
applied to the bases of those assets and
will not give rise to a suspended
attribute reduction amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department
received a comment that, if the
suspended attribute reduction rule is
retained, it should be clarified to
provide that present value principles are
to be taken into account in valuing
liabilities. The final regulations do not
include an explicit statement on this
point because the rule implicitly
incorporates present value principles
(by limiting the attribute reduction
amount to the lesser of the net stock loss
and the aggregate inside loss, which are
both a function of value).
vi. Election to Reduce Stock Basis and/
or Reattribute Attributes
Several commentators suggested that
the final regulations should expressly
permit taxpayers to make a protective
election to reattribute attributes (other
than asset basis) and/or to reduce stock
basis (and thereby reduce stock loss) in
order to avoid attribute reduction. The
IRS and Treasury Department intend
these elections to be as flexible as
possible. Accordingly, the final
regulations explicitly provide that, if the
election is made and it is ultimately
determined that S has no attribute
reduction amount, the election will
have no effect, or if the election is made
for an amount that exceeds S’s finally
determined attribute reduction amount,
the election will have no effect to the
extent of that excess.
In addition, the final regulations
permit taxpayers to reduce (or not
reduce) stock basis, or to reattribute (or
not reattribute) attributes, or some
combination thereof, in any amount that
does not exceed S’s attribute reduction
amount.
Thus, under the final regulations,
taxpayers have considerable flexibility
in making this election, and may make
a protective election.
Further, in order to protect against
inadvertent attribute reduction, these
final regulations provide for a deemed
stock basis reduction election equal to
the net stock loss (taking into account
any actual elections under § 1.1502–
36(d)(6)) in the case of a transfer in
which the stock loss in the transferred
shares would otherwise be permanently
disallowed (for example under section
311(a)).
Several commentators also questioned
the need for a mandatory order for the
reattribution of losses for the same
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
reasons they questioned the need for a
mandatory order for the reduction of
such attributes. For the reasons
discussed in section 1.D.iii. of this
preamble, the IRS and Treasury
Department agree that a mandatory
order of reattribution is not necessary.
Thus, under the final regulations,
attributes are reattributed in the same
amount, order, and category that they
would otherwise be reduced under the
attribute reduction rule. Accordingly,
because the final regulations provide
that taxpayers can specify the attributes
in Category A, Category B, and Category
C to be reduced, taxpayers may
similarly specify the attributes in
Category A, Category B, and Category C
to be reattributed. Similar to the rule
regarding the allocation of the attribute
reduction amount, to the extent the
taxpayer elects to reattribute attributes
but does not specify the attributes to be
reattributed, any attributes not
specifically reattributed will be
reattributed in the default amount,
order, and category applicable for
attribute reduction.
Additionally, the final regulations
revise the provisions regarding the
election to reattribute attributes to
provide for the reattribution of a section
382 limitation. The final regulations
also include conforming amendments to
the consolidated section 382 rules in
§§ 1.1502–90, 1.1502–91(h)(2), 1.1502–
95(d), 1.1502–96(d), and 1.1502–
99(b)(4).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
vii. The Conforming Limitation
As previously discussed, the
proposed regulations limited the
application of the attribute reduction
amount that tiered down to a lower-tier
subsidiary in order to prevent an
excessive reduction to that subsidiary’s
attributes. Under this limitation (the
conforming limitation), the tier-down
attribute reduction amount (when
combined with any attribute reduction
amount computed with respect to a
transfer of the shares of the lower-tier
subsidiary) could be applied to reduce
a lower-tier subsidiary’s attributes only
to the extent necessary to conform those
attributes to an amount equal to the sum
of all members’ bases in nontransferred
shares, and the value of all members’
transferred shares, of that subsidiary’s
stock.
Commentators observed that the
conforming limitation could allow
duplication to survive the application of
the attribute reduction rule when lowertier stock basis reflects noneconomic
basis. The commentators illustrated
their observation with the following
example:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Example. M forms S with $100 of cash. S
has no other assets or operations. S acquired
S1 stock for $100 and no section 338 election
is made with respect to such acquisition. S1
has one asset (A1) with a basis of $20 and
a value of $100. S1 sells A1 for $100. M’s
basis in its S stock, and S’s basis in its S1
stock, both increase by $80 to $180. S1
invests the $100 of proceeds in another asset
(A2). A2 subsequently, declines in value to
$40. M sells the S stock for $40.
Under the proposed basis reduction rule,
M’s basis in the S stock is reduced by the
lesser of S’s $80 net positive adjustment and
S’s $80 disconformity amount (determined
by treating S’s $180 basis in the S1 stock as
tentatively reduced by $80, the lesser of S1’s
$80 net positive adjustment and S1’s $80
disconformity amount). After the application
of the proposed basis reduction rule, M
would recognize a $60 loss on the sale of the
S stock.
Under the proposed attribute reduction
rule, S’s attribute reduction amount is $60
(the lesser of the $60 net stock loss, and S’s
$140 aggregate inside loss), and S would
reduce its basis in the S1 stock by $60 to
$120. Under the proposed attribute reduction
rule, S’s $60 attribute reduction amount
allocated to the S1 stock becomes an attribute
reduction amount of S1. However, under the
proposed conforming limitation on tier-down
attribute reduction, S1 is not required to
reduce its $100 basis in A2 because S1’s $100
of attributes do not exceed S’s post-reduction
$120 basis in the S1 stock. As a result, M’s
$60 loss continues to be duplicated in both
S’s basis in the S1 stock and S1’s basis in A2.
The IRS and Treasury Department
agree that, under these facts, the
attribute reduction rule does not
eliminate all lower-tier duplication.
However, this effect follows directly
from policy decisions underlying the
Unified Loss Rule, specifically, that it
would be a loss limitation rule and that
the basis reduction rule would apply
only upon a disposition,
deconsolidation, or worthlessness of a
loss share. Under this approach, as long
as a share is held by the same person
and is subject to the consolidated return
provisions, noneconomic lower-tier
subsidiary stock basis is preserved. As
a result, subsequent appreciation can
permit the stock to be transferred
without being subject to the Unified
Loss Rule, and the noneconomic stock
basis can reduce any gain that would
otherwise be recognized. It is the
preservation of that noneconomic stock
basis that prevents the full elimination
of duplicated loss in S1’s attributes.
The issue could be addressed in
several ways. First, the decision to
preserve basis until there is a loss
transfer could be reversed. However, the
rule would then either reduce lower-tier
stock basis below value or rely on
valuation to limit such basis reduction.
The IRS and Treasury Department are
concerned that adding a valuation
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53943
component to this rule would present
substantial administrative concerns.
More importantly, however, the IRS and
Treasury Department do not believe that
such an approach adequately protects
the balance struck in the regulation as
proposed and so are not reconsidering
that decision.
Alternatively, the conforming
limitation could be revised such that
any conforming limit would be reduced
by the amount of any tentative
reduction to stock basis under the basis
reduction rule. In the example set forth
by the commentators, this would reduce
S1’s conforming limitation by $80 (S1’s
tentative reduction amount), from $120
to $40. As a result, S1’s basis in A2
would be reduced to $40. While this
would produce an appropriate result
with respect to A2, it leaves S’s basis in
the S1 stock reflecting $80 of
disconformity. Accordingly, absent
additional adjustments, S’s basis in the
S1 stock could appear to reflect a
noneconomic loss, and so the rule
would remain imperfect.
Moreover, the effect of such an
approach would be to create a
disconformity amount that is not related
to built-in gain. Consequently, when the
S1 stock is ultimately sold, economic
loss could appear noneconomic and,
therefore, could be eliminated under the
basis reduction rule. Although the
Unified Loss Rule affords some
protection for this situation in the
operating rules (see the discussion in
section A.1.vii. of this preamble), the
IRS and Treasury Department are
concerned that the tracing necessary to
make the adjustments to prevent the
elimination of economic loss will
present substantial administrative
difficulty and, in many cases, may not
be possible.
Furthermore, in certain
circumstances, the proposed conforming
limitation on tier-down attribute
reduction could prevent an unnecessary
reduction in lower-tier inside attributes,
for example, when the loss on S stock
is attributable to the loss of built-in gain
on an asset held by S (other than
subsidiary stock).
Based on all of these considerations,
the IRS and Treasury Department have
decided not to revise this rule in the
final regulations, but will continue to
consider the issue.
viii. Attribute Reduction in the Case of
Certain Dispositions Due to
Worthlessness and Where the
Subsidiary Ceases to be a Member and
Does Not Become a Nonmember
Section 1.1502–35(f) generally
provides that, if a member treats stock
of S as worthless under section 165
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53944
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(taking into account § 1.1502–80(c)) and
S continues as a member, or if M
recognizes a loss on S stock and on the
following day S is not a member and
does not have a separate return year
following the recognition of the loss, all
losses treated as attributable to S under
the principles of § 1.1502–21(b)(2)(iv)
are treated as expired as of the
beginning of the day following the last
day of the group’s taxable year. This
rule was intended to prevent any
implication that S’s share of the
consolidated losses could be treated as
remaining part of the consolidated net
operating or capital loss carryover after
S becomes worthless or is dissolved in
a taxable transaction. The IRS and
Treasury Department continue to
believe that the regulations should
explicitly clarify that such losses are
removed from the consolidated losses.
Commentators have observed that, in
the specified circumstances, any credits
and built-in losses attributable to S
should also be eliminated to prevent
their use after S either becomes
worthless or is dissolved in a taxable
transaction. The IRS and Treasury
Department agree that, in such cases, S’s
credits and other attributes should no
longer be available to the group.
Accordingly, these final regulations
provide a special attribute elimination
rule that applies to transfers that result
from one of two events. The first is M’s
transfer of a share of S stock caused
solely by M treating the share as
worthless under section 165 (taking into
account the provisions of § 1.1502–
80(c)), if S remains a member of the
group and M has a deduction or
recognizes a loss with respect to the
transfer of the share. The second is M’s
transfer of a share of S stock caused by
S ceasing to be a member, if S has no
separate return year and M recognizes a
net deduction or loss on its S shares
transferred in the transaction. When
there is a transfer of S stock in either of
these situations, S’s net operating loss
carryovers, capital loss carryovers, and
deferred deductions (including S’s share
of such consolidated tax attributes) that
are not otherwise reduced or
reattributed under § 1.1502–36(d), and
S’s credits (including S’s share of
consolidated credits), are eliminated.
The IRS and Treasury Department do
not believe that any special rule is
required regarding any built-in loss in
assets because excess asset basis should
not survive the transactions to which
this rule applies.
In considering this rule, the IRS and
Treasury Department recognized that
the reason for eliminating S’s attributes,
including credits and deferred
deductions, arises from the nature of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
specified transactions, not from the
amount of the member’s basis in the
stock transferred in the transaction.
Further, as provided in § 1.1502–
19(a)(2)(ii), an excess loss account is
treated as basis that is a negative
amount and a reference to P’s basis in
S’s stock includes a reference to P’s
excess loss account. Accordingly, the
IRS and Treasury Department have
concluded that the elimination of S’s
attributes should occur whenever one of
the specified transactions occurs,
without regard to the amount of the
basis of the transferred share. Under
such an approach, the treatment of S’s
attributes following one of the specified
transfers would be consistent
irrespective of whether the aggregate
basis in the members’ shares is a
positive number (which produces a net
loss or deduction), a negative number
(an excess loss account, which produces
income or gain under § 1.1502–19), or
zero (which produces no income, gain,
deduction or loss).
Accordingly, these final regulations
include a provision in § 1.1502–19 that
applies to the same two transactions
that will result in the complete
elimination of S’s attributes when
members have net loss on S stock. Thus,
it will apply when a share of S stock is
worthless under section 165, the
requirements of § 1.1502–19(c)(1)(iii) are
satisfied, members do not have a net
deduction or loss on the S stock, and S
continues as a member. It will also
apply when S ceases to be a member, S
has no separate return year, and
members recognize an amount that is
not a net loss on the subsidiary’s stock
in the transaction. When it applies, it
will eliminate S’s net operating loss
carryovers, capital loss carryovers, and
deferred deductions (including S’s share
of such consolidated tax attributes), and
S’s credits (including S’s share of
consolidated credits).
Under both the § 1.1502–36 and the
§ 1.1502–19 elimination rules, attributes
other than consolidated tax attributes
(determined as of the event) are
eliminated immediately before the event
resulting in the application of the rule.
Because consolidated tax attributes are
first carried to the consolidated return
year before being apportioned to a
member’s first separate return year, the
IRS and Treasury Department do not
believe that any special timing rule is
required regarding the elimination of
the portion of any consolidated tax
attributes attributable to the member
under either of these rules.
Mechanically, the elimination of the
member’s portion of any consolidated
tax attributes under either rule can only
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
occur immediately after the close of the
group’s tax year that includes the event.
To clarify that there is no duplicative
adjustment, these final regulations
provide that the elimination of these
attributes under either rule is not a
noncapital, nondeductible expense.
2. Other Sections Addressing Subsidiary
Stock Loss: §§ 1.337(d)–1, 1.337(d)–2,
1.1502–20, and 1.1502–35
In general, transfers of loss shares of
subsidiary stock on or after September
17, 2008 will be subject to the Unified
Loss Rule and not § 1.337(d)–1,
§ 1.337(d)–2, § 1.1502–20, or § 1.1502–
35. The IRS and Treasury Department
do not expect that § 1.1502–20 will
affect any transactions occurring on or
after September 17, 2008. However,
because of the binding-commitment
transition rule, the IRS and Treasury
Department expect there will be some
transactions occurring on or after
September 17, 2008 that will be subject
to §§ 1.337(d)–1, 1.337(d)–2, and
1.1502–35. In addition, dispositions
subject to § 1.1502–35 will continue to
be subject to the loss suspension and
anti-loss reimportation rules in
§ 1.1502–35. Accordingly, the IRS and
Treasury Department are removing
§ 1.1502–20 and retaining §§ 1.337(d)–1,
1.337(d)–2, and 1.1502–35, subject to
certain modifications described below.
Under these final regulations,
§§ 1.337(d)–1 and 1.337(d)–2 are
modified to state explicitly that they do
not apply to transactions subject to the
Unified Loss Rule. However, those
sections remain otherwise applicable.
Section 1.1502–35 is also modified to
state explicitly that it does not apply to
transfers subject to the Unified Loss
Rule. Although the provisions of
§ 1.1502–35 are largely unchanged in
these final regulations, there are some
significant modifications, and those
modifications are described in the
following paragraphs.
A. Ten-Year Termination of Application
of § 1.1502–35
Under the final regulations, the loss
suspension rule is revised to provide
that it ceases to apply ten years after the
stock disposition that gave rise to the
suspended loss. The purpose of this
modification is to conform the loss
suspension rule and the anti-loss
reimportation rule.
In addition, the general provisions of
§ 1.1502–35 are revised to apply only to
losses allowed within ten years of the
date that they are recognized. Thus, if a
loss is deferred and taken into account
more than ten years after the
disposition, or if an exchanged basis
asset is sold at a loss more than ten
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
years after the exchanged basis asset is
acquired, the section will have no
application to the loss. The purpose of
this modification is to conform all
application of § 1.1502–35 to the tenyear rule applicable to loss suspension
and anti-loss reimportation.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
B. Location of Suspended Loss
These final regulations modify
§ 1.1502–35 to state explicitly that if M
recognized a loss on S stock and the loss
was suspended under § 1.1502–35(c),
and if M ceases to be a member when
S remains a member, then, immediately
before M ceases to be a member, P is
treated as succeeding to the loss in a
transaction to which section 381(a)
applies. Thus, the suspended loss is
explicitly preserved for use by the group
that disposed of the loss stock, and the
location of the loss is specified.
However, § 1.1502–35(c)(5)(i) provides
that, ‘‘[t]o the extent not reduced * * *,
any loss suspended * * * shall be
allowed * * * on a return filed by the
group of which the subsidiary was a
member on the date of the disposition
of subsidiary stock that gave rise to the
suspended loss * * * for the taxable
year that includes the day before the
first date on which the subsidiary * * *
is not a member of such group or the
date the group is allowed a worthless
stock loss * * *.’’ Further, § 1.1502–
35(c)(3) provides that ‘‘any loss
suspended * * * is treated as a
noncapital, nondeductible expense of
the member that disposes of subsidiary
stock, incurred during the taxable year
that includes the date of the disposition
of stock [that gave rise to the suspended
loss].’’ Accordingly, the IRS and
Treasury Department believe these final
regulations merely clarify the rule in
§ 1.1502–35.
C. Effect of Elimination of Reimported
Item
Under the anti-loss reimportation
rule, a reimported item is generally
eliminated immediately before it would
be taken into account by the group. The
regulations provided that the
elimination of the item was a
noncapital, nondeductible expense
under §§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(iii) and
1.1502–32(b)(3)(iii). A practitioner
suggested that this result would
inappropriately reduce upper-tier stock
basis and, as a result, would either
create noneconomic gain or eliminate
economic loss. The IRS and Treasury
Department considered modifying this
provision but have concluded that the
elimination of a reimported item is
similar to the expiration of a separate
return limitation year loss and should
be similarly treated. Accordingly, this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
rule is not modified in the final
regulations.
3. The Application of Section 362(e)(2)
to Intercompany Transfers
The proposed regulations included
rules for suspending the application of
section 362(e)(2) in the case of
transactions between members of a
consolidated group. The IRS and
Treasury Department had proposed the
rule because the interaction of section
362(e)(2) and the consolidated return
provisions (which already address
duplication issues) causes significant
distortions, administrative burden, and
the potential for inappropriate loss
disallowance and gain creation. In
general, the proposed rules were
intended to postpone the application of
section 362(e)(2) to an intercompany
transaction until the consolidated return
provisions could no longer address the
loss duplication created in the
intercompany transaction.
To implement such a regime,
however, complex tracing rules would
be necessary to identify the extent to
which duplication is eliminated and to
continuously monitor the extent to
which duplication could continue to be
eliminated by the consolidated return
provisions. Although the intent was to
simplify the application of section
362(e)(2) in the consolidated return
setting and to prevent the adjustments
otherwise made under section 362(e)(2)
from causing inappropriate results
under the consolidated return
provisions, commentators found these
rules to be extremely complex and
expect them to be extremely
burdensome to administer. The IRS and
Treasury Department concur with these
views.
Commentators offered two
suggestions for addressing the concerns
raised by the application of section
362(e)(2) to intercompany transactions.
The first suggestion was to treat
intercompany section 362(e)(2)
transactions as taxable transactions to
the extent of the net loss in the
transferred assets. Thus, the losses
would not be duplicated and, because
the transfers would be intercompany
transactions, § 1.1502–13 would police
the recognition of the losses. The
rationale supporting this approach was
that using a familiar regime
(specifically, the intercompany
transaction provisions of § 1.1502–13)
would lessen the overall complexity of
the provisions as well as the
administrative burden placed on
taxpayers and the government.
Although this approach would be less
burdensome than the approach in the
proposed regulations, the IRS and
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53945
Treasury Department are concerned that
this approach would still impose an
unnecessary administrative burden.
Further, unlike either the general
application of § 1.1502–13 to a
nonrecognition transaction or the
general application of section 362(e)(2),
this approach would effectively
preserve the original location of the net
loss in the transferred assets.
The second suggestion was to modify
the consolidated return provisions to
make section 362(e)(2) generally
inapplicable to intercompany
transactions. Commentators stated that
applying section 362(e)(2) to
intercompany transactions gives rise to
administrative burden and complexity
even if the taxable intercompany
transaction model were adopted.
Further, they argued that applying
section 362(e)(2) to intercompany
transactions is unnecessary because the
consolidated return regulations
(including the Unified Loss Rule) are
already structured to address
duplication of loss (and gain) within the
group (including its members and
former members) in a manner and scope
that has been determined appropriate in
the consolidated return setting, given
the competing single and separate entity
policy issues. The application of section
362(e)(2) to intercompany transactions
is thus not only generally unnecessary
and burdensome, it is disruptive of the
balance struck in the various
consolidated return provisions, most
notably the investment adjustment rules
in § 1.1502–32 and the Unified Loss
Rule in § 1.1502–36.
For these reasons, the IRS and
Treasury Department have concluded
that section 362(e)(2) should generally
not apply to intercompany transactions.
Accordingly, these final regulations add
a new paragraph (h) in § 1.1502–80,
which makes section 362(e)(2) generally
inapplicable to intercompany
transactions. The purpose of the
provision is to allow the consolidated
return provisions to address loss
duplication. The IRS and Treasury
Department are therefore withdrawing
proposed § 1.1502–13(e)(4), which
proposed the suspension of the
application of section 362(e)(2) to
intercompany transactions.
Notwithstanding the decision to make
section 362(e)(2) generally inapplicable
to intercompany transactions, the IRS
and Treasury Department are concerned
that the inapplicability of section
362(e)(2) could be used to reach
inappropriate results. For example,
assume M transfers a loss asset to S in
exchange for new shares in a transaction
to which section 351(a) applies, S has
an asset with offsetting appreciation,
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53946
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
and later M sells only the new shares
received in exchange for the loss asset.
If S has no aggregate inside loss, the
Unified Loss Rule will not require any
attribute reduction. Accordingly, if S
remains a member, the group could
obtain more than a single benefit for its
economic loss. The final regulations
therefore include an anti-abuse rule that
provides for appropriate adjustments to
be made to clearly reflect the income of
the group if a taxpayer acts with a view
to prevent the consolidated return
provisions from properly addressing
loss duplication. The final regulations
also include an example that illustrates
both an abusive fact pattern (similar to
the one described) and a nonabusive
fact pattern (similar to the one
described, except that all the stock is
sold).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
4. Proposed Revisions to the Investment
Adjustment Provisions, § 1.1502–32
In the January 2007 proposal, the IRS
and Treasury Department proposed
several modifications to the investment
adjustment rules in § 1.1502–32. The
principal modifications that were
proposed related to the treatment of
items attributable to property
transferred in an intercompany section
362(e)(2) transaction and to the
treatment of items attributable to the
application of § 1.1502–36(d).
As discussed in section 3 of this
preamble, these final regulations make
section 362(e)(2) generally inapplicable
to intercompany transactions.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury
Department are withdrawing proposed
§ 1.1502–32(c)(1)(ii)(A) (regarding the
allocation of items otherwise
attributable to intercompany section
362(e)(2) transactions).
Proposed regulations addressing the
treatment of items attributable to the
application of § 1.1502–36(d) are
finalized as § 1.1502–32(c)(1)(ii). The
IRS and Treasury Department have
clarified the language of the proposed
rule, but have made no substantive
change to that rule.
In addition, the proposed regulations
made various nonsubstantive
modifications to the language of
§ 1.1502–32 that were intended to
simplify, clarify, and then conform
various sections of the regulations.
Those proposed changes are adopted
without substantive change.
5. Miscellaneous Amendments to Other
Regulations
In addition to the various provisions
directly related to the treatment of
losses on subsidiary stock and to the
treatment of intercompany section
362(e)(2) transactions, the January 2007
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
proposal included a number of
proposed modifications to regulations
unrelated to subsidiary stock loss issues.
The proposed revisions are described in
Section I of the preamble to the January
2007 proposal. These final regulations
adopt those proposed regulations
without substantive change.
These final regulations also include
several additional provisions that are
either additional technical corrections
to existing regulations or expansions of
regulatory modifications proposed in
the January 2007 proposal and adopted
as final in this Treasury decision.
A. Technical Amendment to § 1.1502–
13(g)(3)(i)(B)(2)
One commentator suggested an
expansion of § 1.1502–13(g)(3)(i)(B)(2),
which prevents the application of
§ 1.1502–13(c)(6)(i) to items of income
or gain attributable to the reduction in
basis of an intercompany obligation by
reason of sections 108 and 1017 and
§ 1.1502–28 (and thereby prevents such
items from being excluded from
income). The commentator noted that
the same rule should be applied to items
of income or gain attributable to the
reduction in basis of an intercompany
obligation by reason of § 1.1502–36(d),
in order to prevent the circumvention of
the effects of attribute reduction. The
IRS and Treasury Department agree that
such a revision would be a helpful
clarification and that change is
incorporated in these final regulations.
B. Amendments to § 1.1502–33(e)
‘‘Whole-Group’’ Exception
In the January 2007 proposal,
modifications were proposed to the
‘‘whole-group’’ exceptions in § 1.1502–
13(j)(5) (excepting whole-group
acquisitions from the general rule that
deconsolidations require intercompany
items to be taken into account) and
§ 1.1502–19(c)(3) (excepting wholegroup acquisitions from the general rule
that deconsolidations require excess
loss accounts to be taken into account).
In response to the proposed changes
to the whole-group exceptions in
§§ 1.1502–13 and 1.1502–19,
commentators suggested that a similar
revision would be appropriate for the
whole-group exception in § 1.1502–
33(e)(2). That rule excepts whole-group
acquisitions from the general rule in
§ 1.1502–33(e)(1) that eliminates a
member’s earnings and profits upon
deconsolidation. The IRS and Treasury
Department agree that the same
reasoning supports the modification of
all three whole-group exceptions.
Accordingly, these final regulations
modify the whole-group exception in all
three provisions, §§ 1.1502–13(j)(5),
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1.1502–19(c)(3), and 1.1502–33(e)(2), to
allow for their application without
regard to whether the acquirer is a
member of a consolidated group prior to
the acquisition. Further, these final
regulations provide that taxpayers may
elect to apply each of these modified
whole-group exceptions retroactively.
C. Anti-Duplicative Adjustments
Provisions
The January 2007 proposal included a
set of modifications that was intended
to simplify several existing provisions
by removing all references to the
continued applicability of the Code and
all of the anti-duplicative adjustment
rules, and including such rule in a
single paragraph in § 1.1502–80. The
IRS and Treasury Department believed
this change would simplify the
regulations, as well as remove any
potential for inadvertent omission or
negative implication in other provisions
where such concepts are or should be
applicable.
Commentators questioned whether
the removal of the discussion of the
anti-duplicative adjustment rule in
various sections of the consolidated
return regulations would eliminate
guidance that is helpful to taxpayers
and that establishes certain policy
determinations. The IRS and Treasury
Department have considered these
comments and concluded that it is
appropriate to retain the antiduplicative adjustment rule in the
various sections of the consolidated
return regulations, but to add a cross
reference to the rule in § 1.1502–80(a).
To provide additional guidance in
§ 1.1502–80(a), the final regulations
provide that, in determining the
application of the anti-duplicative
adjustment rule, the purposes of the
provisions and single-entity principles
are taken into account.
In addition, the final regulations
modify the general anti-duplicative
adjustment rule in § 1.1502–80 to clarify
that its principles apply to adjustments,
inclusions, and all similar items.
D. Technical Correction to Text
Example in § 1.1502–75(d)(1)
A practitioner informed the IRS and
Treasury Department that the rationale
in the text example in § 1.1502–75(d)(1)
needed modification. Section 1.1502–
75(d)(1) provides that a group remains
in existence for a tax year if the common
parent remains as the common parent
and at least one subsidiary that was
affiliated with it at the end of the prior
year remains affiliated with it at the
beginning of the year. It then sets forth
an example in which, at the end of
1965, P is the common parent of a group
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
that includes S and, at the beginning of
1966, P is still the common parent of a
group that includes S. The example
concludes that the group continues
through 1966 even though P acquires
another subsidiary and S leaves the
group.
The practitioner noted that the result
is correct, but that the rationale is
misleading and appears to be based on
a prior formulation of the continuation
of the group rule. Accordingly, these
final regulations revise the analysis of
this text example so that the rationale
reflects the current continuation of the
group rule.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
E. Amendment to the Section 358 Stock
Basis Rules for Certain Triangular
Reorganizations
In addition to adopting the proposed
technical correction to the crossreference paragraph in § 1.358–6(e),
these final regulations add triangular G
reorganizations (other than by statutory
merger) to the definition of triangular
reorganizations in § 1.358–6(b)(2).
F. Request for Comments on Gain
Duplication
Finally, in the preamble to the
January 2007 proposal, the IRS and
Treasury Department requested
comments on the need for a provision
that would address the gain duplication
that occurs when S stock is sold at a
gain and that gain is attributable to
unrecognized net appreciation in S’s
assets. The IRS and Treasury
Department have not previously
addressed this form of gain duplication
directly because taxpayers can structure
their transactions to avoid duplicative
recognition of the gain, for example, by
selling assets directly or by electing to
have their stock sales treated as assets
sales under section 338. While it is
believed that taxpayers generally have
adequate means to mitigate this
problem, comments were requested.
In response, commentators expressed
the view that the IRS and Treasury
Department underestimate the
frequency and extent of gain duplication
and overestimate the efficacy of selfhelp mechanisms.
Some commentators suggested that
gain duplication could be addressed
through a section 338-like election,
pursuant to which gain recognized on
subsidiary stock could be allocated to
the basis of the subsidiary’s assets, at
least to the extent necessary to bring the
basis of the assets into conformity with
the basis of the stock in the buyer’s
hands. However, those commentators
have explicitly stated that they are not
urging this or any other particular
model. Moreover, the IRS and Treasury
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Department have been advised that
there is disagreement among
commentators and practitioners as to
whether the additional burden and
complexity inherent in such additional
rules would be warranted by the
potential relief they could provide.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury
Department will continue to accept
comments and consider this issue.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this
Treasury decision is not a significant
regulatory action as defined in
Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required.
These regulations are necessary to
provide taxpayers with immediate
guidance regarding the tax
consequences of a member’s transfer of
loss shares of subsidiary stock to
prevent the creation and recognition of
noneconomic stock loss and prevent the
group from obtaining more than one tax
loss from a single economic loss.
Further, these regulations are necessary
to provide taxpayers with immediate
guidance regarding various other
provisions of the consolidated return
regulations. Therefore, good cause is
found for dispensing with a delayed
effective date pursuant to 5 U.S.C.
553(d)(3).
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the
Internal Revenue Code, the notice of
proposed rulemaking preceding these
regulations was submitted to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
It is hereby certified that these
regulations will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. This
certification is based on the fact that
these regulations primarily affect
affiliated groups of corporations that
have elected to file consolidated returns,
which tend to be larger businesses.
Moreover, the number of taxpayers
affected is minimal. Therefore, a
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis under
the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) is not required.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these
regulations are Marcie Barese, Sean
Duffley, and Theresa Abell of the Office
of Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate).
However, other personnel from the IRS
and Treasury Department participated
in their development.
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53947
26 CFR Part 602
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 602
are amended as follows:
■
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 is amended by adding entries
in numerical order to read as follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.1502–36 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1502 * * *
Section 1.1502–36 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 337(d). * * *
■ Par. 2. Section 1.337(d)–1 is amended
by adding two sentences at the end of
paragraph (a)(1) to read as follows:
§ 1.337(d)–1
rule.
Transitional loss limitation
(a) * * * (1) * * * However, for
transactions involving loss shares of
subsidiary stock occurring on or after
September 17, 2008, see § 1.1502–36.
Further, this section does not apply to
a transaction that is subject to § 1.1502–
36.
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 3. Section 1.337(d)–2 is amended
by adding two sentences at the end of
paragraph (a)(1) to read as follows:
§ 1.337(d)–2
Loss limitation rules.
(a) * * * (1) * * * However, for
transactions involving loss shares of
subsidiary stock occurring on or after
September 17, 2008, see § 1.1502–36.
Further, this section does not apply to
a transaction that is subject to § 1.1502–
36.
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 4. Section 1.358–6 is amended
by:
■ 1. Adding paragraph (b)(2)(v).
■ 2. Revising paragraph (e).
■ 3. Revising the heading for paragraph
(f) and adding paragraph (f)(3).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
§ 1.358–6 Stock basis in certain triangular
reorganizations.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) Triangular G reorganization. A
triangular G reorganization is an
acquisition by S (other than by statutory
merger) of substantially all of T’s assets
in a title 11 or similar case in exchange
for P stock in a transaction that qualifies
as a reorganization under section
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53948
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
368(a)(1)(G) by reason of the application
of section 368(a)(2)(D).
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Cross-reference regarding
triangular reorganizations involving
members of a consolidated group. For
rules relating to stock basis adjustments
made as a result of a triangular
reorganization in which P and S, or P
and T, as applicable, are, or become,
members of a consolidated group, see
§ 1.1502–30. However, if a transaction is
a group structure change, stock basis
adjustments are determined under
§ 1.1502–31 and not under § 1.1502–30,
even if the transaction also qualifies as
a triangular reorganization otherwise
subject to § 1.1502–30.
(f) Effective/applicability dates. * * *
(3) Triangular G reorganization and
special rule for triangular
reorganizations involving members of a
consolidated group. Paragraphs (b)(2)(v)
and (e) of this section shall apply to
triangular reorganizations occurring on
or after September 17, 2008. However,
taxpayers may elect to apply paragraph
(b)(2)(v) of this section to triangular
reorganizations occurring before
September 17, 2008 and on or after
December 23, 1994.
■ Par. 5. Section 1.362–4 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.362–4 Limitations on built-in loss
duplication.
(a) Purpose and scope—(1) In general.
[Reserved].
(2) Intercompany transactions. For
rules relating to the application of
section 362(e)(2) to transfers between
members of a consolidated group on or
after October 22, 2004, see § 1.1502–
80(h).
(b) [Reserved].
■ Par. 6. Section 1.1502–13 is amended
by:
1. Revising the heading and adding a
new first sentence in paragraph (a)(4).
2. Revising paragraphs (f)(6)(ii),
(g)(3)(ii)(B)(2), (j)(5)(i)(A).
3. Revising the last sentence of
paragraph (f)(6)(iv)(A).
4. Removing the second sentence in
paragraph (f)(6)(v).
5. Revising the heading for paragraph
(l) and adding two sentences at the end
of paragraph (l)(1).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
§ 1.1502–13
Intercompany transactions.
(a) * * *
(4) Application of other rules of law.
See § 1.1502–80(a) regarding the general
applicability of other rules of law and a
limitation on duplicative adjustments.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
(f) * * *
(6) * * *
(ii) Gain stock. For dispositions of P
stock occurring before May 16, 2000, see
§ 1.1502–13(f)(6)(ii) as contained in 26
CFR part 1 in effect on April 1, 2000.
For dispositions of P stock occurring on
or after May 16, 2000, see § 1.1032–3.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) * * *
(A) * * * If P grants M an option to
acquire P stock in a transaction meeting
the requirements of § 1.1032–3, M is
treated as having purchased the option
from P for fair market value with cash
contributed to M by P.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) * * *
(2) Paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section
(treatment of intercompany items if
corresponding items are excluded or
nondeductible) will not apply to
exclude any amount of income or gain
attributable to a reduction of the basis
of an intercompany obligation pursuant
to sections 108 and 1017 and § 1.1502–
28 or to § 1.1502–36(d); and
*
*
*
*
*
(j) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) The acquisition of either the assets
of the common parent of the terminating
group in a reorganization described in
section 381(a)(2), or the stock of the
common parent of the terminating
group; or
*
*
*
*
*
(l) Effective/applicability dates. * * *
(1) * * * Paragraphs (a)(4), (f)(6)(ii),
(f)(6)(iv)(A), (g)(3)(ii)(B)(2), and
(j)(5)(i)(A) of this section apply with
respect to transactions occurring on or
after September 17, 2008. However,
taxpayers may elect to apply paragraph
(j)(5)(i)(A) of this section to transactions
that occurred prior to September 17,
2008.
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 7. Section 1.1502–19 is amended
by:
■ 1. Removing the language ‘‘P’’
throughout the entire section and
adding ‘‘M’’ in its place.
■ 2. Adding a new sentence at the end
of paragraph (a)(1).
■ 3. Revising paragraphs (a)(3),
(c)(1)(iii)(A), and (c)(3)(i)(A).
■ 4. Adding new paragraph (b)(1)(iv).
■ 5. Revising the heading for paragraph
(h) and adding three sentences at the
end of paragraph (h)(1).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 1.1502–19
Excess loss accounts.
(a) In general—(1) Purpose. * * *
This section also provides rules for
eliminating losses and other attributes
attributable to S in certain cases in
which S stock becomes worthless or S
ceases to be a member and does not
have a separate return year.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Application of other rules of law,
duplicative recapture. See § 1.1502–
80(a) regarding the general applicability
of other rules of law and a limitation on
duplicative adjustments and recapture.
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) Reduction of attributes in the case
of certain dispositions by worthlessness
or where S ceases to be a member and
does not become a nonmember. If this
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) applies, any net
operating or capital loss carryover that
is attributable to S, including any losses
that would be apportioned to S under
the principles of § 1.1502–21(b)(2) if S
had a separate return year, any deferred
deductions attributable to S, including
S’s portion of such consolidated tax
attributes (for example, consolidated
excess charitable contributions that
would be apportioned to S under the
principles of § 1.1502–79(e) if S had a
separate return year), and any credit
carryover attributable to S, including
any consolidated credits that would be
apportioned to S under the principles of
§ 1.1502–79 if S had a separate return
year, are eliminated. Attributes other
than consolidated tax attributes
(determined as of the disposition) are
eliminated under this paragraph
(b)(1)(iv) immediately before the
disposition resulting in the application
of this paragraph (b)(1)(iv). The
elimination of attributes under this
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) is not a noncapital,
nondeductible expense described in
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(iii). This paragraph
(b)(1)(iv) applies if—
(A) A share of S stock becomes
worthless under section 165, the
requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of
this section are satisfied, M does not
recognize a net deduction or loss on the
S stock, and S is a member of the group
on the day following the last day of the
group’s taxable year during which the
share becomes worthless; or
(B) M recognizes any amount that is
not a net deduction or loss on the stock
of S in a transaction in which S ceases
to be a member and does not become a
nonmember.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) * * *
(A) All of S’s assets (other than its
corporate charter and those assets, if
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
any, necessary to satisfy state law
minimum capital requirements to
maintain corporate existence) are
treated as disposed of, abandoned, or
destroyed for Federal income tax
purposes (for example, under section
165(a) or § 1.1502–80(c), or, if S’s asset
is stock of a lower-tier member, the
stock is treated as disposed of under this
paragraph (c)). An asset of S is not
considered to be disposed of or
abandoned to the extent the disposition
is in complete liquidation of S under
section 332 or is in exchange for
consideration (other than relief from
indebtedness);
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) The acquisition of either the assets
of the common parent of the terminating
group in a reorganization described in
section 381(a)(2), or the stock of the
common parent of the terminating
group; or
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Effective/applicability dates—(1)
* * * Paragraphs (a)(3), (c)(1)(iii)(A),
and (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section apply
with respect to determinations and
transactions occurring on or after
September 17, 2008. However, taxpayers
may elect to apply paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A)
of this section to transactions that
occurred prior to September 17, 2008.
The last sentence of paragraph (a)(1) and
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section
applies with respect to dispositions on
or after December 16, 2008.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1.1502–20
■
[Removed]
Par. 8. Section 1.1502–20 is removed.
§ 1.1502–20T
[Removed]
Par. 9. Section 1.1502–20T is
removed.
■ Par. 10. Section 1.1502–21 is
amended by:
■ 1. Removing the last sentence of
paragraph (b)(1).
■ 2. Removing paragraph (b)(3)(v).
■ 3. Revising paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A),
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(iv), and (h)(6).
■ 4. Adding a new paragraph
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(v).
■ 5. Revising the heading for paragraph
(h) and adding new paragraph (h)(1)(iii).
■ 6. Revising the first sentence of
paragraph (h)(8).
The revisions and addition reads as
follows:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
■
§ 1.1502–21
Net operating losses.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Special rules—(A) Year of
departure from group. If a corporation
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:17 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
ceases to be a member during a
consolidated return year, net operating
loss carryovers attributable to the
corporation are first carried to the
consolidated return year, then are
subject to reduction under section 108
and § 1.1502–28 (regarding discharge of
indebtedness income that is excluded
from gross income under section
108(a)), and then are subject to
reduction under § 1.1502–36 (regarding
transfers of loss shares of subsidiary
stock). Only the amount that is neither
absorbed by the group in that year nor
reduced under section 108 and
§ 1.1502–28 or under § 1.1502–36 may
be carried to the corporation’s first
separate return year. For rules
concerning a member departing a
subgroup, see paragraph (c)(2)(vii) of
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) * * *
(B) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) Reduction of attributes for stock
loss. If during a taxable year a member
does not cease to be a member of the
group and any portion of the CNOL
attributable to any member is reduced
under § 1.1502–36, the percentage of the
CNOL attributable to each member as of
immediately after the reduction of
attributes under § 1.1502–36 shall be
recomputed pursuant to paragraph
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(v) of this section.
(v) Recomputed percentage. The
recomputed percentage of the CNOL
attributable to each member shall equal
the unabsorbed CNOL attributable to the
member at the time of the
recomputation divided by the sum of
the unabsorbed CNOL attributable to all
of the members at the time of the
recomputation. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, a CNOL that is
reduced under section 108 and
§ 1.1502–28, or under § 1.1502–36, or
that is otherwise permanently
disallowed or eliminated, shall be
treated as absorbed.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Effective/applicability dates—(1)
* * *
(iii) Paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2) of this section apply to
taxable years for which the due date of
the original return (without regard to
extensions) is on or after September 17,
2008.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) Certain prior periods. Paragraphs
(b)(1), (b)(2)(iv)(A), (b)(2)(iv)(B)(1), and
(c)(2)(vii) of this section apply to taxable
years for which the due date of the
original return (without regard to
extensions) is after March 21, 2005.
Paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53949
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2) (as contained in 26 CFR
part 1 revised as of April 1, 2008) apply
to taxable years for which the due date
of the original return (without regard to
extensions) is on or after March 21,
2005, and before September 17, 2008.
Paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section
and § 1.1502–21T(b)(1), (b)(2)(iv), and
(c)(2)(vii), as contained in 26 CFR part
1 revised as of April 1, 2004, apply to
taxable years for which the due date of
the original return (without regard to
extensions) is after August 29, 2003, and
on or before March 21, 2005. For taxable
years for which the due date of the
original return (without regard to
extensions) is on or before August 29,
2003, see paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2)(ii)(A),
(b)(2)(iv), and (c)(2)(vii) of this section
and § 1.1502–21T(b)(1) as contained in
26 CFR part 1 revised as of April 1,
2003.
*
*
*
*
*
(8) Losses treated as expired under
§ 1.1502–35(f)(1). For rules regarding
losses treated as expired under
§ 1.1502–35(f) on or after March 10,
2006, see § 1.1502–21(b)(3)(v) as
contained in 26 CFR part 1 in effect on
April 1, 2006. * * *
■ Par. 11. Section 1.1502–30 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising paragraph (b)(4).
■ 2. Revising the heading for paragraph
(c) and adding a second sentence.
The revision and addition reads as
follows:
§ 1.1502–30 Stock basis after certain
triangular reorganizations.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) Application of other rules of law.
If a transaction otherwise subject to this
section is also a group structure change
subject to § 1.1502–31, the provisions of
§ 1.1502–31 and not this section apply
to determine stock basis. See § 1.1502–
80(a) regarding the general applicability
of other rules of law and a limitation on
duplicative adjustments. See § 1.1502–
80(d) for the non-application of section
357(c) to P.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Effective/applicability date. * * *
However, paragraph (b)(4) of this
section applies to reorganizations
occurring on or after September 17,
2008.
■ Par. 12. Section 1.1502–31 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising paragraph (a)(2).
■ 2. Revising the heading for paragraph
(h) and revising paragraph (h)(1).
■ 3. Removing paragraphs (i) and (j).
The revisions read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53950
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1.1502–31 Stock basis after a group
structure change.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
(a) * * *
(2) Application of other rules of law.
If a transaction subject to this section is
also a triangular reorganization
otherwise subject to § 1.1502–30, the
provisions of this section and not those
of § 1.1502–30 apply to determine stock
basis. See § 1.1502–80(a) regarding the
general applicability of other rules of
law and a limitation on duplicative
adjustments.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Effective/applicability dates—(1)
General rule. This section applies to
group structure changes that occur after
April 26, 2004. However, a group may
apply this section to group structure
changes that occurred on or before April
26, 2004, and in consolidated return
years beginning on or after January 1,
1995. In addition, paragraph (a)(2) of
this section applies to group structure
changes that occurred on or after
September 17, 2008. Paragraph (e)(2) of
this section applies to any original
consolidated Federal income tax return
due (without extensions) after June 14,
2007. For original consolidated Federal
income tax returns due (without
extensions) after May 30, 2006, and on
or before June 14, 2007, see § 1.1502–
31T as contained in 26 CFR part 1 in
effect on April 1, 2007. For original
consolidated Federal income tax returns
due (without extensions) on or before
May 30, 2006, see § 1.1502–31 as
contained in 26 CFR part 1 in effect on
April 1, 2006.
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 13. Section 1.1502–32 is
amended by:
■ 1. Removing the language ‘‘P’’
throughout the entire section and
adding ‘‘M’’ in its place.
■ 2. Revising the heading, adding a new
first sentence, and removing the last two
sentences in paragraph (a)(2).
■ 3. Revising paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(C)(2),
(c)(1), and (c)(2)(i).
■ 4. Revising the first sentence of
paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) and (c)(3), and
the first three sentences of paragraph
(c)(4)(i), introductory text.
■ 5. Removing paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(C)
and (b)(3)(iii)(D).
■ 6. Revising the heading for paragraph
(h) and adding paragraph (h)(9).
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
§ 1.1502–32
Investment adjustments.
(a) * * *
(2) Application of other rules of law,
duplicative adjustments. See § 1.1502–
80(a) regarding the general applicability
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
of other rules of law and a limitation on
duplicative adjustments. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) * * *
(C) * * *
(2) Expired loss carryovers. If the
amount of the discharge exceeds the
amount of the attribute reduction under
sections 108 and 1017, and § 1.1502–28,
the excess nevertheless is treated as
applied to reduce tax attributes to the
extent a loss carryover attributable to S
expired without tax benefit, the
expiration was taken into account as a
noncapital, nondeductible expense
under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this
section, and the loss carryover would
have been reduced had it not expired.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Allocation of adjustments among
shares of stock—(1) In general—(i)
Distributions. The adjustment that is
described in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this
section (negative adjustments for
distributions) is allocated to the shares
of S stock to which the distribution
relates.
(ii) Special rules applicable in the
case of certain loss transfers of
subsidiary stock—(A) Losses
reattributed pursuant to an election
under § 1.1502–36(d)(6)—(1) General
rule. If a member transfers loss shares of
S stock and the common parent elects
under § 1.1502–36(d)(6) to reattribute all
or a portion of S’s attributes, S’s
resulting noncapital, nondeductible
expense is allocated to all loss shares of
S stock transferred by members in the
transaction. The expense is allocated
among those S shares in proportion to
the loss in the shares. The tier-up of that
expense is included in the remaining
adjustment (see paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of
this section).
(2) Reattribution of attributes of a
subsidiary that is lower-tier to S. If a
member transfers loss shares of S stock
and the common parent elects under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6) to reattribute
attributes of a subsidiary (S2) that is
lower-tier to S, S2’s resulting
noncapital, nondeductible expense is
allocated among S2 shares held by
members as of the transaction, other
than those transferred in the transaction
and with respect to which gain or loss
was recognized (recognition transfer), in
a manner that permits the full amount
of the expense to tier up and be applied
to the bases of the loss shares of S stock
transferred by members in the
transaction. The expense is allocated
among those S2 shares with positive
basis in a manner that, first, reduces the
bases of S2’s preferred shares to
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
equalize and then eliminate loss and,
second, reduces the bases of S2’s
common shares in a manner that
reduces disparity among the bases of
those common shares to the greatest
extent possible. The noncapital,
nondeductible expense applied to the
S2 shares tiers up and is applied to the
stock of any subsidiaries that are lowertier to S (middle-tier subsidiaries) in a
manner that will permit the full amount
of this expense to be applied to reduce
the bases of the loss shares of S stock
transferred by members in the
transaction. Similar to the allocation
among the S2 shares, the tier-up of this
expense is allocated among the middletier subsidiary shares held by members
as of the transaction, other than those
transferred in a recognition transfer, in
a manner that permits the full amount
of the expense to tier up and be applied
to the bases of the loss shares of S stock
transferred by members in the
transaction. The tier-up of this expense
is allocated among those middle-tier
subsidiary shares with positive basis in
a manner that, first, reduces the bases of
the middle-tier subsidiary’s preferred
shares to equalize and then eliminate
loss and, second, reduces the bases of
the middle-tier subsidiary’s common
shares in a manner that reduces
disparity among the bases of those
common shares to the greatest extent
possible. The tier-up of this expense is
allocated to the loss shares of S stock
transferred by members in the
transaction in the same manner as
provided in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A)(1) of
this section, and thereafter the tier-up of
that expense is included in the
remaining adjustment (see paragraph
(c)(1)(iii) of this section).
(3) Example. The following example
illustrates the rules of this paragraph
(c)(1)(ii)(A).
Example. Assume P owns M1, P and M1
own M2, M2 owns S, M1 and S own S1, and
M1 and S1 own S2. If S sells a portion of the
S1 shares at a gain and M2 sells all of the
S stock at a net loss (after adjusting the basis
for the gain recognized by S on the sale of
the S1 shares), and P elects under § 1.1502–
36(d)(6) to reattribute attributes of S2, the
resulting noncapital, nondeductible expense
is allocated entirely to the S2 shares held by
S1 with positive basis in a manner that
reduces the disparity in those bases to the
greatest extent possible. The tier-up of this
amount is allocated entirely to the S1 shares
held by S (excluding the S1 shares sold) with
positive basis in a manner that reduces the
disparity in those bases to the greatest extent
possible. The tier-up of this amount is
allocated to the loss shares of S stock sold by
M2 in proportion to the loss in those shares.
The tier-up of this amount is then included
in the remaining adjustment and tiers up
from M2 to M1 and P, and from M1 to P
under the general rules of this section.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(B) Tier-up of reallocated investment
adjustments subject to prior use
limitation. If the reallocation of an
investment adjustment under § 1.1502–
36(b)(2) is subject to the prior use
limitation in § 1.1502–36(b)(2)(iii)(B)(2),
no amount of the tier-up of such
reallocated investment adjustment shall
be allocated to any share whose prior
use resulted in the application of the
limitation. Thereafter, the tier-up of this
amount is included in the remaining
adjustment (see paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of
this section).
(iii) Remaining adjustment. The
remaining adjustment is the adjustment
that consists of the items described in
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(iii) of
this section (adjustments for taxable
income or loss, tax-exempt income, and
noncapital, nondeductible expenses),
including adjustments to lower-tier
stock basis that tier up under paragraph
(a)(3)(iii) of this section, but only to the
extent not specially allocated under
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. The
remaining adjustment is allocated
among the shares of S stock as provided
in paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(4) of this
section. If the remaining adjustment is
positive, it is allocated first to any
preferred stock as provided in paragraph
(c)(3) of this section, and then to the
common stock as provided in paragraph
(c)(2) of this section. If the remaining
adjustment is negative, it is allocated
only to common stock as provided in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(iv) Nonmember shares. No
adjustment under this section that is
allocated to a share for the period it is
owned by a nonmember affects the basis
of the share.
(v) Cross-references. See paragraph
(c)(4) of this section for the reallocation
of adjustments, and paragraph (d) of this
section for definitions. See § 1.1502–
19(d) for special allocations of basis
determined or adjusted under the
Internal Revenue Code (Code) with
respect to excess loss accounts.
(2) Common stock—(i) Allocation
within a class. The remaining
adjustment described in paragraph
(c)(1)(iii) of this section that is allocable
to a class of common stock is generally
allocated equally to each share within
the class. However, if a member has an
excess loss account in a share of a class
of common stock at the time a positive
remaining adjustment is to be allocated,
the portion of the positive remaining
adjustment allocable to the member
with respect to the class is allocated first
to equalize and then eliminate that
member’s excess loss accounts. It is then
allocated equally among the members’
shares in that class. Similarly, the
portion of any negative remaining
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
adjustment allocable to the member
with respect to the class is allocated
equally to the member’s shares with
positive bases, eliminating all positive
basis in shares of the class before
creating or increasing any excess loss
accounts. After positive basis is
eliminated, any remaining portion of the
negative remaining adjustment is
allocated to equalize the member’s
excess loss accounts in the shares of that
class to the greatest extent possible.
Distributions and any adjustments or
determinations under the Internal
Revenue Code (for example, under
section 358, including any
modifications under § 1.1502–19(d)) are
taken into account before the allocation
is made under this paragraph (c)(2)(i).
(ii) * * *
(A) * * * If S has more than one class
of common stock, the extent to which
the remaining adjustment described in
paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section is
allocated to each class is determined,
based on consistently applied
assumptions, by taking into account the
terms of each class and all other facts
and circumstances relating to the overall
economic arrangement. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * * If the remaining adjustment
described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this
section is positive, it is allocated to
preferred stock to the extent required
(when aggregated with prior allocations
to the preferred stock during the period
that S is a member of the consolidated
group) to reflect distributions described
in section 301 (and all other
distributions treated as dividends) to
which the preferred stock becomes
entitled, and arrearages arising, during
the period that S is a member of the
consolidated group. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * * (i) * * * A member’s basis
in each share of S preferred and
common stock must be redetermined
whenever necessary to determine the
tax liability of any person. See
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The
redetermination is made by reallocating
S’s adjustments described in paragraphs
(c)(1)(ii)(B) (specially allocated
adjustments for tier-up of reallocated
investment adjustments subject to prior
use limitation) and (c)(1)(iii) (remaining
adjustments) of this section for each
consolidated return year (or other
applicable period) of the group by
taking into account all of the facts and
circumstances affecting allocations
under this paragraph (c) as of the
redetermination date with respect to all
of the S shares. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Effective/applicability date. * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53951
(9) Allocations of investment
adjustments, including adjustments
attributable to certain loss transfers;
certain conforming amendments.
Paragraphs (a)(2), (b)(3)(ii)(C)(2), (c)(1),
(c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii)(A), (c)(3), and (c)(4)(i)
of this section are applicable for
determinations of the basis of stock of
a subsidiary on or after September 17,
2008.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1.1502–32T
[Removed]
Par. 14. Section 1.1502–32T is
removed.
■ Par. 15. Section 1.1502–33 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising the heading and adding a
new first sentence to paragraph (a)(2).
■ 2. Revising paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A).
■ 3. Revising the heading for paragraph
(j) and adding two sentences to the end
of paragraph (j)(1).
The additions and revision read as
follows:
■
§ 1.1502–33
Earnings and profits.
(a) * * *
(2) Application of other rules of law,
duplicative adjustments. See § 1.1502–
80(a) regarding the general applicability
of other rules of law and a limitation on
duplicative adjustments. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) The acquisition of either the assets
of the common parent of the terminating
group in a reorganization described in
section 381(a)(2), or the stock of the
common parent of the terminating
group; or
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Effective/applicability date—(1)
* * * Paragraphs (a)(2) and (e)(2)(i)(A)
of this section apply with respect to
determinations of the earnings and
profits of a member in consolidated
return years beginning on or after
September 17, 2008. However, taxpayers
may elect to apply paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A)
of this section with respect to
determinations of the earnings and
profits of a member in consolidated
return years beginning prior to
September 17, 2008.
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 16. Section 1.1502–35 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising paragraphs (a), (c)(3),
(c)(4)(i), (c)(5)(i), (g)(3), (g)(6), (h), and
(j).
■ 2. Revising the heading of paragraph
(c)(8).
■ 3. Removing paragraph (k).
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53952
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
§ 1.1502–35 Transfers of subsidiary stock
and deconsolidations of subsidiaries.
(a) In general—(1) Purpose. The
purpose of this section is to prevent a
group from obtaining more than one tax
benefit from a single economic loss. The
provisions of this section shall be
construed in a manner that is consistent
with that purpose and in a manner that
reasonably carries out that purpose.
(2) Dates of applicability. This section
applies if—
(i) On or after March 7, 2002, a
member recognizes a loss on the
disposition of a share of stock of a
subsidiary (or, on or after April 10,
2007, a share of stock of a former
subsidiary) or a carryover basis asset
(subject to paragraph (c)(6) of this
section),
(ii) The member’s loss on the share of
subsidiary stock or the carryover basis
asset is allowed on or before the date
that is ten years after the disposition of
the share or carryover basis asset, and
(iii) If the disposition is of a share of
subsidiary stock, it is not a transfer to
which § 1.1502–36 applies.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Treatment of suspended loss—(i)
General rule. For purposes of the rules
of § 1.1502–32, any loss suspended
pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of
this section is treated as a noncapital,
nondeductible expense of the member
that disposes of subsidiary stock,
incurred during the taxable year that
includes the date of the disposition of
stock to which paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2)
of this section applies. See § 1.1502–
32(b)(3)(iii)(C). Consequently, the basis
of a higher-tier member’s stock of the
member that disposes of subsidiary
stock is reduced by the suspended loss
in the year it is suspended.
(ii) Location of suspended loss
following deconsolidation of selling
member. If a member recognizes a loss
that is suspended under this paragraph
(c) but that member ceases to be a
member of the group before the loss is
allowable, the common parent is treated
as succeeding to the loss in a transaction
to which section 381(a) applies.
(4) Reduction of suspended loss—(i)
General rule. The amount of any loss
suspended pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)
or (c)(2) of § 1.1502–35 shall be reduced,
but not below zero, by the subsidiary’s
(and any successor’s) items of deduction
and loss, and the subsidiary’s (and any
successor’s) allocable share of items of
deduction and loss of all lower-tier
subsidiaries, that are allocable to the
period beginning on the date of the
disposition that gave rise to the
suspended loss and ending on the day
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
before the first date on which the
subsidiary (and any successor) is not a
member of the group of which it was a
member immediately prior to the
disposition (or any successor group),
and that are taken into account in
determining consolidated taxable
income (or loss) of such group for any
taxable year that includes any date on
or after the date of the disposition and
before the first date on which the
subsidiary (and any successor) is not a
member of such group; provided,
however, that such reduction shall not
exceed the excess of the amount of such
items over the amount of such items
that are taken into account in
determining the basis adjustments made
under § 1.1502–32 to stock of the
subsidiary (or any successor) owned by
members of the group. The preceding
sentence shall not apply to items of
deduction and loss to the extent that the
group can establish that all or a portion
of such items was not reflected in the
computation of the duplicated loss with
respect to the subsidiary on the date of
the disposition of stock that gave rise to
the suspended loss.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Allowable loss—(i) General rule.
To the extent not reduced under
paragraph (c)(4) of this section, any loss
suspended pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)
or (c)(2) of this section shall be allowed,
to the extent otherwise allowable under
applicable provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code and regulations, on a
return filed by the group of which the
subsidiary was a member on the date of
the disposition of subsidiary stock that
gave rise to the suspended loss (or any
successor group) for the taxable year
that includes the earlier of—
(A) The day before the first date on
which the subsidiary (and any
successor) is not a member of such
group or the date the group is allowed
a worthless stock loss under section 165
(taking into account the provisions of
§ 1.1502–80(c)) with respect to all of the
subsidiary stock owned by members
and;
(B) The date that is ten years after the
date of the disposition of subsidiary
stock that gave rise to the suspended
loss.
*
*
*
*
*
(8) No elimination of economic loss.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(3) Anti-loss reimportation rule—(i)
Conditions for application. This
paragraph (g)(3) applies when—
(A) A member of a group (selling
group) recognized and was allowed a
loss with respect to a share of stock of
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
S, a subsidiary or former subsidiary of
the selling group;
(B) That stock loss was duplicated (in
whole or in part) in S’s attributes
(duplicating items) at the earlier of the
time that the loss was recognized or that
S ceased to be a member; and
(C) Within ten years of the date that
S ceased to be a member, there is a
reimportation event. For this purpose, a
reimportation event is any event after
which a duplicating item is a
reimported item. A reimported item is
any duplicating item that is reflected in
the attributes of any member of the
selling group, including S, or, if not
reflected in the attributes, would be
properly taken into account by any
member of the selling group (for
example as the result of a carryback).
(ii) Effect of application. Immediately
before the time that a reimported item
(or any portion of a reimported item)
would be properly taken into account
(but for the application of this paragraph
(g)(3)), such item (or such portion of the
item) is reduced to zero and no
deduction or loss is allowed, directly or
indirectly, with respect to that item.
(iii) Operating rules. For purposes of
this paragraph (g)(3)—
(A) The terms member, subsidiary,
and group include their predecessors
and successors to the extent necessary
to effectuate the purposes of this
section; and
(B) The reduction of a reimported
item (other than duplicating items that
are carried back to a consolidated return
year of the selling group) is a
noncapital, nondeductible expense
within the meaning of § 1.1502–
32(b)(3)(iii).
*
*
*
*
*
(6) General anti-avoidance rule. If a
taxpayer acts with a view to avoid the
purposes of this section, appropriate
adjustments will be made to carry out
the purposes of this section.
(h) Application of other rules of law.
See § 1.1502–80(a) regarding the general
applicability of other rules of law.
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Effective/applicability dates. This
section applies with respect to stock
transfers, deconsolidations of
subsidiaries, determinations of
worthlessness, and stock dispositions
on or after September 17, 2008. For
prior law, see §§ 1.1502–35 and 1.1502–
35T as contained in 26 CFR part 1 in
effect on April 1, 2008.
§ 1.1502–35T
[Removed]
Par. 17. Section 1.1502–35T is
removed.
■ Par. 18. Section 1.1502–36 is added to
read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
§ 1.1502–36
Unified loss rule.
(a) In general—(1) Scope. This section
provides rules for adjusting members’
bases in stock of a subsidiary (S) and for
reducing S’s attributes when a member
(M) transfers a loss share of S stock. See
paragraph (f) of this section for
definitions of the terms used in this
section, including transfer and value.
(2) Purpose. The rules in this section
have two principal purposes. The first is
to prevent the consolidated return
provisions from reducing a group’s
consolidated taxable income through
the creation and recognition of
noneconomic loss on S stock. The
second is to prevent members
(including former members) of the
group from collectively obtaining more
than one tax benefit from a single
economic loss. Additional purposes are
set forth in other paragraphs of this
section. The rules of this section must
be interpreted and applied in a manner
that is consistent with and reasonably
carries out the purposes of this section.
(3) Overview—(i) General application
of section. This section applies when M
transfers a share of S stock and, after
taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law (even if the
adjustments required by such provisions
are not deemed effective until after the
transfer, such as certain adjustments
required under sections 108 and 1017
and § 1.1502–28), the share is a loss
share. When this section applies,
paragraph (b) of this section applies first
and may redetermine members’ bases in
their shares of S stock. If the transferred
share is a loss share after any basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of
this section, paragraph (c) of this section
applies and may reduce M’s basis in the
transferred loss share. If the transferred
share is a loss share after any basis
reduction required by paragraph (c) of
this section, paragraph (d) of this
section applies and may reduce
attributes of S and subsidiaries that are
lower-tier to S. Although the
determination of whether there is a
transfer of a loss share is made as of the
transfer, this section applies, and any
adjustments it requires are given effect,
immediately before the transfer.
Paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of this section
provide general operating rules
(including rules for transfers of S stock
between members), definitions, and an
anti-abuse rule, respectively.
(ii) Stock of multiple subsidiaries
transferred in the transaction—(A)
Initial application of section to
transferred shares in lowest tier. If
shares of stock of more than one
subsidiary are transferred in a
transaction, the application of this
section begins at the lowest tier. If no
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
transferred shares of stock of the lowesttier subsidiary (S2) are loss shares, any
gain recognized with respect to the S2
shares immediately tiers up and adjusts
members’ bases in subsidiary stock
under § 1.1502–32. However, if any of
the transferred S2 shares are loss shares,
paragraph (b) of this section applies
with respect to those shares. If, after the
application of paragraph (b) of this
section, any transferred S2 shares are
still loss shares, paragraph (c) of this
section applies with respect to those
shares. If, after the application of
paragraph (c) of this section, any
transferred S2 shares are still loss shares
and P makes an election under
paragraph (d)(6) of this section with
respect to those S2 shares, then
paragraph (d) of this section applies
with respect to those shares, but only to
the extent necessary to give effect to the
election. After taking into account the
effects of any adjustments required by
this initial application of this section,
recognized gain or loss is computed on
all transferred S2 shares. Any
adjustments under paragraph (b) or (c)
of this section, the effect of any election
under paragraph (d)(6) of this section,
any gain or loss recognized on the
transferred S2 shares (whether allowed
or disallowed), and any other related or
resulting adjustments then tier-up and
apply to adjust members’ bases in
subsidiary stock under § 1.1502–32.
(B) Initial application of section to
transferred shares in higher tiers. After
taking into account the effects of any
adjustments described in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, transferred
shares in the next higher tier, and then
in each next higher tier successively,
other than the transferred loss shares at
the highest tier, are treated in the
manner described in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.
(C) Application of section to
transferred shares in highest tier. After
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
and, to the extent necessary to give
effect to any election under paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, paragraph (d) of
this section, have been applied to or
with respect to all lower-tier transferred
loss shares, and after all lower-tier
adjustments have been taken into
account (whether resulting from the
application of paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section, an election under paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, the recognition of
gain or loss on a transfer, or otherwise),
paragraphs (b), then (c), and then (d) of
this section apply with respect to the
highest-tier shares that are transferred
loss shares.
(D) Final application of section to
transferred shares in lower tiers. After
paragraph (d) of this section has been
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53953
applied with respect to transferred loss
shares in the highest tier, it is applied
with respect to transferred shares in
each next lower tier, successively, to the
extent such shares are loss shares after
the application of paragraph (d) of this
section.
(4) Other rules of law and
coordination with deferral and
disallowance provisions. In general, this
section applies and has effect
immediately upon the transfer of a loss
share even if the loss is deferred,
disallowed, or otherwise not taken into
account under any other applicable
rules of law. However, see paragraph
(e)(3) of this section for special rules
applicable to shares of S stock
transferred in an intercompany
transaction. See section § 1.1502–80(a)
for the general applicability of other
rules of law and a limitation on
duplicative adjustments.
(5) Nomenclature, factual
assumptions adopted in this section.
Unless otherwise stated, for purposes of
this section, the following nomenclature
and assumptions are adopted. P is the
common parent of a consolidated group
of which S, M, and M1 are members. X
is not a member of the P group. If a
corporation has preferred stock
outstanding, it is stock described in
section 1504(a)(4). The examples set
forth the only facts, elections, and
activities relevant to the example. All
transactions are between unrelated
persons and are independent of each
other. Tax liabilities and their effect,
and the application of any other loss
disallowance or deferral provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code (Code) or
regulations, including but not limited to
section 267, are disregarded. All persons
report on a calendar year basis and use
the accrual method of accounting. All
parties comply with filing and other
requirements of this section and all
other provisions of the Code and
regulations.
(b) Basis redetermination to reduce
disparity—(1) In general—(i) Purpose
and scope. The rules of this paragraph
(b) reduce the extent to which there is
disparity in members’ bases in shares of
S stock. These rules supplement the
operation of the investment adjustment
system; their purpose is to prevent the
realization of noneconomic loss and
facilitate the elimination of duplicated
loss when members hold S shares with
disparate bases. The rules of this
paragraph (b) only reallocate investment
adjustments previously applied to
members’ bases in shares of S stock,
thus they do not alter the aggregate
amount of basis in shares of S stock held
by members or the aggregate amount of
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53954
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
investment adjustments applied to
shares of S stock.
(ii) Special rules for applicability of
redetermination rule. Notwithstanding
the general rule in paragraph (b)(2) of
this section, members’ bases in shares of
S stock are not redetermined under this
paragraph (b) if—
(A) There is no disparity among
members’ bases in shares of S common
stock and no member owns a share of
S preferred stock with respect to which
there is unrecognized gain or loss; or
(B) All the shares of S stock held by
members are transferred to one or more
nonmembers, become worthless under
section 165 (taking into account the
provisions of § 1.1502–80(c)), or a
combination thereof, in one fully
taxable transaction. However, in such a
case, P may elect to redetermine such
bases under this paragraph (b). Such an
election is made in the manner provided
in paragraph (e)(5) of this section. If
stock of more than one subsidiary is
transferred in the transaction, the
election may be made with respect to
one or more of such subsidiaries.
(iii) Investment adjustment. For
purposes of this paragraph (b), the term
investment adjustment includes
adjustments specially allocated under
§ 1.1502–32(c)(1)(ii)(B) and remaining
adjustments described in § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(iii). In applying any provision
of this section, the term includes all
such adjustments reflected in the basis
of the share as of the application of the
provision, whether originally allocated
under § 1.1502–32 or otherwise. The
term therefore includes adjustments
previously reallocated to the share, and
it does not include adjustments
previously reallocated from the share,
whether pursuant to this section or any
other provision of law. It also includes
the proportionate amount of
adjustments reflected in the exchanged
basis of a share, such as the basis
determined under section 358 in
connection with a reorganization or a
transaction qualifying under section
355.
(2) Basis redetermination rule. If M
transfers a loss share of S stock, all
members’ bases in all their shares of S
stock are subject to redetermination
under this paragraph (b). The
determination of whether a share is a
loss share is made as of the transfer,
taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law. The
redeterminations are made immediately
before applying paragraph (c) of this
section and in accordance with the
following:
(i) Decreasing the bases of transferred
loss shares—(A) Removing positive
investment adjustments from
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
transferred loss shares of common
stock. M’s basis in each of its transferred
loss shares of S common stock is first
reduced, but not below value, by
removing positive investment
adjustments previously applied to the
basis of the share. The positive
investment adjustments removed from
transferred loss shares of S common
stock are reallocated under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section after negative
investment adjustments are reallocated
under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this
section.
(B) Reallocating negative investment
adjustments from shares of S common
stock. If a transferred share is still a loss
share after applying paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section, M’s basis in
the share is reduced, but not below
value, by reallocating negative
investment adjustments to the
transferred loss share (whether common
or preferred stock) from members’
shares of S common stock that are not
transferred loss shares. The adjustments
reallocated under this paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(B) are reallocated and applied
first to M’s bases in transferred loss
shares of S preferred stock and then to
M’s bases in transferred loss shares of S
common stock. Reallocations under this
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) are made in a
manner that, to the greatest extent
possible, reduces the disparity among
members’ bases in all transferred loss
shares of S preferred stock, and reduces
the disparity among members’ bases in
all shares of S common stock.
(ii) Increasing the bases of gain
preferred and all common shares—(A)
Preferred stock. After the application of
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, the
positive investment adjustments
removed from transferred loss shares of
S common stock under paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section are reallocated
and applied to increase, but not above
value, members’ bases in shares of S
preferred stock (without regard to
whether such shares are transferred in
the transaction). Reallocations under
this paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) are made in
a manner that, to the greatest extent
possible, reduces the disparity among
members’ bases in all shares of S
preferred stock.
(B) Common stock. Any positive
investment adjustments removed from
transferred loss shares of S common
stock under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this
section and not reallocated and applied
to S preferred shares are reallocated and
applied to increase members’ bases in
shares of S common stock. Reallocations
are made to shares of S common stock
without regard to whether a particular
share is a loss share or a transferred
share, and without regard to the share’s
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
value. Reallocations under this
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) are made in a
manner that, to the greatest extent
possible, reduces the disparity among
members’ bases in all shares of S
common stock.
(iii) Operating rules—(A) Method. In
general, reallocations should be made
first with respect to the earliest available
adjustments. However, the overall
application of this paragraph (b) to a
transaction must be made in a manner
that, to the greatest extent possible,
reduces basis disparity (as provided in
paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(B) and (b)(2)(ii) of
this section). The specific reallocation of
an investment adjustment under this
paragraph (b) may be made using any
reasonable method or formula that is
consistent with the provisions of this
paragraph (b)(2) and furthers the
purposes of this section.
(B) Limits on reallocation—(1)
Restriction to members’ outstanding
shares. Investment adjustments can only
be reallocated to shares that were held
by members at the time the adjustment
was originally applied.
(2) Limitation by prior use—(i) In
general. In order to prevent the
reallocation of investment adjustments
from either increasing or decreasing
members’ aggregate bases in subsidiary
stock, no investment adjustment
(positive or negative) may be reallocated
under this paragraph (b)(2) to the extent
that it was (or would have been) used
prior to the time that it would otherwise
be reallocated under this paragraph
(b)(2). For this purpose, an investment
adjustment was used (or would have
been used) to the extent that it was
reflected in (or would have been
reflected in) the basis of a share of
subsidiary stock and the basis of that
share has already been taken into
account, directly or indirectly, in
determining income, gain, deduction, or
loss (including by affecting the
application of this section to a prior
transfer of subsidiary stock) or in
determining the basis of any property
that is not subject to § 1.1502–32.
However, if the prior use was in an
intercompany transaction, an
investment adjustment may be
reallocated to the extent that § 1.1502–
13 has prevented the gain or loss on the
transaction from being taken into
account. (In that case, appropriate
adjustments must be made to the
intercompany item from the prior
intercompany transaction that has not
yet been taken into account.) Further, if
an investment adjustment was reflected
in (or would have been reflected in) the
basis of a share that has been taken into
account, the limitation on reallocation
under this paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B)(2)
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
does not apply to the extent the basis of
that share would not change as a result
of the reallocation (for example, because
the reallocation is between shares that
are both lower-tier to the share with the
previously used basis). See § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(ii)(B) regarding special
allocations applicable to the tier-up of
the reallocated investment adjustment if
the reallocation is limited under this
paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B)(2) due to prior
use at a higher tier.
(ii) Example. The application of this
paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B)(2) is illustrated
by the following example:
Example. (i) Facts. P owns all 20 shares of
M stock, and 10 shares of S stock. M owns
the remaining 10 shares of S stock. In year
1, S recognizes $200 of income that results
in a $10 positive investment adjustment
being allocated to each share of S stock. The
group does not recognize any other items.
The $100 positive adjustment to M’s basis in
the S stock tiers up, and results in a $5
positive adjustment to each share of M stock.
In year 2, P sells one share of M stock and
recognizes a gain. In year 3, M sells one loss
share of S stock, and this paragraph (b)
applies and requires a reallocation of the year
1 positive investment adjustment applied to
the basis of the transferred S share.
(ii) Application of limitation by prior use.
M’s basis in the transferred loss share of S
stock reflects a $10 positive investment
adjustment attributable to S’s year 1 income.
Under the general rule of this paragraph (b),
that $10 would be subject to reallocation to
reduce basis disparity. However, that $10
adjustment had originally tiered up to adjust
P’s basis in its M shares and, as a result, $.50
of that adjustment was reflected in P’s basis
in each share of M stock. When P sold the
share of M stock, the basis of that share
(which included the tiered-up $.50) was used
in determining the gain on the sale. Thus,
$.50 of the $10 investment adjustment
originally allocated to the transferred S share
that tiered-up to the sold M share was
previously used and, as such, cannot be
reallocated in a manner that would (if it were
the original allocation) affect the basis of the
sold M share. Accordingly, no more than
$9.50 of the adjustment to M’s transferred S
share could be reallocated to P’s shares of S
stock. If so, under the special allocation rule
in § 1.1502–32(c)(1)(ii)(B), the tier-up of this
$9.50 would only be allocated among P’s
remaining 19 shares of M stock.
Alternatively, all $10 of the investment
adjustment could be reallocated to M’s other
S shares (because the tier-up to P’s M shares
would have been the same regardless which
of M’s shares of S stock were adjusted).
(iii) Application of limitation where
adjustment would have been used. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (i) of this
Example except that M does not sell any
shares of S stock and, in year 3, P sells a loss
share of S stock. As in paragraph (i) of this
Example, when P sold the share of M stock,
the basis of that share was used in
determining the gain on the share. When P
sells the loss share of S stock, the $10
positive investment adjustment from S’s year
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
1 income cannot be reallocated in a manner
that would (if it were the original adjustment)
affect the basis of the sold M share. If this $10
positive investment adjustment had
originally been allocated to the S shares held
by M, $.50 of the $10 investment adjustment
would have tiered up to the M share that P
sold, would have been reflected in P’s basis
in that M share, and would have been used
in determining P’s gain or loss on the sale.
Accordingly, up to $9.50 of the $10
investment adjustment applied to the basis of
P’s transferred S share could be reallocated
to M’s shares of S stock. If so, under the
special allocation rule in § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(ii)(B), the tier-up of this $9.50 would
only be allocated among P’s remaining 19
shares of M stock. Alternatively, all $10 of
the investment adjustment could be
reallocated to P’s other S shares.
(3) Examples. The general application
of this paragraph (b) is illustrated by the
following examples:
Example 1. Transfer of stock received in
section 351 exchange. (i) Redetermination to
prevent noneconomic loss. (A) Facts. For
many years, M has owned two assets, Asset
1 and Asset 2. On January 1, year 1, M
receives the only four outstanding shares of
S common stock (Block 1 shares) in exchange
for Asset 1, which has a basis and value of
$80. Section 351 applies to the exchange and,
therefore, under section 358, M’s aggregate
basis in the Block 1 shares is $80 ($20 per
share). On July 1, year 2, M receives another
share of S common stock (Block 2 share) in
exchange for Asset 2, which has a basis of $0
and value of $20. Section 351 applies to this
exchange and, under section 358, M’s basis
in the Block 2 share is $0. On October 1, year
3, S sells Asset 2 for $20, recognizing a $20
gain. On December 31, year 3, M sells one of
its Block 1 shares to X for $20. After taking
into account the effects of all applicable rules
of law, M’s basis in each Block 1 share is $24
(M’s original $20 basis increased under
§ 1.1502–32 by $4, the share’s allocable
portion of the $20 gain recognized on the sale
of Asset 2). In addition, M’s basis in its Block
2 share is $4 (M’s original $0 basis increased
under § 1.1502–32 by $4 (the share’s
allocable portion of the $20 gain recognized
on the sale of Asset 2)). M’s sale of the Block
1 share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
(B) Basis redetermination under this
paragraph (b). Under this paragraph (b), M’s
bases in all its shares of S stock are subject
to redetermination. First, paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section applies to reduce
M’s basis in the transferred loss share, but
not below value, by removing positive
investment adjustments applied to the basis
of the share. Accordingly, M’s basis in the
transferred Block 1 share is reduced by $4
(the amount of the positive investment
adjustment applied to the share), from $24 to
$20. Even if there were negative investment
adjustments applied to adjust the bases of
nontransferred common shares, no further
reduction to the basis of the share would be
required under this paragraph (b) because the
basis of the transferred share is then equal to
the share’s value. Under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, the positive
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53955
investment adjustment removed from the
transferred loss share is reallocated and
applied to increase M’s bases in its S
common shares in a manner that reduces
disparity in M’s bases in all the S common
shares, to the greatest extent possible.
Accordingly, the $4 positive investment
adjustment removed from the Block 1 share
is reallocated and applied to the basis of the
Block 2 share, increasing it from $4 to $8.
(C) Application of paragraphs (c) and (d)
of this section. Because M’s sale of the Block
1 share is not a transfer of a loss share after
the application of this paragraph (b), neither
paragraph (c) of this section nor paragraph
(d) of this section applies to the transfer.
(ii) Redetermination to eliminate
duplicated loss. (A) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (i)(A) of this Example
1, except that, at the time of the second
contribution, the value of Asset 1 had
declined to $20 and so, instead of
contributing Asset 2, M contributed Asset 3
to S in exchange for the Block 2 share. At the
time of that exchange, Asset 3 had a basis
and value of $5. On October 1, year 3, S sells
Asset 1 for $20, recognizing a $60 loss that
is absorbed by the group. On December 31,
year 3, M sells one of its Block 1 shares to
X for $5. After taking into account the effects
of all applicable rules of law, M’s basis in
each Block 1 share is $8 (M’s original $20
basis decreased under § 1.1502–32 by $12
(the share’s allocable portion of the $60 loss
recognized on the sale of Asset 1)). M’s basis
in its Block 2 share is an excess loss account
of $7 (M’s original basis of $5 reduced under
§ 1.1502–32 by $12, the share’s allocable
portion of the loss recognized on the sale of
Asset 1). M’s sale of the Block 1 share is a
transfer of a loss share and therefore subject
to this section.
(B) Basis redetermination under this
paragraph (b). Under this paragraph (b), M’s
bases in all its shares of S stock are subject
to redetermination. There are no positive
investment adjustments and so there is no
adjustment under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of
this section. However, under paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(B) of this section, M’s basis in the
transferred Block 1 share is reduced, but not
below value, by reallocating negative
investment adjustments from common shares
that are not transferred loss shares. In total,
there were $48 of negative investment
adjustments applied to common shares that
are not transferred loss shares. Accordingly,
M’s basis in the Block 1 share is reduced by
$3, from $8 to its value of $5. Under
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section, the
negative investment adjustments applied to
the transferred share are reallocated from
(and therefore cause an increase in the basis
of) S common shares that are not transferred
loss shares in a manner that reduces disparity
among members’ bases in all S common
shares to the greatest extent possible.
Accordingly, the $3 negative investment
adjustment reallocated and applied to the
transferred Block 1 share is reallocated
entirely from the Block 2 share, increasing
the basis in the Block 2 share from an excess
loss account of $7 to an excess loss account
of $4.
(C) Application of paragraphs (c) and (d)
of this section. Because M’s sale of the Block
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53956
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
1 share is not a transfer of a loss share after
the application of this paragraph (b), neither
paragraph (c) of this section nor paragraph
(d) of this section applies to the transfer.
(iii) Nonapplicability of redetermination
rule to sale of entire interest. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (ii)(A) of this Example
1, except that, on December 31, year 3, M
sells all its shares of S stock to X for $25. M’s
sale of the S stock to X is a transfer of all of
the shares of S stock held by members to one
or more nonmembers in one fully taxable
transaction and, therefore, basis is not
redetermined under this paragraph (b).
Accordingly, the sale of the Block 1 shares
remains a transfer of loss shares and, as such,
subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this
section. However, paragraphs (c)(7) and
(d)(3)(i)(A) of this section apply netting
principles to prevent adjustments under
either paragraph (c) or paragraph (d) of this
section, respectively. Alternatively, the group
could elect to apply this paragraph (b). In
that case, the $12 negative adjustment
applied to the Block 2 shares would be
reallocated to the Block 1 shares with the
result that there would be no loss (or gain)
on any of the transferred shares following the
application of this paragraph (b). In that case,
there would be no further application of this
section to the transfer.
(iv) Transfer of entire interest, partially
taxable. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (iii) of this Example 1, except that,
instead of selling the Block 2 share to X, M
contributes the share to a nonmember in a
section 351 exchange that is part of the same
transaction. Although all the S shares held by
members are transferred in the transaction,
not all the shares are transferred to one or
more nonmembers in one fully taxable
transaction. Therefore, paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)
of this section does not apply and M must
redetermine its bases in its shares of S stock
under this paragraph (b). In total, there were
$12 of negative investment adjustments
applied to common shares that are not
transferred loss shares (the Block 2 share, a
gain share). Accordingly, M’s basis in each of
the Block 1 shares is reduced by $3, from $8
to its value of $5. Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B)
of this section, the negative investment
adjustments applied to the transferred shares
are reallocated from (and therefore cause an
increase in the basis of) S shares that are not
transferred loss shares in a manner that
reduces disparity among members’ bases in
all S common shares to the greatest extent
possible. Accordingly, the $12 negative
investment adjustment reallocated and
applied to the transferred Block 1 shares is
reallocated entirely from the Block 2 share,
increasing the basis in the Block 2 share from
an excess loss account of $7 to a basis of $5.
Because M’s transfer is not a transfer of loss
shares after the application of this paragraph
(b), neither paragraph (c) of this section nor
paragraph (d) of this section applies to the
transfer.
Example 2. Redetermination increases
basis of transferred loss share. (i) Facts. On
January 1, year 1, M owns all 10 outstanding
shares of S common stock. Five of the shares
have a basis of $20 per share (Block 1 shares)
and five of the shares have a basis of $10 per
share (Block 2 shares). S’s only asset, Asset
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
1, has a basis of $50. S has no other
attributes. On October 1, year 1, S sells Asset
1 for $100, recognizing a $50 gain. On
December 31, year 2, M sells one Block 1
share and one Block 2 share to X for $10 per
share. After taking into account the effects of
all applicable rules of law, M’s basis in each
Block 1 share is $25 (M’s original $20 basis
increased under § 1.1502–32 by $5, the
share’s allocable portion of the $50 gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1), and M’s
basis in each Block 2 share is $15 (M’s
original $10 basis increased under § 1.1502–
32 by $5, the share’s allocable portion of the
$50 gain recognized on the sale of Asset 1).
M’s sale of the Block 1 and Block 2 shares
is a transfer of loss shares and therefore
subject to this section.
(ii) Basis redetermination under this
paragraph (b). Under this paragraph (b), M’s
bases in all its shares of S stock are subject
to redetermination. First, paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section applies to reduce
M’s basis in the transferred Block 1 and
Block 2 shares, but not below value, by
removing the positive investment
adjustments applied to the bases of the
transferred loss shares. Accordingly, the basis
of the transferred Block 1 share is reduced by
$5, from $25 to $20. The basis of the
transferred Block 2 share is also reduced by
$5, from $15 to $10. (Although the
transferred Block 1 share is still a loss share,
there is no reduction to its basis under
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section because
there were no negative investment
adjustments applied to the bases of the S
common shares that are not transferred loss
shares.) Next, paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section applies to reallocate and apply the
$10 of positive investment adjustments
removed from the transferred loss shares to
increase M’s bases in its S common shares in
a manner that reduces the disparity in its
bases in all S common shares to the greatest
extent possible. Accordingly, of the $10 of
positive investment adjustments to be
reallocated, $6 is reallocated and applied to
the basis of the transferred Block 2 share
(increasing it from $10 to $16) and $4 is
reallocated and applied equally to the basis
of each of the four retained Block 2 shares
(increasing the basis of each from $15 to $16).
After giving effect to the reallocations under
this paragraph (b), M’s basis in each retained
Block 1 share is $25, M’s basis in the
transferred Block 1 share is $20, and M’s
basis in each Block 2 share is $16.
(iii) Application of paragraph (c) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (b), M’s sale of the Block 1 and
Block 2 shares is still a transfer of loss shares
and, accordingly, subject to paragraph (c) of
this section. No adjustment is required to the
basis of the transferred Block 1 share under
paragraph (c) of this section because, after its
basis is redetermined under this paragraph
(b), the net positive adjustment to the basis
of the share is $0. See paragraph (c)(3) of this
section. However, under paragraph (c) of this
section M’s basis in the transferred Block 2
share is reduced by $6 (the lesser of its net
positive adjustment, $6, and its
disconformity amount, $6), from $16 to $10,
its value. See paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(iv) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of paragraph (c)
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of this section, M’s sale of the Block 1 share
is still a transfer of a loss share and,
accordingly, subject to paragraph (d) of this
section. No adjustment is required under
paragraph (d) of this section because there is
no aggregate inside loss. See paragraph
(d)(3)(iii) of this section. Because M’s sale of
the Block 2 share is no longer a transfer of
a loss share after the application of paragraph
(c) of this section, paragraph (d) of this
section does not apply to the transfer of the
Block 2 share.
Example 3. Tiered subsidiaries. (i) Transfer
of all shares of common stock. (A) Facts. P
owns the sole outstanding share of S stock
with a basis of $100, and the sole outstanding
share of M stock with a basis of $300. M has
$200 and owns an asset with a basis of $0.
S owns one asset, Asset 1, with a basis of
$100. At a time when Asset 1 has a value of
$200, S issues a second share of common
stock to M in exchange for $200. Later S sells
Asset 1 for $200, recognizing a $100 gain.
After taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law, P’s basis in its S
stock is $150 (P’s original $100 basis
increased under § 1.1502–32 by $50, the
share’s allocable portion of the $100 gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1), M’s basis
in its S stock is $250 (M’s original $200 basis
increased under § 1.1502–32 by $50, the
share’s allocable portion of the $100 gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1), and P’s
basis in its M stock is $350 (P’s original $300
basis increased under § 1.1502–32 by $50, the
tier-up of M’s increase in its basis in its S
stock). P then sells its M share and its S share
to X for $300 and $200, respectively. M and
S are not members of the same consolidated
group immediately after the sale. Therefore,
the M share and both of the S shares are
transferred in the transaction. Regarding P’s
sale of its share of S stock and its share of
M stock, see paragraph (f)(10)(i)(A) of this
section (ceasing to own a share in a taxable
transaction) and paragraph (f)(10)(i)(C) of this
section (nonmember acquires share);
regarding M’s share of S stock, see paragraph
(f)(10)(i)(B) of this section (ceasing to be
members of the same group). The application
of this section begins with respect to the
stock of S, the subsidiary at the lowest tier
in which there is a transfer of subsidiary
stock. See paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
Although both P and M transfer their S
shares, only M’s S share is a loss share. Thus,
only M’s transfer is a transfer of a loss share
of S stock and only M’s transfer is subject to
this section.
(B) Application of section to transferred S
shares. Although only M’s transfer is subject
to this section, all members’ bases in their
shares of S stock are subject to
redetermination under this paragraph (b).
First, paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section
applies to reduce M’s basis in its transferred
S share, but not below value, by removing the
positive investment adjustment applied to
that share. Accordingly, the basis of M’s S
share is reduced by $50, from $250 to $200
(under § 1.1502–32, that redetermination
adjustment tiers up to reduce P’s basis in its
M stock by $50, from $350 to $300). Because
there are no negative adjustments to
reallocate under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this
section, paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
then applies to reallocate and apply the $50
positive investment adjustment removed
from the transferred loss S share to increase
P’s basis in its S share in a manner that
reduces disparity among members’ bases in
all S common shares to the greatest extent
possible. Accordingly, all $50 of the positive
investment adjustment is reallocated and
applied to P’s basis in its S share (increasing
the basis from $150 to $200). Because M’s
transfer of its S share is not a transfer of a
loss share after the application of this
paragraph (b), neither paragraph (c) of this
section nor paragraph (d) of this section
applies to that transfer.
(C) Application of section to transfers at
next higher tier. After the adjustments to M’s
share of S stock are given effect, P’s transfer
of its share of M stock is not a transfer of a
loss share and so this section does not apply
to that transfer.
(D) Result of application of section. After
the application of this section, P recognizes
no gain or loss on its sale of either the S share
or the M share. In addition, the unrecognized
(noneconomic) loss in M’s basis in its S share
is eliminated. The results would be the same
if, in addition to the facts in paragraph (i)(A)
of this Example 3, M transferred its S share
to a X in a fully taxable transaction and, as
permitted under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this
section, P elected to redetermine basis under
this paragraph (b).
(ii) Transfer of less than all lower-tier
shares of stock. (A) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (i)(A) of this Example
1, except that M and S are members of the
same consolidated group immediately after
the sale. Therefore, in this case, M’s S share
is not transferred and so this section has no
application with respect to M’s S share. P’s
transfer of its S share is not a transfer of a
loss share and so is also not subject to this
section. However, P’s sale of its share of M
stock is a transfer of a loss share and is
subject to this section.
(B) Basis redetermination under this
paragraph (b). Although P’s transfer of its
share of M stock is subject to this section,
this paragraph (b) does not apply to the
transfer because there is only one share of M
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). Accordingly, after
the application of this paragraph (b), P’s sale
of its M share is still a transfer of a loss share
and therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section.
(C) Application of paragraphs (c) and (d)
of this section. Under paragraph (c) of this
section, P must reduce its basis in its M share
by $50, the lesser of its net positive
adjustment ($50, see paragraph (c)(3) of this
section) and its disconformity amount ($150,
see paragraphs (c)(4), (c)(5), and (c)(6) of this
section). As a result, the share is no longer
a loss share and the transfer is not subject to
paragraph (d) of this section.
(D) Result of application of section. After
the application of this section, P recognizes
a $50 gain on its sale of the S share and no
loss on its sale of the M share. Although there
is unrecognized loss preserved in M’s basis
in its S share, if M later transfers the share
when it is a loss share, that transfer will be
subject to this section.
Example 4. Application to outstanding
common and preferred shares. (i) Facts. P
owns all the stock of M and all eight
outstanding shares of S common stock. S also
has two shares of nonvoting preferred stock
outstanding; the preferred shares each have
a $100 annual, cumulative preference as to
dividends. M owns one of the preferred
shares (PS1) and P owns the other (PS2). On
January 1, year 1, the bases and values of the
outstanding S shares are:
Preferred
PS1
(M)
Basis .................................................................
Value ................................................................
(A) As of January 1, year 1, there are no
arrearages on the preferred stock. In year 1,
S has a $1100 capital loss and $100 of
ordinary income. The group absorbs the loss
and the negative remaining adjustment of
$1000 is allocable entirely to the common
stock, equally to each common share ($125
per share). See § 1.1502–32(c)(1)(iii) and
(c)(2).
(B) In year 2, S has $700 of ordinary
income and a $100 ordinary loss. Also, on
1250
1000
53957
Common
PS2
(P)
CS1
(P)
990
1000
1025
375
CS2
(P)
CS3
(P)
710
375
CS4
(P)
550
375
October 1, year 2, S declares and makes a
$200 dividend distribution with respect to
the preferred stock ($100 per share). Under
§ 1.1502–32(c)(1)(i), a negative adjustment of
$100 is first allocated to each of the preferred
shares to reflect the declaration of the
dividend. The $600 positive remaining
adjustment determined under § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(iii) (reflecting S’s net income
reduced by the distribution) is then allocated
to each of the preferred shares to the extent
Preferred
CS5
(P)
400
375
CS6
(P)
375
375
250
375
CS7
(P)
215
375
CS8
(P)
100
375
of its entitlement to dividends accruing in
year 1 and year 2 ($200 per share). See
§ 1.1502–32(c)(1)(iii) and (c)(3). The $200 of
the positive remaining adjustment not
allocated to the preferred shares is then
allocated to the common stock, equally to
each common share ($25 per share). See
§ 1.1502–32(c)(1)(iii) and (c)(2). After taking
into account the effects of all applicable rules
of law, the adjusted bases and the values of
the shares as of January 1, year 3, are:
Common
PS1
(M)
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Adjusted basis ..............................
Value ............................................
Unrecognized gain/(loss) .............
CS1
(P)
CS2
(P)
CS3
(P)
CS4
(P)
CS5
(P)
CS6
(P)
CS7
(P)
CS8
(P)
1250
N/A
¥100
+200
990
N/A
¥100
+200
1025
¥125
+25
710
¥125
+25
550
¥125
+25
400
¥125
+25
375
¥125
+25
250
¥125
+25
215
¥125
+25
100
¥125
+25
+100
Basis .............................................
Year 1§ 1.1502–32 adjustments ..
Year 2§ 1.1502–32 adjustments ..
PS2
(P)
+100
1350
1100
(250)
1090
1100
10
925
275
(650)
610
275
(335)
450
275
(175)
300
275
(25)
275
275
0
150
275
125
115
275
160
0
275
275
(C) On January 1, year 3, M sells PS1 for
$1100 and P sells CS2 for $275. The sales of
PS1 and CS2 are transfers of loss shares and
therefore subject to this section.
(ii) Basis redetermination under this
paragraph (b). Under this paragraph (b), all
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
members’ bases in shares of S stock are
subject to redetermination in accordance
with the following:
(A) Removing positive investment
adjustments from transferred loss common
shares. First, paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section applies to reduce P’s basis in CS2, but
not below value, by removing the positive
investment adjustment applied to the basis of
the share. Accordingly, P’s basis in CS2 is
reduced by $25, from $610 to $585.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53958
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(B) Reallocating negative investment
adjustments from common shares that are
not transferred loss shares. Because the
transferred shares remain loss shares after the
removal of positive investment adjustments,
their bases are further reduced under
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section, but not
below value, by reallocating negative
investment adjustments applied to common
shares that are not transferred loss shares.
Reallocations are made first to preferred
shares and then to the common shares, in a
manner that reduces disparity among
members’ bases in transferred loss preferred
shares, and reduces disparity among
members’ bases in all common shares, to the
greatest extent possible. The loss on PS1 is
$250, the remaining loss on CS2 is $310, and
the total amount of negative investment
adjustments applied to shares that are not
transferred loss shares is $875 (the sum of the
negative adjustments applied to all common
shares other than CS2). Thus, $250 of
negative investment adjustments are
reallocated and applied to the basis of PS1,
reducing it to the share’s value, $1100. The
negative investment adjustments are
reallocated from the common shares that are
not transferred loss shares in a manner that
reduces disparity among members’ bases in
all common shares to the greatest extent
possible. The negative investment
adjustments may be reallocated to PS1 from
the common shares that are not transferred
loss shares as follows: $125 from each of CS7
and CS8. Such reallocations increase the
basis of CS7 by $125, from $115 to $240, and
increase the basis of CS8 by $125, from $0
to $125. Negative investment adjustments are
then reallocated to CS2 from the common
shares that are not transferred loss shares in
a manner that reduces disparity among
members’ bases in all common shares to the
greatest extent possible. The negative
investment adjustments may be reallocated to
CS2 from the other common shares as
follows: $80 from CS4, $105 from CS5, and
$125 from CS6. Such reallocations reduce the
basis of CS2 by $310, from $585 to $275,
increase the basis of CS4 by $80, from $300
to $380, increase the basis of CS5 by $105,
from $275 to $380, and increase the basis of
Preferred
PS1
(M)
Adjusted basis before redetermination ....................................
Removing positive adjustments
from transferred loss shares ....
Reallocating
negative
adjustments ........................................
Applying positive adjustments removed from transferred loss
shares .......................................
Basis after redetermination ..........
Value ............................................
Gain/(loss) ....................................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
CS1
(P)
CS2
(P)
1350
1090
925
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
1100
1100
0
+10
1100
1100
0
..............
925
275
(650)
CS4
(P)
CS5
(P)
CS6
(P)
CS7
(P)
CS8
(P)
¥25
¥250
CS3
(P)
610
(c) Stock basis reduction to prevent
noneconomic loss—(1) In general. The
rules of this paragraph (c) reduce M’s
basis in a transferred share of S stock to
prevent noneconomic stock loss and
thus promote the clear reflection of the
group’s income. These rules limit the
reduction to M’s basis in the S share to
the amount of net unrealized
appreciation reflected in the share’s
basis as of the transfer (the
disconformity amount). These rules also
limit the reduction to M’s basis in the
S share to the portion of the share’s
basis that is attributable to investment
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Common
PS2
(P)
(iii) Application of paragraphs (c) and (d)
of this section. Because M’s sale of PS1 and
P’s sale of CS2 are not transfers of loss shares
after the application of this paragraph (b),
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section do not
apply.
(iv) Higher-tier effects. The $250 reduction
in the basis of PS1 under this paragraph (b)
is a noncapital, nondeductible expense under
§ 1.1502–32(b)(3)(iii)(B) that will be included
in the year 3 investment adjustment to be
applied to P’s basis in its M stock.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
CS6 by $125, from $150 to $275. However,
there may be other reasonable reallocations.
(C) Increasing basis by reallocated positive
investment adjustments. Under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, the $25 positive
investment adjustment removed from CS2
(the transferred loss common share) is then
reallocated and applied to increase the basis
of preferred shares, but not above value.
Accordingly, $10 of that amount is
reallocated to PS2, increasing its basis from
$1090 to $1100, its value. Under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, the remaining $15
is reallocated and applied to the common
shares in a manner that reduces disparity
among members’ bases in all common shares
to the greatest extent possible. The $15
positive investment adjustment that is
reallocated to common shares may be
reallocated entirely to CS8, increasing its
basis from $125 to $140. However, there may
be other reasonable reallocations.
(D) Summary of the reallocation of
adjustments. The adjustments made under
this paragraph (b) are:
Jkt 214001
450
300
275
150
115
0
¥310
..............
+80
+105
+125
+125
+125
..............
275
275
0
..............
450
275
(175)
..............
380
275
(105)
..............
380
275
(105)
..............
275
275
0
..............
240
275
35
+15
140
275
135
adjustments made pursuant to the
consolidated return regulations.
(2) Basis reduction rule. This
paragraph (c) applies if M transfers a
share of S stock and, after taking into
account the effects of all applicable
rules of law, including any adjustments
under paragraph (b) of this section, the
share is a loss share. Under this
paragraph (c), M’s basis in the share is
reduced, but not below value, by the
lesser of—
(i) The share’s net positive adjustment
(as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this
section); and
(ii) The share’s disconformity amount
(as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of this
section).
(3) Net positive adjustment. A share’s
net positive adjustment is the greater
of—
(i) Zero; and
(ii) The sum of all investment
adjustments reflected in the basis of the
share. The term investment adjustment
has the same meaning as in paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) of this section, except that it
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
includes all adjustments specially
allocated under § 1.1502–32(c)(1)(ii).
(4) Disconformity amount. A share’s
disconformity amount is the excess, if
any, of—
(i) M’s basis in the share; over
(ii) The share’s allocable portion of S’s
net inside attribute amount (as defined
in paragraph (c)(5) of this section).
(5) Net inside attribute amount. S’s
net inside attribute amount is
determined as of the transfer, taking into
account all applicable rules of law (even
if the adjustments required by such
rules are not deemed effective until after
the transfer, such as certain adjustments
required under sections 108 and 1017
and § 1.1502–28). S’s net inside attribute
amount is the sum of S’s net operating
and capital loss carryovers, deferred
deductions, money, and basis in assets
other than money, reduced by the
amount of S’s liabilities. For this
purpose, S’s basis in any share of lowertier subsidiary stock is generally S’s
basis in that share, adjusted to reflect
any gain or loss recognized in the
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
transaction with respect to the share and
any other related or resulting
adjustments to the basis of the share.
However, see paragraph (c)(6) of this
section for special rules regarding the
computation of S’s net inside attribute
amount for purposes of this paragraph
(c) if S holds stock of a subsidiary that
is not transferred in the transaction. See
paragraph (f) of this section for
definitions of ‘‘allocable portion,’’
‘‘deferred deduction,’’ ‘‘liability,’’ ‘‘loss
carryover,’’ and other relevant terms.
(6) Determination of S’s net inside
attribute amount if S owns stock of a
lower-tier subsidiary—(i) Overview. If a
loss share of S stock is transferred when
S holds a share of stock of another
subsidiary (S1) and the S1 share is not
transferred in the same transaction, S’s
net inside attribute amount is
determined by treating S’s basis in its S1
share as tentatively reduced under this
paragraph (c)(6). The purpose of this
rule is to reduce the extent to which
S1’s investment adjustments increase
noneconomic loss on S stock (as a result
of S1’s recognition of items that are
indirectly reflected in a member’s basis
in a share of S stock).
(ii) General rule for nontransferred
shares of lower-tier subsidiary stock. For
purposes of determining the
disconformity amount of a share of S
stock, S’s basis in a nontransferred share
of S1 stock is treated as reduced by the
share’s tentative reduction amount. The
tentative reduction amount is the lesser
of the S1 share’s net positive adjustment
and the S1 share’s disconformity
amount.
(iii) Multiple tiers of nontransferred
shares. If S directly or indirectly owns
nontransferred shares of stock of
subsidiaries in multiple tiers, then,
subject to the limitations in paragraph
(c)(6)(iv) of this section (regarding
nontransferred shares that are lower-tier
to transferred shares), the rules of this
paragraph (c)(6) first apply to determine
the tentatively reduced basis of stock of
the subsidiary at the lowest tier. These
rules then apply to determine the
tentatively reduced basis of
nontransferred shares of stock of
subsidiaries successively at each next
higher tier that is lower-tier to S. The
tentative reductions at each tier are
treated as noncapital, nondeductible
expenses that tier up under the
principles of § 1.1502–32, and, as such,
result in a tentative reduction of basis
and any net positive adjustment of
subsidiary shares that are lower-tier to
S.
(iv) Nonapplicability of tentative basis
reduction rule to transferred shares. The
tentative basis reduction rule in this
paragraph (c)(6) does not apply to any
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
share of stock of a lower-tier subsidiary
(S1) that is transferred in the same
transaction in which the S share is
transferred. Further, for purposes of
determining the S share’s disconformity
amount, the tentative basis reduction
rule in this paragraph (c)(6) only applies
with respect to stock of a lower-tier
subsidiary if such stock is lower-tier to
a nontransferred S1 share. The purpose
of this rule is to prevent tentative
adjustments to the bases of lower-tier
shares if this paragraph (c) has already
applied with respect to the shares,
without regard to whether such
application resulted in the reduction of
the basis of any share.
(v) Example. The rules of this
paragraph (c)(6) are illustrated by the
following example:
Example. (i) Facts. M owns the sole
outstanding share of S stock, S owns the sole
outstanding share of S1 stock, S1 owns all
five outstanding shares of S2 stock (the bases
of which are equal), and S2 owns the sole
outstanding share of S3 stock. The basis of
each of the shares reflects its allocable
portion of a $5 positive investment
adjustment attributable to income recognized
by S3. The basis of the S share exceeds its
value by $10 and the basis of the S1 share
exceeds its value by $5. The basis of each S2
share is $1 less than its value. In one
transaction, M sells its S share to X, S1 issues
new shares in an amount that prevents S and
S1 from being members of the same group,
and S1 sells one of its S2 shares to an
unrelated individual. S1, S2, and S3 elect to
file a consolidated return following the
transaction.
(ii) General applicability of section. As a
result of the transaction, there is a transfer of
the S share and the S2 share that was sold
(because both shares were sold to
nonmembers) and of the S1 share (because S
and S1 cease to be members of the same
group as a result of the stock issuance). The
transfer of the S2 share is not a transfer of
a loss share, and so this section does not
apply to that transfer. The transfers of the S
and S1 shares are transfers of loss shares, and
so this section applies to those transfers. The
S3 share and the four retained S2 shares are
not transferred in the transaction. Under
paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, this
section applies first to the transfer of the S1
share because it is the lowest-tier transferred
loss share.
(iii) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section and this paragraph (c) to transfer of
S1 stock. First, the $1 gain recognized on the
transfer of the S2 share tiers up to adjust the
basis of each upper-tier share. The
transferred S1 share is still a loss share (by
$4) and is therefore subject to this section.
Although the transfer is subject to paragraph
(b) of this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S1
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53959
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the S1 share is still a loss share and,
as such, subject to this paragraph (c). In
determining the amount of any basis
reduction under this paragraph (c), the
disconformity amount of the S1 share is
computed by comparing S’s basis in its S1
share to S1’s net inside attribute amount
(because there is only one S1 share
outstanding, the entire amount is allocable to
that share). In determining S1’s net inside
attribute amount, the tentative reduction rule
in this paragraph (c)(6) applies to
nontransferred lower-tier shares (provided
they are lower-tier to nontransferred shares).
Thus, the rule applies to S1’s four retained
shares of S2 stock and to S2’s share of S3
stock. The tentative reduction begins at the
lowest level (S2’s share of S3 stock) and any
tentative reduction amount tiers up as a
noncapital, nondeductible expense under the
principles of § 1.1502–32, tentatively
reducing the bases of any upper tier
nontransferred shares that are lower-tier to
the transferred loss share (the S1 share).
Accordingly, each of S1’s nontransferred
share of S2 stock is tentatively reduced by its
portion of the tentative reduction to S2’s
share of S3 stock. S1 then applies the
tentative reduction rule to its four
nontransferred S2 shares. S1’s net inside
attribute amount is the sum of its basis in
each of its nontransferred S2 shares, as
tentatively reduced under this paragraph
(c)(6) and S1’s actual basis in the transferred
S2 share, increased to reflect the gain
recognized on the sale of that share. After the
application of this paragraph (c) to the
transfer of the S1 share, paragraph (b) of this
section applies to M’s transfer of the S share.
(iv) Application of section to transfer of S
stock. Because the S share is still a loss share
after applying paragraph (b) of this section
and this paragraph (c) to the transfer of the
S1 stock, this section applies to M’s transfer
of the S share. Although paragraph (b) of this
section applies to the transfer, there is no
basis redetermination under paragraph (b) of
this section because there is only one share
of S stock outstanding (and so there can be
no disparity among members’ bases in
common shares and there are no outstanding
preferred shares with respect to which there
can be unrecognized gain or loss). See
paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
Therefore, after the application of paragraph
(b) of this section, the share is still a loss
share and, as such, subject to this paragraph
(c). In determining the disconformity amount
of the S share, S’s net inside attribute amount
is determined using S’s actual basis in the
transferred S1 stock (after any reduction
under this paragraph (c)), because the
tentative reduction rule in this paragraph
(c)(6) does not apply to shares that are
transferred in the transaction. All other
shares are lower-tier to the transferred S1
share and are therefore also not subject to
tentative reduction for purposes of
determining the disconformity amount of the
S share. After the application of this
paragraph (c) to the transfer of the S share,
paragraph (d) of this section applies with
respect to M’s transfer of the S share. After
the application of paragraph (d) of this
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53960
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
section with respect to the transfer of the S
share, if the S1 share is still a loss share,
paragraph (d) of this section applies with
respect to S’s transfer of the S1 share.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
(7) Netting of gains and losses taken
into account—(i) General rule. Solely
for purposes of computing the basis
reduction required under this paragraph
(c), the basis of each transferred loss
share of S stock is treated as reduced
proportionately (as to loss) by the
amount of income or gain taken into
account by members with respect to
transferred shares of S stock, provided
that—
(A) The shares are transferred in one
transaction; and
(B) The gain is taken into account as
of the transaction.
(ii) Example. The netting rule of this
paragraph (c)(7) is illustrated by the
following example:
Example. Disposition of gain and loss
shares. (i) Facts. M owns the only three
outstanding shares of S stock. Share A has a
basis of $54, Share B has a basis of $100, and
Share C has a basis of $80. In the same
transaction, M sells all three S shares to X for
$60 each. M realizes a gain of $6 on Share
A, a loss of $40 on Share B, and a loss of $20
on Share C. M’s sales of Share B and Share
C are transfers of loss shares and therefore
subject to this section. M’s sale is a transfer
of all of the shares of S stock held by
members to one or more nonmembers in one
fully taxable transaction and, therefore, basis
is not redetermined under paragraph (b) of
this section. See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this
section. The transfer is then subject to this
paragraph (c). However, for this purpose, M
treats its bases in Share B and Share C as
reduced by the $6 gain taken into account on
Share A. The gain is allocated to Share B and
Share C proportionately based on the amount
of loss in each share. Thus, $4 of gain ($40/
$60 x $6) is treated as allocated to Share B
and $2 of gain ($20/$60 x $6) is treated as
allocated to Share C. Accordingly, M
computes the basis reduction required under
this paragraph (c) by treating its basis in
Share B as $96 ($100 less $4) and its basis
in Share C as $78 ($80 less $2). If, after the
application of this paragraph (c), the sales of
Share B and Share C are still transfers of loss
shares, then the transfers are subject to
paragraph (d) of this section. (Although the
bases of Share B and Share C are not actually
reduced by any portion of the gain, paragraph
(d)(3)(i)(A) of this section applies netting
principles to limit adjustments under
paragraph (d) of this section.)
(ii) Disposition of stock with deferred gain.
The facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of
this Example, except that M sells the gain
share to another member. Under § 1.1502–13,
M’s gain recognized on Share A is not taken
into account in the taxable year of the
transfer and therefore cannot be treated as
reducing M’s loss recognized on Share B and
Share C for purposes of this paragraph (c).
The applicability of this section to the
transfer of Share A is determined as of the
time that the intercompany item (the gain on
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
M’s sale to the other member) is taken into
account; see paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
However, if Share B (instead of Share A)
were sold to a member, the entire gain on
Share A would be treated as reducing the loss
on Share C for purposes of applying this
paragraph (c); see paragraph (e)(3) of this
section.
(8) Examples. The application of this
paragraph (c) is illustrated by the
following examples.
Example 1. Appreciation reflected in stock
basis at acquisition. (i) Appreciation
recognized as gain. (A) Facts. On January 1,
year 1, M purchases the sole outstanding
share of S stock for $100. At that time, S
owns two assets, Asset 1 with a basis of $0
and a value of $40, and Asset 2 with a basis
and value of $60. In year 1, S sells Asset 1
for $40, recognizing a $40 gain. On December
31, year 1, M sells its S share for $100. After
taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law, M’s basis in the S
share is $140 (M’s original $100 basis
increased under § 1.1502–32 by $40, the
share’s allocable portion of the gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1). M’s sale
of the S share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share, $140, is reduced, but not below
value, $100, by the lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment and disconformity
amount. The share’s net positive adjustment
is the greater of zero and the sum of all
investment adjustments (as defined in
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section) applied to
the basis of the share. The only investment
adjustment applied to the basis of the share
is the $40 adjustment attributable to the gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1. Thus, the
share’s net positive adjustment is $40. The
share’s disconformity amount is the excess,
if any, of its basis, $140, over its allocable
portion of S’s net inside attribute amount. S’s
net inside attribute amount is the sum of S’s
money ($40 from the sale of Asset 1) and S’s
basis in Asset 2, $60, or $100. The share is
the only outstanding S share and so its
allocable portion of the $100 net inside
attribute amount is the entire $100. Thus, the
share’s disconformity amount is $40, the
excess of $140 over $100. The lesser of the
net positive adjustment, $40, and the share’s
disconformity amount, $40, is $40.
Accordingly, immediately before the
application of paragraph (d) of this section,
M’s basis in the share is reduced by $40, from
$140 to $100.
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. Because M’s sale of the S share is not
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a transfer of a loss share after the application
of this paragraph (c), paragraph (d) of this
section does not apply to the transfer.
(ii) Appreciation recognized as income
earned in the consumption of built-in gain.
The facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A)
of this Example 1, except that, instead of
selling Asset 1, the value of Asset 1 is
consumed in the production of $40 of income
in year 1 (reducing the value of Asset 1 to
$0). Because the net positive adjustment
includes items of income as well as items of
gain, the results are the same as those
described in paragraph (i) of this Example 1.
(iii) Post-acquisition appreciation
eliminates stock loss. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 1
except that, in addition, the value of Asset 2
increases to $100 before the stock is sold. As
a result, M sells the S share for $140. Because
M’s sale of the S share is not a transfer of a
loss share, this section does not apply to the
transfer, notwithstanding that P’s basis in the
S share was increased by the gain recognized
on Asset 1.
(iv) Distributions. (A) Facts. The facts are
the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of this
Example 1 except that, in addition, S
declares and makes a $10 dividend
distribution before the end of year 1. As a
result, the value of the share decreases and
M sells the share for $90. After taking into
account the effects of all applicable rules of
law, M’s basis in the S share is $130 (M’s
original $100 basis increased under § 1.1502–
32 by $30, the $10 distribution on the share
reduced by the share’s allocable portion of
the $40 gain recognized on the sale of Asset
1). M’s sale of the S share is a transfer of a
loss share and therefore subject to this
section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section for the
reasons set forth in paragraph (i)(B) of this
Example 1. Therefore, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, the share is still
a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share, $130, is reduced, but not below
value, $90, by the lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment and disconformity
amount. The share’s net positive adjustment
is $40 (the sum of all investment adjustments
(as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this
section) applied to the basis of the share).
The share’s disconformity amount is the
excess of its basis, $130, over its allocable
portion of S’s net inside attribute amount. S’s
net inside attribute amount is $90, the sum
of S’s money ($30, the $40 sale proceeds less
the $10 distribution) and S’s basis in Asset
2, $60. The share is the only outstanding S
share and so its allocable portion of the $90
net inside attribute amount is the entire $90.
The lesser of the share’s net positive
adjustment, $40, and its disconformity
amount, $40, is $40. Accordingly,
immediately before the application of
paragraph (d) of this section, the basis in the
share is reduced by $40, from $130 to $90.
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. Because M’s sale of the S share is not
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
a transfer of a loss share after the application
of this paragraph (c), paragraph (d) of this
section does not apply to the transfer.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Example 2. Loss of appreciation reflected
in basis. (i) Facts. On January 1, year 1, M
purchases the sole outstanding share of S
stock for $100. At that time, S owns two
assets, Asset 1 with a basis of $0 and a value
of $40, and Asset 2 with a basis and value
of $60. The value of Asset 1 declines to $0
and M sells its S share for $60. After taking
into account the effects of all applicable rules
of law, M’s basis in the S share is $100. M’s
sale of the S share is a transfer of a loss share
and therefore subject to this section.
(ii) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(iii) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s $100 basis
in the S share is reduced, but not below its
$60 value by the lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment and disconformity
amount. There were no investment
adjustments applied to M’s basis in the share
and so the share’s net positive adjustment is
$0. Thus, although the share’s disconformity
amount is $40 (the excess of M’s $100 basis
in the share over the share’s $60 allocable
portion of S’s net inside attribute amount), no
basis reduction is required under this
paragraph (c).
(iv) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (c), M’s sale of the S share is still
a transfer of a loss share, and, accordingly,
subject to paragraph (d) of this section. No
adjustment is required under paragraph (d) of
this section because there is no aggregate
inside loss. See paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this
section.
Example 3. Items accruing after S becomes
a member. (i) Recognition of loss accruing
after S becomes a member. (A) Facts. On
January 1, year 1, M purchases the sole
outstanding share of S stock for $100. At that
time, S owns two assets, Asset 1, with a basis
of $0 and a value of $40, and Asset 2, with
a basis and value of $60. In year 1, S sells
Asset 1 for $40, recognizing a $40 gain. Also
in year 1, the value of Asset 2 declines and
S sells Asset 2 for $20, recognizing a $40 loss
that is absorbed by the group. On December
31, year 1, M sells its S share for $60. After
taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law, M’s basis in the S
share is $100 (M’s original $100 basis,
unadjusted under § 1.1502–32 because the
$40 gain recognized on the sale of Asset 1
and the $40 loss on the sale of Asset 2 net,
resulting in an adjustment of $0). M’s sale of
the S share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share is reduced, but not below the share’s
$60 value, by the lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment and disconformity
amount. The share’s net positive adjustment
is $0. Thus, although the share has a
disconformity amount of $40 (the excess of
M’s basis in the share, $100, over the share’s
allocable portion of S’s net inside attribute
amount, $60), no basis reduction is required
under this paragraph (c).
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (c), M’s sale of the S share is still
a transfer of a loss share, and, accordingly,
subject to paragraph (d) of this section. No
adjustment is required under paragraph (d) of
this section because there is no aggregate
inside loss. See paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this
section.
(ii) Recognition of gain accruing after S
becomes a member. (A) Facts. The facts are
the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of this
Example 3, except that M does not sell the
S share and S does not sell either asset in
year 1. In addition, in year 2, the value of
Asset 1 declines to $0, the value of Asset 2
returns to $60, and S creates Asset 3 (with
a basis of $0). In year 3, S sells Asset 3 for
$40, recognizing a $40 gain. On December 31,
year 3, M sells its S share for $100. After
taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law, M’s basis in the S
share is $140 (M’s original $100 basis
increased under § 1.1502–32 by $40 (the
share’s allocable portion of the gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 3 in year 3)).
M’s sale of the S share is a transfer of a loss
share and therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section for the
reasons set forth in paragraph (i)(B) of this
Example 3. Therefore, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, the share is still
a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share, $140, is reduced, but not below
value, $100, by the lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment and disconformity
amount. The share’s net positive adjustment
is $40 (the year 3 investment adjustment).
The share’s disconformity amount is the
excess of its basis, $140, over its allocable
portion of S’s net inside attribute amount. S’s
net inside attribute amount is $100, the sum
of S’s money ($40 from the sale of Asset 3)
and its basis in its assets ($60 (the sum of
Asset 1’s basis of $0 and Asset 2’s basis of
$60)). S’s $100 net inside attribute amount is
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53961
allocable entirely to the sole outstanding S
share. Thus, the share’s disconformity
amount is the excess of $140 over $100, or
$40. The lesser of the share’s net positive
adjustment, $40, and its disconformity
amount, $40, is $40. Accordingly, the basis
in the share is reduced by $40, from $140 to
$100.
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. Because M’s sale of the S share is not
a transfer of a loss share after the application
of this paragraph (c), paragraph (d) of this
section does not apply to the transfer.
(iii) Recognition of income earned after S
becomes a member. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (ii)(A) of this Example 3,
except that instead of creating Asset 3, S
earns $40 of income from services provided
in year 3. Because the net positive
adjustment includes items of income as well
as items of gain, the results are the same as
those described in paragraph (ii) of this
Example 3.
Example 4. Computing the disconformity
amount. (i) Unrecognized loss reflected in
stock basis. (A) Facts. M owns the sole
outstanding share of S stock with a basis of
$100. S owns two assets, Asset 1 with a basis
of $20 and a value of $60, and Asset 2 with
a basis of $60 and a value of $40. In year 1,
S sells Asset 1 for $60, recognizing a $40
gain. On December 31, year 1, M sells the S
share for $100. After taking into account the
effects of all applicable rules of law, M’s
basis in the S share is $140 (M’s original $100
basis increased under § 1.1502–32 by $40, the
share’s allocable portion of the gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1). M’s sale
of the S share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share, $140, is reduced, but not below the
share’s $100 value, by the lesser of the
share’s net positive adjustment and
disconformity amount. The share’s net
positive adjustment is $40 (the year 1
investment adjustment). The share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of its
basis, $140, over its allocable portion of S’s
net inside attribute amount. S’s net inside
attribute amount is $120, the sum of S’s
money ($60 from the sale of Asset 1) and S’s
basis in Asset 2, $60. S’s net inside attribute
amount is allocable entirely to the sole
outstanding S share. Thus, the share’s
disconformity amount is $20, the excess of
$140 over $120. The lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment, $40, and its
disconformity amount, $20, is $20.
Accordingly, the basis in the share is reduced
by $20, from $140 to $120.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53962
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (c), M’s sale of the S share is still
a transfer of a loss share, and, accordingly,
S’s attributes (to the extent of the $20
duplicated loss) are subject to reduction
under paragraph (d) of this section.
(ii) Loss carryover. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 4,
except that Asset 2 has a basis of $0 (rather
than $60) and S has a $60 loss carryover (as
defined in paragraph (f)(6) of this section).
The analysis is the same as paragraph (i) of
this Example 4. Furthermore, the analysis of
the application of this paragraph (c) would be
the same if the $60 loss carryover were
subject to a section 382 limitation from a
prior ownership change, or if, instead, the
$60 loss carryover were subject to the
limitation in § 1.1502–21(c) on losses carried
from separate return limitation years.
(iii) Liabilities. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 4, except
that S borrows $100 before M sells the S
share. S’s net inside attribute amount
remains $120, computed as the sum of S’s
money ($160, $60 from the sale of Asset 1
plus the $100 borrowed) and S’s basis in
Asset 2, $60, less its liabilities, $100. Thus,
the S share’s disconformity amount remains
the excess of $140 over $120, or $20. The
results are the same as in paragraph (i) of this
Example 4.
Example 5. Computing the allocable
portion of the net inside attribute amount. (i)
Facts. On January 1, year 1, M owns all five
outstanding shares of S stock with a basis of
$20 per share. S owns Asset with a basis of
$0. In year 1, S sells Asset for $100,
recognizing a $100 gain. On December 31,
year 1, M sells one of the S shares, Share 1,
for $20. After taking into account the effects
of all applicable rules of law, M’s basis in
Share 1 is $40 (M’s original $20 basis
increased under § 1.1502–32 by $20 (the
share’s allocable portion of the gain
recognized on the sale of Asset)). M’s sale of
Share 1 is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
(ii) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, basis is not redetermined under
paragraph (b) of this section because there is
no disparity among M’s bases in shares of S
common stock and there are no shares of S
preferred stock outstanding (so there can be
no unrecognized gain or loss with respect to
preferred shares). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)
of this section. After the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, M’s sale of
Share 1 is still a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this paragraph (c).
(iii) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s $40 basis
in Share 1 is reduced, but not below its $20
value by the lesser of the share’s net positive
adjustment and disconformity amount. Share
1’s net positive adjustment is $20 (the year
1 investment adjustment). Share 1’s
disconformity amount is the excess of its $40
basis over its allocable portion of S’s net
inside attribute amount. S’s net inside
attribute amount is equal to the amount of S’s
money ($100 from the sale of the asset).
Share 1’s allocable portion of S’s $100 net
inside attribute amount is $20 (1/5 x $100).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Thus, Share 1’s disconformity amount is the
excess of $40 over $20, or $20. The lesser of
the share’s $20 net positive adjustment and
its $20 disconformity amount is $20.
Accordingly, the basis in the share is reduced
by $20, from $40 to $20.
(iv) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. Because M’s sale of Share 1 is not a
transfer of a loss share after the application
of this paragraph (c), paragraph (d) of this
section does not apply to the transfer.
Example 6. Liabilities. (i) In general. (A)
Facts. On January 1, year 1, M purchases the
sole outstanding share of S stock for $100. At
that time, S owns Asset, with a basis of $0
and value of $100, and $100 cash. S also has
a $100 liability. In year 1, S declares and
makes a $60 dividend distribution to M and
recognizes $20 of income. The value of Asset
declines to $60 and, on December 31, year 1,
M sells the S share for $20. After taking into
account the effects of all applicable rules of
law, M’s basis in the S share is $60 (M’s
original $100 basis decreased under
§ 1.1502–32 by $40 (the net of the $60
distribution and the $20 income recognized)).
M’s sale of the S share is a transfer of a loss
share and therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share, $60, is reduced, but not below value,
$20, by the lesser of the share’s net positive
adjustment and disconformity amount. The
share’s net positive adjustment is $20 (the
year 1 investment adjustment, as defined in
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section). The
share’s disconformity amount is the excess of
its basis, $60, over its allocable portion of S’s
net inside attribute amount. S’s net inside
attribute amount is negative $40, computed
as the sum of S’s money ($60 ($100 less the
$60 distribution plus the $20 income
recognized)) and S’s basis in Asset, $0, less
S’s liability, $100. S’s net inside attribute
amount is allocable entirely to the sole
outstanding S share. Thus, the share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of $60
over negative $40, or $100. The lesser of the
share’s net positive adjustment, $20, and its
disconformity amount, $100, is $20.
Accordingly, the basis in the share is reduced
by $20, from $60 to $40.
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (c), the S share is still a loss share
and, accordingly, S’s attributes are subject to
reduction under paragraph (d) of this section.
No adjustment is required under paragraph
(d) of this section, however, because there is
no aggregate inside loss. See paragraph
(d)(3)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Excluded cancellation of indebtedness
income—insufficient attributes available for
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reduction under sections 108 and 1017, and
§ 1.1502–28. (A) Facts. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 6,
except that M does not sell the S share.
Instead, in year 4, Asset is destroyed in a fire
and S spends its $60 on deductible expenses
that are not absorbed by the group. S’s loss
becomes part of the consolidated net
operating loss (CNOL). In year 5, S becomes
insolvent and S’s debt is discharged. Because
of S’s insolvency, S’s discharge of
indebtedness income is excluded under
section 108 and, as a result, S’s attributes are
subject to reduction under sections 108 and
1017, and § 1.1502–28. S’s only attribute is
the portion of the CNOL attributable to S,
$60, and it is reduced to $0. There are no
other consolidated attributes. In year 5, the
S stock (which is treated as a capital asset)
becomes worthless under section 165, taking
into account § 1.1502–80(c). After taking into
account the effects of all applicable rules of
law, M’s basis in the S share is $60 (M’s
original $100 basis decreased under
§ 1.1502–32 by the year 1 investment
adjustment of $40 (the net of the $60
distribution and the $20 income recognized).
The investment adjustment for year 5 is $0
(the net of the $60 tax exempt income from
the excluded COD applied to reduce
attributes and the $60 noncapital,
nondeductible expense from the reduction of
S’s portion of the CNOL)). Under paragraph
(f)(10)(i)(D) of this section, a share is
transferred on the last day of the taxable year
during which it becomes worthless under
section 165 if the share is treated as a capital
asset, or the date the share becomes
worthless if the share is not treated as a
capital asset, taking into account § 1.1502–
80(c). Accordingly, M transfers the loss share
of S stock on December 31, year 5, and the
transfer is therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section for the
reasons set forth in paragraph (i)(B) of this
Example 6. Therefore, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, the share is still
a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in its
S share, $60, is reduced, but not below value,
$0, by the lesser of the share’s net positive
adjustment and disconformity amount. The
share’s net positive adjustment is $20 (the
year 1 investment adjustment, as defined in
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section). The
share’s disconformity amount is the excess of
its basis, $60, over its allocable portion of S’s
net inside attribute amount. S’s net inside
attribute amount is $0. (The effects of the
attribute reduction required under sections
108 and 1017 and § 1.1502–28 are taken into
account in applying this section; therefore,
for purposes of this section, S’s portion of the
CNOL is treated as eliminated under section
108 and § 1.1502–28.) S’s net inside attribute
amount is allocable entirely to the sole
outstanding S share. Thus, the share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of $60
over $0, or $60. The lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment, $20, and its
disconformity amount, $60, is $20.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Accordingly, the basis in the share is reduced
by $20, from $60 to $40, immediately before
the transfer.
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (c), the S share is still a loss share,
and, accordingly, S’s attributes are subject to
reduction under paragraph (d) of this section.
No adjustment is required under paragraph
(d) of this section, however, because there is
no aggregate inside loss. See paragraph
(d)(3)(iii) of this section.
(iii) Excluded cancellation of indebtedness
income—full attribute reduction under
sections 108 and 1017, and § 1.1502–28
(using attributes attributable to another
member). (A) Facts. The facts are the same as
in paragraph (ii)(A) of this Example 6 except
that M loses the $60 distributed in year 1 and
the group does not absorb the loss. Thus, as
of December 31, year 5, the CNOL is $120,
attributable $60 to S and $60 to P. As a result,
under § 1.1502–28(a)(4), after the portion of
the CNOL attributable to S is reduced to $0,
the remaining $40 of excluded COD applies
to the portion of the CNOL attributable to P,
reducing it from $60 to $20. After taking into
account the effects all applicable rules of law,
M’s basis in the S share at the end of year
5 is $100 (M’s original $100 basis decreased
under § 1.1502–32 by $40 at the end of year
1 and then increased under § 1.1502–32 by
$40 at the end of year 5 (the net of the $100
tax exempt income from the excluded COD
applied to reduce attributes and the $60
noncapital, nondeductible expense from the
reduction of S’s portion of the CNOL)). Under
paragraph (f)(10)(i)(D) of this section, a share
is transferred on the last day of the taxable
year during which it becomes worthless
under section 165 if the share is treated as
a capital asset, or the date the share becomes
worthless if the share is not treated as a
capital asset, taking into account § 1.1502–
80(c). Accordingly, M transfers the loss share
of S stock on December 31, year 5, and the
transfer is therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section for the
reasons set forth in paragraph (i)(B) of this
Example 6. Therefore, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, the share is still
a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(C) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). Under this paragraph (c), M’s basis in the
S share, $100, is reduced, but not below
value, $0, by the lesser of the share’s net
positive adjustment and disconformity
amount. The share’s net positive adjustment
is $60 (the sum of the year 1 investment
adjustment, as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(iii)
of this section, $20, and the year 5
investment adjustment, $40). The share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of its
basis, $100, over its allocable portion of S’s
net inside attribute amount. S’s net inside
attribute amount is $0 (taking into account
the effects of the attribute reduction required
under sections 108 and 1017 and § 1.1502–
28). S’s net inside attribute amount is
allocable entirely to the sole outstanding S
share. The share’s disconformity amount is
therefore $100. The lesser of the share’s net
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
positive adjustment, $60, and its
disconformity amount, $100, is $60.
Accordingly, M’s basis in the share is
reduced by $60, from $100 to $40,
immediately before the transfer.
(D) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. After the application of this
paragraph (c), the S share is still a loss share,
and, accordingly, S’s attributes are subject to
reduction under paragraph (d) of this section.
No adjustment is required under paragraph
(d) of this section, however, because there is
no aggregate inside loss. See paragraph
(d)(3)(iii) of this section.
Example 7. Lower-tier subsidiary (no
transfer of lower-tier stock). (i) Facts. M owns
the sole outstanding share of S stock with a
basis of $160. S owns two assets, Asset 1
with a basis and value of $100, and the sole
outstanding share of S1 stock with a basis of
$60. S1 owns one asset, Asset 2, with a basis
of $20 and value of $60. In year 1, S1 sells
Asset 2 to X for $60, recognizing a $40 gain.
On December 31, year 1, M sells its S share
to Y, a member of another consolidated
group, for $160. After taking into account the
effects of all applicable rules of law, M’s
basis in the S share is $200 (M’s original $160
basis increased under § 1.1502–32 by $40 (to
reflect the tier-up of the adjustment to S’s
basis in the S1 stock for the gain recognized
on S1’s sale of Asset 2)). M’s sale of the S
share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section. (S does not
transfer the S1 share because S and S1 are
members of the same group following the
transfer. See paragraph (f)(10) of this section.)
(ii) Application of paragraph (b) of this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to this
paragraph (c).
(iii) Basis reduction under this paragraph
(c). (A) In general. Under this paragraph (c),
M’s basis in the S share, $200, is reduced, but
not below value, $160, by the lesser of the
share’s net positive adjustment and
disconformity amount. The S share’s net
positive adjustment is $40. The share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of its
basis, $200, over the share’s allocable portion
of S’s net inside attribute amount. S’s net
inside attribute amount is the sum of S’s
basis in Asset 1, $100, and S’s basis in the
S1 share.
(B) S’s basis in the S1 share. Although S’s
actual basis in the S1 share is $100 (S’s
original $60 basis increased under § 1.1502–
32 by $40 (the share’s allocable portion of the
gain recognized on the sale of Asset 2)), for
purposes of computing the S share’s
disconformity amount, S’s net inside
attribute amount is determined by treating
S’s basis in the S1 share as tentatively
reduced by the lesser of the S1 share’s net
positive adjustment and the S1 share’s
disconformity amount. The S1 share’s net
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53963
positive adjustment is $40 (the year 1
investment adjustment). The S1 share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of its
basis, $100, over the share’s allocable portion
of S1’s net inside attribute amount. S1’s net
inside attribute amount is equal to the
amount of S1’s money ($60 from the sale of
Asset 2), and is allocable entirely to the sole
outstanding S1 share. Thus, the S1 share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of $100
over $60, or $40. The lesser of the S1 share’s
net positive adjustment, $40, and its
disconformity amount, $40, is $40.
Accordingly, for purposes of computing the
disconformity amount of the S share, S’s net
inside attribute amount is determined by
treating S’s basis in its S1 share as tentatively
reduced by $40, from $100 to $60.
(C) The disconformity amount of M’s S
share. S’s net inside attribute amount is
treated as the sum of its basis in Asset 1,
$100, and its tentatively reduced basis in the
S1 share, $60, or $160. S’s net inside attribute
amount is allocable entirely to the sole
outstanding S share. Thus, the S share’s
disconformity amount is the excess of $200
over $160, or $40.
(D) Amount of reduction. M’s basis in its
S share is reduced by the lesser of the S
share’s net positive adjustment, $40, and
disconformity amount, $40, or $40.
Accordingly, M’s basis in the S share is
reduced by $40, from $200 to $160.
(E) Effect on S’s basis in its S1 share. The
tentative reduction under this paragraph (c)
has no effect on S’s actual basis in the S1
share. Thus, after the application of this
paragraph (c), S owns the S1 share with a
basis of $100 (S’s original $60 basis increased
under § 1.1502–32 by $40 (the share’s
allocable portion of the gain recognized on
the sale of Asset 2)).
(iv) Application of paragraph (d) of this
section. Because M’s sale of the S share is not
a transfer of a loss share after the application
of this paragraph (c), paragraph (d) of this
section does not apply to the transfer.
(d) Attribute reduction to prevent
duplication of loss—(1) In general. The
rules of this paragraph (d) reduce
attributes of S and its lower-tier
subsidiaries to the extent they duplicate
a net loss on shares of S stock
transferred by members in one
transaction. This rule furthers singleentity principles by preventing S (or its
lower-tier subsidiaries) from using
deductions and losses to the extent that
the group or its members (including
former members) have either used, or
preserved for later use, a corresponding
loss in S shares.
(2) Attribute reduction rule—(i)
General rule. If a transferred share is a
loss share after taking into account the
effects of all applicable rules of law,
including any adjustments under
paragraph (b), (c), or (d)(5)(iii) of this
section, S’s attributes are reduced by S’s
attribute reduction amount immediately
before the transfer. S’s attribute
reduction amount is determined under
paragraph (d)(3) of this section and
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53964
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
applied in accordance with the
provisions of paragraphs (d)(4), (d)(5),
and (d)(6) of this section. In addition,
paragraph (d)(7) of this section provides
for additional attribute reduction in the
case of certain transfers due to
worthlessness and certain transfers not
followed by a separate return year.
(ii) Attribute reduction amount less
than five percent of value. This
paragraph (d) generally does not apply
to a transaction if the aggregate attribute
reduction amount in the transaction is
less than five percent of the aggregate
value of the shares transferred by
members in the transaction. However, in
such a case, P may elect to apply this
paragraph (d) to the transaction. If such
an election is made, this paragraph (d)
will apply with respect to the entire
aggregate attribute reduction amount
determined in the transaction. Such an
election is made in the manner provided
in paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
(3) Attribute reduction amount—(i) In
general. S’s attribute reduction amount
is the lesser of—
(A) The net stock loss (as defined in
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section); and
(B) S’s aggregate inside loss (as
defined paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this
section).
(ii) Net stock loss. The net stock loss
is the excess, if any, of—
(A) The aggregate basis of all shares of
S stock transferred by members in the
transaction; over
(B) The aggregate value of those
shares.
(iii) Aggregate inside loss—(A) In
general. S’s aggregate inside loss is the
excess, if any, of—
(1) S’s net inside attribute amount;
over
(2) The value of all outstanding shares
of S stock.
(B) Net inside attribute amount. S’s
net inside attribute amount generally
has the same meaning as in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section. However, if S
holds stock of a lower-tier subsidiary,
the provisions of paragraph (d)(5) of this
section (and not the provisions of
paragraph (c)(6) of this section) modify
the computation of S’s net inside
attribute amount for purposes of this
paragraph (d).
(iv) Lower-tier subsidiaries. See
paragraph (d)(5) of this section for
special rules relating to the application
of this paragraph (d) if S owns shares of
stock of a subsidiary.
(4) Application of attribute reduction
amount—(i) Attributes available for
reduction. S’s attributes available for
reduction under this paragraph (d) are—
(A) Category A. Capital loss
carryovers;
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
(B) Category B. Net operating loss
carryovers;
(C) Category C. Deferred deductions;
and
(D) Category D. Basis of assets other
than assets identified as Class I assets in
§ 1.338–6(b)(1).
(ii) Rules of application—(A) Category
A, Category B, and Category C attributes.
S’s attribute reduction amount is first
allocated and applied to reduce the
attributes in Category A, Category B, and
Category C.
(1) Attribute reduction amount less
than total attributes in Category A,
Category B, and Category C. If S’s
attribute reduction amount is less than
S’s total attributes in Category A,
Category B, and Category C, all of S’s
attribute reduction amount will be
applied to reduce such attributes.
However, P may specify the allocation
of S’s attribute reduction amount among
such attributes. An election to specify
the allocation of S’s attribute reduction
amount is made in the manner provided
in paragraph (e)(5) of this section. To
the extent that P does not specify an
allocation of S’s attribute reduction
amount, S’s attribute reduction amount
will be applied to reduce any Category
A attributes not reduced as a result of
the specific allocation of S’s attribute
reduction amount, from oldest to
newest, until they are eliminated. Then,
any remaining attribute reduction
amount will be applied to reduce any
Category B attributes not reduced as a
result of the specific allocation of S’s
attribute reduction amount, from oldest
to newest, until they are eliminated.
Finally, any remaining attribute
reduction amount will be applied to
reduce any Category C attributes not
reduced as a result of the specific
allocation of S’s attribute reduction
amount, proportionately.
(2) Attribute reduction amount not
less than the total attributes in Category
A, Category B, and Category C. If S’s
attribute reduction amount equals or
exceeds S’s total attributes in Category
A, Category B, and Category C, all such
attributes are eliminated and any
remaining attribute reduction amount is
allocated and applied as provided in
paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)(B) and (d)(4)(ii)(C)
of this section.
(B) Category D attributes. Any
attribute reduction amount not applied
to reduce S’s Category A, Category B,
and Category C attributes is allocated
and applied as provided in this
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(B) and, to the extent
applicable, paragraph (d)(5) of this
section.
(1) Allocation if S holds stock of
another subsidiary. If S holds shares of
stock of another subsidiary, the attribute
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reduction amount not applied to reduce
S’s Category A, Category B, and
Category C attributes is first allocated
between S’s shares of lower-tier
subsidiary stock and S’s other Category
D assets in the manner provided in
paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section. S’s
attribute reduction amount allocated to
shares of lower-tier subsidiary stock is
applied to reduce S’s bases in those
shares, becomes an attribute reduction
amount of the lower-tier subsidiary,
and, subject to certain limitations,
reduces the lower-tier subsidiary’s
attributes. See paragraphs (d)(5)(iii)
through (d)(5)(vi) of this section.
(2) Allocation and application of
attribute reduction amount not applied
to lower-tier subsidiary stock. Any
portion of S’s attribute reduction
amount not applied to reduce S’s
Category A, Category B, and Category C
attributes and not allocated to lower-tier
subsidiary stock is allocated to S’s
Category D assets other than lower-tier
subsidiary stock in the manner provided
in this paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(B)(2). Such
amount is first allocated to S’s bases (if
any) in its assets identified as Class VII
assets in § 1.338–6(b)(2)(vii). If the
attribute reduction amount allocated to
Class VII assets is less than S’s aggregate
basis in those assets, it is applied
proportionately (by basis) to reduce the
bases of such assets. If the attribute
reduction amount allocated to Class VII
assets equals or exceeds S’s aggregate
basis in those assets, it is applied to
reduce the bases of such assets to zero.
Any remaining attribute reduction
amount is then allocated and applied in
the same manner to reduce S’s bases (if
any) in assets identified as Class VI
assets in § 1.338–6(b)(2)(vi), and then to
reduce S’s bases (if any) in its assets
identified in § 1.338–6(b)(2) as Class V,
Class IV, Class III, and Class II,
successively.
(C) Attribute reduction amount
exceeding attributes available for
reduction. If the amount to be allocated
and applied to attributes in Category D
other than lower-tier subsidiary stock
exceeds the amount of attributes in that
category, then—
(1) To the extent of any liabilities of
S that are not taken into account for tax
purposes before the transfer, such
excess amount is suspended. The
suspended amount is applied
proportionately to reduce any amounts
attributable to S that would be
deductible or capitalizable as a result of
such liabilities being taken into account
by S or any other person. Solely for
purposes of this paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) and paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(B) of this section, the term
liability means any liability or
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
obligation the satisfaction of which
would be required to be capitalized as
an assumed liability by a person that
purchased all of S’s assets and assumed
all of S’s liabilities in a single
transaction.
(2) To the extent such excess amount
is greater than any amount suspended
under paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this
section, it is disregarded and has no
further effect.
(iii) Time and effect of attribute
reduction. In general, the reduction of
attributes is effective immediately
before the transfer of a loss share of S
stock. If the reduction to a member’s
basis in a share of lower-tier subsidiary
stock exceeds the basis of that share, to
the extent the excess is not restored
under paragraph (d)(5)(vi) of this section
it is an excess loss account in that share
(and such excess loss account is not
taken into account under § 1.1502–19 or
otherwise as a result of the transaction).
The reductions to attributes required
under this paragraph (d)(4), including
by reason of paragraph (d)(5)(v) of this
section (tier down of attribute reduction
amounts to lower-tier subsidiaries), are
not noncapital, nondeductible expenses
described in § 1.1502–32(b)(2)(iii).
(5) Special rules applicable if S holds
stock of another subsidiary. If S holds
shares of stock of any other subsidiary
(S1) as of a transfer of loss shares of S
stock, the rules of this paragraph (d)(5)
apply with respect to each such
subsidiary.
(i) Treatment of lower-tier subsidiary
stock for computation of S’s attribute
reduction amount. For purposes of
determining S’s net inside attribute
amount and attribute reduction amount
under paragraph (d)(3) of this section—
(A) Single share. All of S’s shares of
S1 stock held as of the transfer of S
stock (whether or not transferred in, or
held by S immediately after, the
transaction) are treated as a single share
of stock (generally referred to as the S1
stock); and
(B) Deemed basis. S’s basis in its S1
stock is treated as its deemed basis in
the stock, which is equal to the greater
of—
(1) The sum of S’s basis in each share
of S1 stock (adjusted to reflect any gain
or loss recognized on the transfer of any
S1 shares in the transaction, whether
allowed or disallowed); and
(2) The portion of S1’s net inside
attribute amount allocable to S’s shares
of S1 stock.
(C) Multiple tiers. For purposes of
computing deemed basis under
paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of this section, a
subsidiary’s basis in stock of a lower-tier
subsidiary is the deemed basis in that
lower-tier subsidiary stock. Thus, if
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
stock is held in multiple tiers, the
computation of deemed basis begins at
the lowest tier, so that the computation
of deemed basis at each tier takes into
account the deemed basis of all lowertier shares.
(ii) Allocation of S’s attribute
reduction amount between lower-tier
subsidiary stock and other Category D
assets. The portion of S’s attribute
reduction amount that is not applied to
reduce S’s Category A, Category B, and
Category C attributes must be allocated
between each of S’s deemed single
shares of S1 stock and all of S’s other
Category D assets. For this purpose, S’s
Category D assets other than lower-tier
subsidiary stock are treated as one asset
with a basis equal to the aggregate bases
of all Category D assets other than
lower-tier subsidiary stock (non-stock
Category D asset). S’s attribute reduction
amount is allocated proportionately (by
basis) between (among) the non-stock
Category D asset and S’s deemed single
share(s) of S1 stock. (See paragraphs
(d)(4)(ii)(B)(2) and (d)(4)(ii)(C) of this
section regarding the portion of S’s
attribute reduction amount allocated to
the Category D assets other than lowertier subsidiary stock.) For this purpose,
S’s basis in each deemed single share of
S1 stock is its deemed basis (determined
under paragraphs (d)(5)(i)(B) and
(d)(5)(i)(C) of this section), reduced by—
(A) The value of S’s transferred shares
of S1 stock; and
(B) The nontransferred S1 shares’
allocable portion of the excess of S1’s
non-loss assets over S1’s liabilities
(including liabilities described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this section).
For this purpose, S1’s non-loss assets
are—
(1) S1’s assets identified as Class I
assets in § 1.338–6(b)(1),
(2) The value of S1’s transferred
shares of lower-tier subsidiary stock,
and
(3) The nontransferred lower-tier
subsidiary shares’ allocable portions of
lower-tier non-loss assets (net of
liabilities, including liabilities described
in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this
section) of all lower-tier subsidiaries.
(iii) Application of attribute reduction
amount to S’s S1 stock. The portion of
S’s attribute reduction amount allocated
under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section
to each deemed single share of S1 stock
(allocated attribute reduction amount) is
apportioned among, and applied to
reduce S’s bases in, individual S1 shares
in accordance with the following—
(A) No portion of the allocated
attribute reduction amount is
apportioned to an individual share of
transferred S1 stock if gain or loss is
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53965
recognized on its transfer (recognition
transfer);
(B) The allocated attribute reduction
amount is apportioned among all of S’s
other shares of S1 stock in a manner
that, first reduces the loss in and
disparity among S’s bases in loss shares
of S1 preferred stock to the greatest
extent possible, and then reduces the
disparity among S’s bases in the shares
of S1 common stock (other than those
transferred in a recognition transfer) to
the greatest extent possible;
(C) The allocated attribute reduction
amount apportioned to an individual S1
share is applied to reduce the basis of
that share to, but not below, value if the
share is either a preferred share or a
common share that is transferred other
than in a recognition transfer; and
(D) The allocated attribute reduction
amount apportioned to an individual S1
share is applied to reduce the basis of
that share without regard to value if the
share is a common share that is not
transferred in the transaction.
(iv) Unapplied allocated attribute
reduction amount. Any portion of the
allocated attribute reduction amount
that is not applied to reduce S’s basis in
a share of S1 stock has no effect on any
other attributes of S, it is not a
noncapital, nondeductible expense of S,
and it does not cause S to recognize
income or gain. However, such amounts
continue to be part of the allocated
attribute reduction amount for purposes
of the tier down rule in paragraph
(d)(5)(v) of this section.
(v) Tier down of attribute reduction
amount—(A) General rule. The
allocated attribute reduction amount of
each deemed single share of S1 stock is
an attribute reduction amount of S1
(tier-down attribute reduction amount).
Accordingly, the tier-down attribute
reduction amount, in combination with
any attribute reduction amount
computed with respect to the
transferred S1 shares (if any) (direct S1
attribute reduction amount), applies to
reduce S1’s attributes under the
provisions of this paragraph (d). The
tier-down attribute reduction amount is
an attribute reduction amount of S1 that
must be allocated to S1’s assets, and
may become an allocated attribute
reduction amount of lower-tier
subsidiary stock (and thus a tier-down
attribute reduction amount of a lowertier subsidiary), even if its application to
S1’s attributes is limited under
paragraph (d)(5)(v)(B) of this section.
(B) Conforming limitation on
reduction of lower-tier subsidiary’s
attributes. Notwithstanding the general
rule in paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, and unless P elects otherwise in
the manner provided in paragraph (e)(5)
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53966
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
of this section, the application of S1’s
tier-down attribute reduction amount to
S1’s attributes is limited to an amount
equal to the excess of the portion of S1’s
net inside attribute amount that is
allocable to all S1 shares held by
members as of the transaction (whether
or not transferred in the transaction)
over the sum of—
(1) Any direct S1 attribute reduction
amount;
(2) The aggregate value of all S1
shares transferred by members in the
transaction with respect to which gain
or loss was recognized (recognition
transfer);
(3) The sum of all members’ bases
(after any reduction under this section,
including this paragraph (d)) in any
shares of S1 stock transferred by
members in the transaction (other than
in a recognition transfer), reduced by
any direct S1 attribute reduction
amount computed with respect to the
transfer of such S1 shares; and
(4) The sum of all members’ bases
(after any reduction under this section,
including this paragraph (d)) in any
nontransferred shares of S1 stock held
as of the transaction.
(vi) Stock basis restoration—(A) In
general. After paragraph (d)(5)(v) of this
section has applied with respect to all
shares of subsidiary stock transferred in
the transaction, lower-tier subsidiary
stock basis is restored under this
paragraph (d)(5)(vi). Under this
paragraph (d)(5)(vi), the reductions to
members’ bases in shares of lower-tier
subsidiary stock under paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section are reversed to
the extent necessary to restore such
bases to an amount that conforms the
basis of each such share to its allocable
portion of the subsidiary’s net inside
attribute amount, taking into account
any reductions under this paragraph (d).
Restoration adjustments are first made
at the lowest tier and then at each next
higher tier successively. Restoration
adjustments do not tier up to affect the
bases of higher-tier shares. Rather,
restoration is computed and applied
separately at each tier. For purposes of
this rule, when computing a
subsidiary’s net inside attribute
amount—
(1) The subsidiary’s basis in stock of
a lower-tier subsidiary is the actual
basis of the stock after application of
this paragraph (d); and
(2) Any attribute reduction amount
allocated to the subsidiary’s Category D
assets other than lower-tier subsidiary
stock that is suspended under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this section is treated
as reducing the subsidiary’s net inside
attribute amount.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
(B) Election not to restore basis.
Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(5)(vi)(A)
of this section, P may elect not to restore
basis in stock of a lower-tier subsidiary
that was reduced under paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section. An election not
to restore lower-tier subsidiary stock
basis is made in the manner provided in
paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
(6) Elections to reduce the potential
for loss duplication—(i) In general.
Notwithstanding the general operation
of this paragraph (d), P may elect to
reduce the potential for loss
duplication, and thereby reduce or
avoid attribute reduction. To the extent
of S’s attribute reduction amount
tentatively computed without regard to
any election under this paragraph (d)(6),
P may elect—
(A) To reduce all or any portion
(including any portion in excess of a
specified amount) of members’ bases in
transferred loss shares of S stock;
(B) To reattribute all or any portion
(including any portion in excess of a
specified amount) of S’s Category A,
Category B, and Category C attributes
(including such attributes of lower-tier
subsidiaries), to the extent they would
otherwise be subject to reduction under
this paragraph (d); or
(C) Any combination thereof.
(ii) Manner and effect of election. An
election to reduce loss duplication
under this paragraph (d)(6) is made in
the manner provided in paragraph (e)(5)
of this section. Although such elections
are irrevocable, they have no effect—
(A) If there is no attribute reduction
amount; or
(B) To the extent S’s attribute
reduction amount is less than the
amount specified in the election.
(iii) Order of application—(A) Stock
of one subsidiary transferred in the
transaction. If shares of stock of only
one subsidiary are transferred in the
transaction, any stock basis reduction
and reattribution of attributes (including
from lower-tier subsidiaries) is deemed
to occur immediately before the
application of this paragraph (d). If a
transferred share is still a loss share
after giving effect to this election, the
other provisions of this paragraph (d)
then apply with respect to that share.
(B) Stock of multiple subsidiaries
transferred in the transaction. If shares
of stock of more than one subsidiary are
transferred in the transaction and
elections under this paragraph (d)(6) are
made with respect to transfers of stock
of subsidiaries in multiple tiers, effect is
given to the elections from the lowest
tier to the highest tier in the manner
provided in this paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(B).
The amount of the election for the
transfer at the lowest tier is determined
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by applying this paragraph (d) with
respect to the transferred loss shares of
this lowest-tier subsidiary immediately
after applying paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section to the stock of such
subsidiary. The effect of any stock basis
reduction or reattribution of losses
immediately tiers up under § 1.1502–32
to adjust members’ bases in higher-tier
shares. Elections and adjustments are
then made with respect to transfers at
each next higher tier successively.
(iv) Special rules for reattribution
elections—(A) In general. Because the
reattribution election is intended to
provide the group a means to retain
certain S attributes, and not to change
the location of attributes where S
continues to be a member of the same
group as P, the election to reattribute
attributes may only be made if S
becomes a nonmember (within the
meaning of § 1.1502–19(c)(2)) as a result
of the transaction and S does not
become a member of any group that
includes P. The election to reattribute
S’s attributes can only be made for
attributes in Category A, Category B, and
Category C. The attributes that would
otherwise be reduced under paragraph
(d)(4) of this section may be reattributed
to P. Accordingly, P may specify the
attributes in Category A, Category B, and
Category C to be reattributed. Such an
election is made in the manner provided
in paragraph (e)(5) of this section. To
the extent that P elects to reattribute
attributes but does not specify the
attributes to be reattributed, any
attributes not specifically reattributed
will be reattributed in the default
amount, order, and category described
in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this
section. P succeeds to reattributed
attributes as if such attributes were
succeeded to in a transaction to which
section 381(a) applies. Any owner shift
of the subsidiary (including any deemed
owner shift resulting from section
382(g)(4)(D) or section 382(l)(3)) in
connection with the transaction is not
taken into account under section 382
with respect to the reattributed
attributes. (See § 1.1502–96(d) for rules
relating to section 382 and the
reattribution of losses under this
paragraph (d)(6).) The reattribution of
S’s attributes is a noncapital,
nondeductible expense described in
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(iii). See § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(ii)(A) regarding special
allocations applicable to such
noncapital, nondeductible expense. If P
elects to reattribute S attributes
(including attributes of a lower-tier
subsidiary) and reduce S stock basis, the
reattribution is given effect before the
stock basis reduction.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(B) Insolvency limitation. If S, or any
higher-tier subsidiary, is insolvent
within the meaning of section 108(d)(3)
at the time of the transfer, S’s losses may
be reattributed only to the extent they
exceed the sum of the separate
insolvencies of any subsidiaries (taking
into account only S and its higher-tier
subsidiaries) that are insolvent. For
purposes of determining insolvency,
liabilities owed to higher-tier members
are not taken into account, and stock of
a subsidiary that is limited and
preferred as to dividends and that is not
owned by higher-tier members is treated
as a liability to the extent of the amount
of preferred distributions to which the
stock would be entitled if the subsidiary
were liquidated on the date of the
transfer.
(C) Limitation on reattribution from
lower-tier subsidiaries. P’s ability to
reattribute attributes of lower-tier
subsidiaries is limited under this
paragraph (d)(6)(iv)(C) in order to
prevent circular computations of the
attribute reduction amount.
Accordingly, attributes that would
otherwise be reduced as a result of tierdown attribute reduction under
paragraph (d)(5)(v) of this section may
only be reattributed to the extent that
the reduction in the basis of any lowertier subsidiary stock resulting from the
noncapital, nondeductible expense (as
allocated under § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(ii)(A)(2)) will not create an
excess loss account in any such stock.
(v) Special rules for stock basis
reduction elections—(A) In general. An
election to reduce basis in S stock is
made with respect to all members’ bases
in loss shares of S stock that are
transferred in the transaction. The
reduction is allocated among all such
shares in proportion to the amount of
loss on each share. This reduction in S
stock basis is a noncapital,
nondeductible expense described in
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(iii) of the transferring
member.
(B) Adjustment to the attribute
reduction amount. The attribute
reduction amount (determined under
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section) is
treated as reduced by the amount of any
elective reduction in the basis of the S
stock under this paragraph (d)(6).
Accordingly, the election to reduce
stock basis under this paragraph (d)(6)
is treated as reducing or eliminating the
duplication even if the shares of S stock
are loss shares after giving effect to the
election.
(C) Deemed stock basis reduction
election in the case of certain
disallowed stock losses. If there is a net
stock loss in transferred shares after
taking into account any actual elections
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
under this paragraph (d)(6), and the
stock loss would otherwise be
permanently disallowed (for example,
under section 311(a)), P will be deemed
to have made a stock basis reduction
election equal to such net stock loss.
(7) Additional attribute reduction in
the case of certain transfers due to
worthlessness and certain transfers not
followed by a separate return year—(i)
In general. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this paragraph (d), if a
transfer is subject to this paragraph
(d)(7) any of S’s Category A, Category B,
and Category C attributes not otherwise
reduced or reattributed under this
paragraph (d), and any credit carryover
attributable to S, including any
consolidated credits that would be
apportioned to S under the principles of
§ 1.1502–79 if S had a separate return
year, are eliminated. Attributes other
than consolidated tax attributes are
eliminated under this paragraph (d)(7)(i)
immediately before the transfer subject
to this paragraph (d)(7)(i). The
elimination of attributes under this
paragraph (d)(7)(i) is not a noncapital,
nondeductible expense described in
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(iii).
(ii) Transfers subject to this paragraph
(d)(7). A transfer is subject to this
paragraph (d)(7) if—
(A) M transfers a share of S stock
solely by reason of a transfer defined in
paragraph (f)(10)(i)(D) of this section
(worthlessness where the provisions of
§ 1.1502–80(c) are satisfied), M
recognizes a net deduction or loss on
the share, and S is a member of the
group on the day following the last day
of the group’s taxable year during which
the share becomes worthless under
section 165 (taking into account the
provisions of § 1.1502–80(c)), or
(B) M recognizes a net deduction or
loss on the stock of S in a transaction
in which S ceases to be a member and
does not become a nonmember within
the meaning of § 1.1502–19(c)(2).
(iii) Example. The application of this
paragraph (d) to transfers due to
worthlessness and to loss transfers not
followed by separate return years is
illustrated by the following example.
Example. (i) Worthlessness where S
continues as a member. M owns the sole
share of S stock. The share is worthless under
section 165. In addition, S has disposed of all
its assets within the meaning of § 1.1502–
19(c)(1)(iii)(A) and therefore satisfies the
provisions of § 1.1502–80(c). M claims a
worthless securities deduction with respect
to the share. The worthlessness is a transfer
of the S share, a loss share, and therefore
subject to this section. After the application
of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, M’s
basis in the share (and therefore M’s net stock
loss) is $75. The portion of the consolidated
net operating loss attributable to S is $100.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53967
Under the general rules of this paragraph (d),
S’s attribute reduction amount is $75 (the
lesser of M’s $75 net stock loss and S’s $100
aggregate inside loss ($100 net inside
attribute amount over $0 value of S share)).
S’s attributes are reduced by $75, from $100
to $25. In addition, if S remains a member
of the P group, this paragraph (d)(7) applies
to eliminate the remaining $25 of the
consolidated net operating loss attributable to
S because the S share is worthless, and M
recognizes a deduction (taking into account
§ 1.1502–80(c)) with respect to the share.
Accordingly, after the application of this
section, M recognizes a $75 worthless
securities deduction, S has $0 net inside
attributes, and the consolidated net operating
loss is reduced by a total of $100.
(ii) Dissolution of insolvent subsidiary. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of this
Example, except that S is insolvent, does not
dispose of all its assets within the meaning
of § 1.1502–19(c)(1)(iii)(A), M causes S to be
legally dissolved, and the S share held by M
is cancelled without consideration. Under
paragraph (d)(7)(ii)(B) of this section, the
dissolution of S is subject to this paragraph
(d)(7) and the result is the same as in
paragraph (i) of this Example. The result
would also be the same if instead of being
legally dissolved, S was converted into an
entity that is disregarded as separate from M.
(iii) Stock cancelled in connection with a
section 381(a) transaction with another
member. M owns the sole share of S common
stock with a basis of $75. M1 owns the sole
share of S preferred stock. The value of S’s
assets (net of liabilities) is less than the
liquidation preference on the S preferred
stock. In a reorganization described in
section 368(a)(1)(D), S transfers all of its
assets to M2 in exchange for M2 common
stock and M2’s assumption of S’s liabilities,
S distributes all of the M2 common stock
received in the exchange to M1 in exchange
for M1’s S preferred stock, the S common
stock held by M is cancelled without
consideration, and S ceases to exist.
Notwithstanding that M is not entitled to
treat its common share of S stock as
worthless until § 1.1502–80(c) is satisfied,
M’s share is transferred within the meaning
of paragraph (f)(10)(i)(A) of this section
because M ceases to own the share in a
transaction in which, but for this section (and
notwithstanding the deferral of any amount
recognized on the transfer, other than by
reason of § 1.1502–13), M would recognize a
loss or deduction with respect to the share.
Accordingly, there is a transfer of the S
common share and this section applies to the
transfer. There are no adjustments under
paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section because
no investment adjustments have been
applied to the bases of the shares. The
transfer of the S common stock is subject to
the general rules of this paragraph (d), but is
not subject to the additional attribute
reduction under this paragraph (d)(7) because
the transfer was not solely by reason of
worthlessness where § 1.1502–80(c) is
satisfied, and S did not cease to be a member
because M2 is a successor to S.
(iv) Stock cancelled in connection with a
section 381(a) transaction with a
nonmember. The facts are the same as in
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53968
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
paragraph (iii) of this Example, except that
the S preferred share is held by X, instead of
M2 acquiring S’s assets, S merges into Y in
a reorganization described in section
368(a)(1)(A), M1 receives all of the Y stock
issued in the merger in exchange for M1’s S
preferred stock, and Y does not become a
member as a result of the transaction. M
treats the cancelled S common stock as
worthless, and § 1.1502–80(c) is satisfied
because S ceases to be a member. In this case,
there is a transfer of M’s S common share
because it becomes worthless (taking into
account § 1.1502–80(c)); because M ceases to
own the share in a transaction in which, but
for this section (and notwithstanding the
deferral of any amount recognized on the
transfer, other than by reason of § 1.1502–13),
M would recognize a loss or deduction with
respect to the share; and because M and S
cease to be members of the same group. The
transfer of the S common stock is subject to
the general rules of this paragraph (d), but is
not subject to the additional attribute
reduction under this paragraph (d)(7) because
the transfer was not solely by reason of
worthlessness where § 1.1502–80(c) is
satisfied and, although S did cease to be a
member, S became a nonmember within the
meaning of § 1.1502–19(c)(2) because Y is a
successor to S.
(8) Examples. The application of this
paragraph (d) is illustrated by the
following examples:
Example 1. Computation of attribute
reduction amount. (i) Transfer of all S shares.
(A) Facts. M owns all 100 of the outstanding
shares of S stock with a basis of $2 per share.
S owns land with a basis of $100, has a $120
loss carryover, and has no liabilities. Each
share has a value of $1. M sells 30 of the S
shares to X for $30. As a result of the sale,
M and S cease to be members of the same
group. Accordingly, all 100 of the S shares
are transferred. See paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A),
(f)(10)(i)(B), and (f)(10)(i)(C) (with respect to
the 30 S shares sold to X) of this section. M’s
transfer of the S shares is a transfer of loss
shares and therefore subject to this section.
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is no disparity among
M’s bases in shares of S common stock and
there are no shares of S preferred stock
outstanding (so there can be no unrecognized
gain or loss on preferred stock). See
paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
Therefore, after the application of paragraph
(b) of this section, the share is still a loss
share and, as such, subject to paragraph (c)
of this section. No adjustment is required
under paragraph (c) of this section because
the net positive adjustment is $0. See
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Thus, after
the application of paragraph (c) of this
section, M’s transfer of the S shares is still
a transfer of loss shares and, accordingly,
subject to this paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). Under this paragraph (d), S’s
attributes are reduced by S’s attribute
reduction amount. Paragraph (d)(3) of this
section provides that S’s attribute reduction
amount is the lesser of the net stock loss and
S’s aggregate inside loss. The net stock loss
is the excess of the $200 aggregate bases of
the transferred shares over the $100 aggregate
value of the transferred shares, or $100. S’s
aggregate inside loss is the excess of its $220
net inside attribute amount (the sum of the
$100 basis in the land and the $120 loss
carryover) over the $100 value of all
outstanding S shares, or $120. The attribute
reduction amount is therefore the lesser of
the $100 net stock loss and the $120
aggregate inside loss, or $100. Under
paragraph (d)(4) of this section, S’s $100
attribute reduction amount is allocated and
applied to reduce S’s $120 loss carryover to
$20. Under paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this
section, the reduction of the loss carryover is
not a noncapital, nondeductible expense and
has no effect on M’s basis in the S stock.
(ii) Transfer of less than all S shares. (A)
Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(i)(A) of this Example 1, except that M only
sells 20 S shares to X. M’s sale of the 20 S
shares is a transfer of loss shares and
therefore subject to this section. See
paragraph (f)(10)(i)(A) and (f)(10)(i)(C) of this
section. (There is no transfer of the remaining
shares because S and M remain members of
the same group.)
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. No adjustment is required
under paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
section for the reasons set forth in paragraph
(i)(B) of this Example 1. Thus, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
M’s transfer of the S shares is still a transfer
of loss shares and, accordingly, subject to this
paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). Under this paragraph (d), S’s
attributes are reduced by S’s attribute
reduction amount. Paragraph (d)(3) of this
section provides that S’s attribute reduction
amount is the lesser of the net stock loss and
S’s aggregate inside loss. The net stock loss
is $20, the excess of the $40 aggregate bases
of the transferred shares over the $20
Example 2. Proportionate allocation of
attribute reduction amount. (i) Facts. M owns
the sole outstanding share of S stock with a
basis of $150. S owns land with a basis of
$60, a factory with a basis of $30, publicly
traded property with a basis of $30 and
goodwill with a basis of $30. M sells its S
share for $90. M’s sale of the S share is a
transfer of a loss share and therefore subject
to this section. See paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A),
(f)(10)(i)(B), and (f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
(ii) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
No adjustment is required under paragraph
(c) of this section because both the
disconformity amount and the net positive
adjustment are $0. See paragraph (c)(3) of
this section. Thus, after the application of
paragraph (c) of this section, M’s sale of the
S share is still a transfer of a loss share and,
accordingly, subject to this paragraph (d).
(iii) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). Under paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
determined to be $60, the lesser of the $60
net stock loss ($150 basis over $90 value) and
S’s $60 aggregate inside loss (the excess of S’s
$150 net inside attribute amount (the $60
basis of the land, plus the $30 basis of the
factory, plus the $30 basis of the publicly
traded property, plus the $30 basis of the
goodwill) over the $90 value of the S share).
Under paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(B)(2) of this
section, the $60 attribute reduction amount is
allocated and applied to reduce S’s bases in
its Category D assets, S’s only attributes
available for reduction, as follows:
Attribute
amount
Available attributes, basis in Category D assets
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
aggregate value of the transferred shares. S’s
aggregate inside loss is $120, the excess of its
$220 net inside attribute amount (the sum of
the $100 basis in the land and the $120 loss
carryover) over the $100 value of all
outstanding S shares. The attribute reduction
amount is therefore $20, the lesser of the $20
net stock loss and the $120 aggregate inside
loss. Under paragraph (d)(4) of this section,
S’s $20 attribute reduction amount is
allocated and applied to reduce S’s $120 loss
carryover to $100.
Allocable portion of
attribute reduction
amount
Adjusted
attribute
amount
Class VII, Goodwill ..............................................................................................................
Class V:
Land ..............................................................................................................................
Factory ..........................................................................................................................
$30
$30
$0
60
30
(60/90 × 60) 40
(30/90 × 60) 20
20
10
Total Class V .........................................................................................................
Class II, publicly traded property .........................................................................................
90
30
60
0
30
30
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Totals .....................................................................................................................
Example 3. Attribute reduction amount
less than total attributes in Category A,
Category B, and Category C. (i) No election
to prescribe the allocation of S’s attribute
reduction amount. (A) Facts. P owns the sole
150
outstanding share of M stock with a basis of
$1,000 and M owns the sole outstanding
share of S stock with a basis of $210. M sells
its S share to X for $100. M’s sale of the S
share is a transfer of a loss share and
Category
Category
Category
Category
Category
Allocable portion of
attribute reduction
amount
Attribute
amount
Available attributes, basis in Category D assets
53969
Adjusted
attribute
amount
60
90
therefore subject to this section. See
paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A), (f)(10)(i)(B), and
(f)(10)(i)(C) of this section. At the time of the
sale, S has no liabilities and the following
attributes:
Attribute
Attribute amount
A ..............................................................................
B ..............................................................................
C .............................................................................
D, Class V ...............................................................
Capital loss carryover .............................................................
NOL carryover ........................................................................
Deferred deductions ...............................................................
Basis in Land ..........................................................................
$10
200
40
50
Total Attributes ................................................................
.................................................................................................
300
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
No adjustment is required under paragraph
(c) of this section because both the
disconformity amount and the net positive
adjustment are $0. See paragraph (c)(3) of
this section. Thus, after the application of
paragraph (c) of this section, M’s transfer of
the S share is still a transfer of a loss share
and, accordingly, subject to this paragraph
(d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of the $110 net stock loss ($210
Category
Category
Category
Category
Category
basis over $100 value) and S’s aggregate
inside loss. S’s aggregate inside loss is $200
(S’s $300 net inside attribute amount (the $10
capital loss carryover, plus the $200 NOL
carryover, plus the $40 deferred deductions,
plus the $50 basis in land) less the $100
value of all outstanding S shares). Thus, the
attribute reduction amount is $110, the lesser
of the $110 net stock loss and S’s $200
aggregate inside loss. Under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this section, the $110
attribute reduction amount is allocated and
applied to reduce S’s attributes as follows:
Allocation
of attribute
reduction
amount
Attribute
amount
Attribute
Adjusted
attribute
amount
A ...................................................
B ...................................................
C ...................................................
D, Class V ....................................
Capital loss carryover ..................................
NOL carryover .............................................
Deferred deductions ....................................
Basis in land ................................................
$10
200
40
50
$10
100
0
0
$0
100
40
50
Totals ....................................................
......................................................................
300
110
190
(ii) Election to prescribe the allocation of
attribute reduction amount. (A) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of
this Example 3, except that P elects to
allocate the attribute reduction amount to
eliminate the Category C attributes, preserve
the capital loss carryover, and reduce
Category B attributes.
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. No adjustment is required
under paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
section for the reasons set forth in paragraph
(i)(B) of this Example 3. Thus, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
M’s sale of the S share is still a transfer of
a loss share, and accordingly, subject to this
paragraph (d).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Category
Category
Category
Category
Category
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). For the reasons set forth in
paragraph (i)(C) of this Example 3, under this
paragraph (d)(3), S’s attribute reduction
amount is determined to be $110. M elects
to apply S’s $110 attribute reduction amount
as follows:
Attribute
amount
Attribute
Allocation
of attribute
reduction
amount
Adjusted
attribute
amount
A ......................................................
B ......................................................
C ......................................................
D, Class V .......................................
Capital loss carryover ....................................
NOL carryover ................................................
Deferred deductions .......................................
Basis of land ..................................................
$10
200
40
50
$0
70
40
0
$10
130
0
50
Totals .......................................................
.........................................................................
300
110
190
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53970
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Example 4. Attributes attributable to
liability not taken into account. (i) S operates
one business. (A) Facts. On January 1, year
1, M forms S by exchanging $150 for the sole
outstanding share of S stock. In year 1, S
earns $500, purchases land for $50, spends
$100 to build a factory on that land, and then
purchases publicly traded property for $250.
In year 2, S earns a section 38 general
business credit of $50. However, pollution
generated by S’s business gives rise to an
environmental remediation liability under
Federal law that would be required to be
capitalized if a person purchased S’s assets
and assumed the liability. Before any
amounts have been taken into account with
respect to the environmental remediation
liability, when the liability has a present
value of $500, M sells its S share to X for
$150. After giving effect to all other
provisions of law, M’s basis in the S share
is $650 (the original basis of $150 increased
under § 1.1502–32 by $500 for the income
earned). The sale is therefore a transfer of a
loss share of subsidiary stock and subject to
this section. See paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A),
(f)(10)(i)(B), and (f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
No adjustment to basis is made under
paragraph (c) of this section because,
although the net positive adjustment is $500,
the disconformity amount is $0. See
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Thus, after
Attribute
amount
Available attributes
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Category D:
Class V Assets:
Basis of factory ......................................................................................................
Basis of land ..........................................................................................................
Class II Assets:
Publicly traded property ........................................................................................
(2) The remaining $100 attribute reduction
amount is not applied to S’s $250 cash (Class
I asset) or to S’s $50 general business tax
credit. Under the general rule of this
paragraph (d), that remaining $100 attribute
reduction amount would have no further
effect on S’s attributes. However, S has a
$500 liability that has not been taken into
account. Therefore, under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this section, the remaining
$100 attribute reduction amount is
suspended and will be allocated and applied
to reduce any amounts that become
deductible or capitalizable as a result of the
environmental remediation liability later
being taken into account. If the liability is
satisfied for an amount that is less than $100,
under paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(2) of this section
the remaining portion of that $100 suspended
attribute reduction amount is disregarded
and has no further effect.
(ii) Lower-tier subsidiary with additional
liability. (A) Facts. The facts are the same as
in paragraph (i)(A) of Example 4, except that,
in addition, S exchanged $50 for the sole
outstanding share of stock of S1. S1 has $50
and equipment with an aggregate basis of $0.
S1 also has employee medical expense
liabilities that have not been taken into
account and that would be required to be
capitalized if a person purchased S1’s assets
and assumed the liabilities. At the time of the
sale, S’s environmental remediation liability
had a present value of $475 and S1’s
employee medical expenses had a present
value of $25. For the reasons set forth in
paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 4, M’s sale
of the S share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. No adjustment is made under
paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this section
for the reasons set forth in paragraph (i)(B)
of this Example 4. Thus, after the application
of paragraph (c) of this section, M’s sale of
the S share is still a transfer of a loss share
and, accordingly, subject to this paragraph
(d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of the $500 net stock loss ($650
basis over $150 value) and the aggregate
inside loss. The aggregate inside loss is the
excess of S’s net inside attribute amount over
the value of the S share. Under paragraphs
(d)(3)(iii)(B) and (d)(5)(i)(B) of this section,
S’s net inside attribute amount is determined
by using S’s $50 deemed basis in the S1 share
(the greater of S’s $50 actual basis in the
share and S1’s $50 net inside attribute
amount). Accordingly, S’s net inside attribute
amount is $650 (the sum of its $100 basis in
the factory, $50 basis in the land, $250 basis
in the publicly traded property, $200 cash,
and $50 deemed basis in its S1 share). The
aggregate inside loss is $500, the excess of S’s
$650 net inside attribute amount over the
$150 value of the S share. Thus, S’s attribute
reduction amount is $500, the lesser of the
$500 net stock loss and S’s $500 aggregate
inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of attribute reduction amount.
Under paragraphs (d)(4) and (d)(5)(ii) of this
section, S’s $500 attribute reduction amount
is allocated proportionately (by basis)
between its S1 share and its non-stock
PO 00000
the application of paragraph (c) of this
section, M’s sale of the S share is still a
transfer of a loss share and, accordingly,
subject to this paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of the $500 net stock loss ($650
basis over $150 value) and the aggregate
inside loss. The aggregate inside loss is $500,
computed as the excess of S’s $650 net inside
attribute amount (the sum of S’s $100 basis
in the factory, $50 basis in the land, $250
basis in the publicly traded property, and
$250 cash remaining after the purchases)
over the $150 value of the S share. Thus, S’s
attribute reduction amount is $500, the lesser
of the $500 net stock loss and the $500
aggregate inside loss. Under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(B)(2) of this section, S’s $500
attribute reduction amount is allocated and
applied to reduce S’s attributes as follows:
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Allocable portion of
attribute reduction
amount
Adjusted
attribute
amount
$100
50
$100
50
$0
0
250
250
0
Category D asset (consisting of all S’s
Category D assets other than its share of S1
stock, with a basis equal to $600, the
aggregate basis of S’s non-stock assets).
However, under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this
section, for purposes of allocating S’s
attribute reduction amount between its nonstock Category D asset and the S1 share, S’s
$50 deemed basis in its S1 share is treated
as reduced by S1’s $25 net non-loss assets (its
Class I asset, $50 cash over S1’s liabilities
(which, for this purpose include the $25 of
employee medical expense liabilities not
taken into account as of the transfer)). As a
result, S’s attribute reduction amount is
allocated $480 (600/625 × 500) to S’s nonstock Category D asset and $20 (25/625 × 500)
to the S1 share. The $480 attribute reduction
amount allocated to S’s non-stock Category D
asset produces the same reduction in the
bases of S’s assets (other than the S1 stock)
as in paragraph (i)(C) of this Example 4; in
addition, the $80 attribute reduction amount
not applied to reduce S’s attributes is
suspended and applied to reduce any
amounts that become deductible or
capitalizable as a result of the environmental
remediation liability later being taken into
account. If the liability is satisfied for an
amount that is less than $80, under
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(2) of this section the
remaining portion of that $80 suspended
attribute reduction amount is disregarded
and has no further effect. Because the S1
share is not transferred within the meaning
of paragraph (f)(10) of this section, the
allocated attribute reduction amount
apportioned to the S1 share is applied fully
to reduce the basis of the S1 share to $30. See
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(D) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount. The $20 portion of S’s attribute
reduction amount allocated to the S1 share
is an attribute reduction amount of S1.
Because S1 holds only cash, it has no
attributes available for reduction under this
paragraph (d). However, because S1 has a $25
liability not taken into account for tax
purposes, paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this
section requires that $20 of the unapplied
attribute reduction amount be suspended and
then allocated and applied to reduce any
amounts that become deductible or
capitalizable as a result of the employee
medical expense liabilities later being taken
into account. If these liabilities are satisfied
for an amount that is less than $20, under
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(2) of this section the
remaining portion of that $20 suspended
attribute reduction amount is disregarded
and has no further effect.
Example 5. Wholly owned lower-tier
subsidiary (no lower-tier transfer). (i)
Application of conforming limitation. (A)
Facts. M owns the sole outstanding share of
S stock with a basis of $250. S owns Asset
with a basis of $100 and the only two
outstanding shares of S1 stock (Share A has
a basis of $40 and Share B has a basis of $60).
S1 owns Asset 1 with a basis of $50. M sells
its S share to P1, the common parent of
another consolidated group, for $50. The sale
is a transfer of a loss share and therefore
subject to this section. See paragraphs
(f)(10)(i)(A), (f)(10)(i)(B), and (f)(10)(i)(C) of
this section.
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
No adjustment is required under paragraph
(c) of this section because, although there is
a $50 disconformity amount, the net positive
adjustment is $0. See paragraph (c)(3) of this
section. Thus, after the application of
paragraph (c) of this section, M’s sale of the
S share is still a transfer of a loss share and,
accordingly, subject to this paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of M’s net stock loss and S’s
aggregate inside loss. M’s net stock loss is
$200 ($250 basis over $50 value). S’s
aggregate inside loss is the excess of S’s net
inside attribute amount over the value of the
S share. Under paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(B) and
(d)(5)(i)(B) of this section, S’s net inside
attribute amount is $200, computed as the
sum of S’s $100 basis in Asset and its $100
deemed basis in the deemed single share of
S1 stock (computed as the greater of S’s $100
aggregate basis in the S1 shares and S1’s $50
basis in Asset 1). S’s aggregate inside loss is
therefore $150, $200 net inside attribute
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
amount over the $50 value of the S share.
Accordingly, S’s attribute reduction amount
is $150, the lesser of the $200 net stock loss
and the $150 aggregate inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $150 attribute
reduction amount is allocated
proportionately (by basis) between Asset
(non-stock Category D asset) with a basis of
$100, and the S1 stock (treated as a single
share with a deemed basis of $100).
Accordingly, $75 of the attribute reduction
amount ($100/$200 × $150) is allocated to
Asset and $75 of the attribute reduction
amount ($100/$200 × $150) is allocated to the
S1 stock. The $75 of the attribute reduction
amount allocated to Asset is applied to
reduce S’s basis in Asset from $100 to $25.
The $75 of the attribute reduction amount
allocated to the S1 stock is first apportioned
between the shares in a manner that reduces
disparity to the greatest extent possible.
Thus, of the total $75 allocated to the S1
stock, $27.50 is apportioned to Share A and
$47.50 is apportioned to Share B. Because
neither of the S1 shares is transferred within
the meaning of paragraph (f)(10) of this
section, the allocated attribute reduction
amount apportioned to each of the individual
S1 shares is applied fully to reduce the basis
of each share to $12.50. See paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section. As a result,
immediately after the allocation,
apportionment, and application of S’s
attribute reduction amount, S’s basis in Asset
is $25 and S’s basis in each of the S1 shares
is $12.50.
(3) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount, application of conforming
limitation. Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of
this section, the $75 portion of S’s attribute
reduction amount allocated to the S1 stock is
an attribute reduction amount of S1
(regardless of the extent, if any, to which it
is apportioned and applied to reduce the
basis of any shares of S1 stock). Under the
general rules of this paragraph (d), the $75
tier-down attribute reduction amount would
be allocated and applied to reduce S1’s basis
in Asset 1 from $50 to $0. However, under
paragraph (d)(5)(v)(B) of this section, S1’s
attributes can be reduced by only $25, the
excess of the $50 portion of S1’s net inside
attribute amount that is allocable to all S1
shares held by members as of the transaction
over $25, the aggregate amount of members’
bases in nontransferred S1 shares after
reduction under this paragraph (d). Thus, of
S1’s $75 tier-down attribute reduction
amount, only $25 is applied to reduce S1’s
basis in Asset 1, from $50 to $25. The $50
unapplied portion of the tier-down attribute
reduction amount subject to the conforming
limitation has no further effect.
(ii) Application of basis restoration rule.
(A) Facts. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 5, except
that S’s basis in Share A is $15 and S’s basis
in Share B is $35, and S1’s basis in Asset 1
is $100.
(B) Basis redetermination and basis
reduction under paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section. No adjustment is required under
paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this section
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53971
for the reasons set forth in paragraph (i)(B)
of this Example 5. Thus, after the application
of paragraph (c) of this section, M’s transfer
of the S share is still a transfer of a loss share
and, accordingly, subject to this paragraph
(d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of M’s net stock loss and S’s
aggregate inside loss. M’s net stock loss is
$200 ($250 basis over $50 value). S’s
aggregate inside loss is the excess of S’s net
inside attribute amount over the value of the
S share. Under paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(B) and
(d)(5)(i)(B) of this section, S’s net inside
attribute amount is $200, the sum of S’s $100
basis in Asset and its $100 deemed basis in
the deemed single share of S1 stock
(computed as the greater of S’s $50 aggregate
basis in the S1 shares and S1’s $100 basis in
Asset 1). S’s aggregate inside loss is therefore
$150, $200 net inside attribute amount over
the $50 value of the S share. Accordingly, S’s
attribute reduction amount is $150, the lesser
of the $200 net stock loss and the $150
aggregate inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $150 attribute
reduction amount is allocated
proportionately (by basis) between Asset
(non-stock Category D asset) with a basis of
$100, and the S1 stock (treated as a single
share with a deemed basis of $100).
Accordingly, $75 of the attribute reduction
amount ($100/$200 × $150) is allocated to
Asset and $75 of the attribute reduction
amount ($100/$200 × $150) is allocated to the
S1 stock. The $75 of the attribute reduction
amount allocated to Asset is applied to
reduce S’s basis in Asset from $100 to $25.
The $75 of the attribute reduction amount
allocated to the S1 stock is first apportioned
between the shares in a manner that reduces
disparity to the greatest extent possible.
Thus, of the total $75 allocated to the S1
stock, $27.50 is apportioned to Share A and
$47.50 is apportioned to Share B. Because
neither of the S1 shares is transferred within
the meaning of paragraph (f)(10) of this
section, the allocated attribute reduction
amount apportioned to each of the individual
S1 shares is applied fully to reduce the basis
of each share to an excess loss account of
$12.50. See paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this
section. As a result, immediately after the
allocation, apportionment, and application of
S’s attribute reduction amount, S’s basis in
Asset is $25 and S’s basis in each of the S1
shares is an excess loss account of $12.50.
(3) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, the $75 portion of S’s attribute
reduction amount allocated to S1 stock is an
attribute reduction amount of S1 (regardless
of the extent, if any, to which it is
apportioned and applied to reduce the basis
of any shares of S1 stock). Accordingly,
under the general rules of this paragraph (d),
the $75 tier-down attribute reduction amount
is applied to reduce S1’s basis in Asset 1
from $100 to $25.
(4) Basis restoration. Under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, after this
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53972
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
paragraph (d) has been applied with respect
to all transfers of subsidiary stock, any
reduction made to the basis of a share of
lower-tier subsidiary stock under paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section is reversed to the
extent necessary to conform the basis of that
share to the share’s allocable portion of the
subsidiary’s net inside attribute amount (after
reduction). S1’s net inside attribute amount
after the application of this paragraph (d) is
$25 and thus each of the two S1 share’s
allocable portion of S1’s net inside attribute
amount is $12.50. Accordingly, the
reductions to Share A and to Share B under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section are
reversed to the extent necessary to restore the
basis of each share to $12.50. Thus, $25 of
the $27.50 of reduction to the basis of Share
A, and $25 of the $47.50 of reduction to the
basis of share B, is reversed, restoring the
basis of each share to $12.50.
Example 6. Multiple blocks of lower-tier
subsidiary stock outstanding. (i) Excess loss
account taken into account (transfer of
upper-tier share causes disposition within
the meaning of § 1.1502–19(c)(1)(ii)(B)). (A)
Facts. M owns the sole outstanding share of
S stock with a basis of $200. S holds all five
outstanding shares of S1 common stock
(Shares A, B, C, D, and E). S has an excess
loss account of $20 in Share A and a positive
basis of $20 in each of the other shares. The
only investment adjustment applied to any
S1 share was a negative $20 investment
adjustment applied to Share A when it was
the only outstanding share, and this amount
tiered up and adjusted M’s basis in the S
share. S1 owns one asset with a basis of $250.
M sells its S share to P1, the common parent
of a consolidated group, for $20. The sale of
the S share is a disposition of Share A under
§ 1.1502–19(c)(1)(ii)(B) (S1 becomes a
nonmember because it will have a separate
return year as a member of the P1 group).
Accordingly, under § 1.1502–19(b)(1)(i) and
paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, before the
application of this section, S’s excess loss
account in Share A is taken into account,
increasing S’s basis in Share A to $0 and M’s
basis in its S share to $220. After giving effect
to the recognition of the excess loss account,
M’s sale of the S share is a transfer of a loss
share and therefore subject to this section.
See paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A), (f)(10)(i)(B), and
(f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
(B) Basis redetermination and basis
reduction under paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section. Although the transfer is subject
to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
No adjustment is made under paragraph (c)
of this section because, even though there is
a disconformity amount of $140, the net
positive adjustment is $0. See paragraph
(c)(3) of this section. Thus, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
M’s sale of the S share remains a transfer of
a loss share and, accordingly, subject to this
paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of M’s net stock loss and S’s
aggregate inside loss. M’s net stock loss is
$200 ($220 basis over $20 value). S’s
aggregate inside loss is the excess of S’s net
inside attribute amount over the value of the
S share. Under paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(B) and
(d)(5)(i)(B) of this section, S’s net inside
attribute amount is $250, S’s $250 deemed
basis in the deemed single share of S1 stock
(computed as the greater of S’s $80 aggregate
basis in the S1 shares ($0 basis in Share A
plus $20 basis in each of the four other
shares) and S1’s $250 basis in its asset). S’s
aggregate inside loss is therefore $230, $250
net inside attribute amount over the $20
value of the S share. Accordingly, S’s
attribute reduction amount is $200, the lesser
of the $200 net stock loss and the $230
aggregate inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $200 attribute
reduction amount is allocated entirely to the
S1 stock (treated as a single share) and then
apportioned among the shares in a manner
that reduces disparity to the greatest extent
possible. Thus, $24 is apportioned to Share
A and $44 is apportioned to each of the other
shares. Because none of the S1 shares are
transferred within the meaning of paragraph
(f)(10) of this section (notwithstanding that
there is a disposition under § 1.1502–
19(c)(1)(ii)(B)), the allocated attribute
reduction amount apportioned to each of the
individual S1 shares is applied fully to
reduce the basis of each share to an excess
loss account of $24. See paragraph (d)(5)(iii)
of this section.
(3) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, the $200 of S’s attribute reduction
amount allocated to the S1 shares is an
attribute reduction amount of S1 (regardless
of the extent, if any, to which it is
apportioned and applied to reduce the basis
of any shares of S1 stock). Under the general
rules of this paragraph (d), S1’s $200 tierdown attribute reduction amount is allocated
and applied to reduce S1’s basis in its asset
from $250 to $50.
(4) Basis restoration. Under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, after this
paragraph (d) has been applied with respect
to all transfers of subsidiary stock, any
reduction made to the basis of a share of
lower-tier subsidiary stock under paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section is reversed to the
extent necessary to conform the basis of that
share to the share’s allocable portion of the
subsidiary’s net inside attribute amount (after
reduction). S1’s net inside attribute amount
after the application of this paragraph (d) is
$50 and thus each of the five S1 share’s
allocable portion of S1’s net inside attribute
amount is $10. Accordingly, the reductions
to the bases of S1 shares under paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section are reversed to the
extent necessary to restore (to the extent
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
possible) the basis of each share to $10. Thus,
$24 of the $24 of reduction to the basis of
Share A is reversed, restoring the basis of
Share A to $0, and $34 of the $44 of
reduction to the basis of each other share is
reversed, restoring the basis of each of those
shares to $10.
(ii) Sale of gain share to member. (A) Facts.
The facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A)
of this Example 6, except that M owns Shares
A, B, C, and D, S owns Share E, S has a
liability of $20, and S1’s basis in its asset is
$500. Also, as part of the transaction, S sells
Share E to M for $40. Unlike under the facts
of paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 6, there
is no disposition of Share A within the
meaning of § 1.1502–19(c)(1)(ii)(B) (S1
continues to be a member of the group, and
thus does not have a separate return year). As
a result, the Share A excess loss account is
not taken into account. Although S’s sale of
Share E is a transfer of that share, the share
is not a loss share and thus the transfer is not
subject to this section. M’s sale of the S share,
however, is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section. See
paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A), (f)(10)(i)(B), and
(f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
(B) Transfer in lowest tier (gain share). S’s
sale of Share E is the lowest-tier transfer in
the transaction. Under paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A)
of this section, because there are no transfers
of loss shares at that tier, no adjustments are
required under paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section. However, S’s gain recognized on the
transfer Share E is computed and
immediately adjusts members bases in
subsidiary stock under § 1.1502–32 (because
M and S are not members of the same group
immediately after the transaction the sale is
not an intercompany transaction subject to
§ 1.1502–13). Accordingly, M’s basis in its S
share is increased by $20, from $200 to $220.
(C) Transfers in next higher tier,
application of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section. The next higher tier transfer is M’s
sale of the S stock. The sale is a transfer of
a loss share and therefore subject to this
section. Although the transfer is subject to
this section, there is no basis redetermination
under paragraph (b) of this section because
there is only one share of S stock outstanding
(and so there can be no disparity among
members’ bases in common shares and there
are no outstanding preferred shares with
respect to which there can be unrecognized
gain or loss). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Therefore, after the application
of paragraph (b) of this section, the share is
still a loss share and, as such, subject to
paragraph (c) of this section. Under
paragraph (c) of this section, M’s basis in its
S share is decreased by $20, the lesser of S’s
$200 disconformity amount (computed as the
excess of M’s $220 basis in the S stock over
S’s $20 net inside attribute amount
(computed as the $20 basis in Share E,
increased by $20 to reflect the gain
recognized with respect to the share, less the
$20 liability)), and the $20 net positive
adjustment. Thus, after the application of
paragraph (c) of this section, M’s basis in the
S share is $200, and the sale remains a
transfer of a loss share. There are no higher
tier transfers and, therefore, M’s transfer of
the S share is then subject to this paragraph
(d).
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
(D) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of M’s net stock loss and S’s
aggregate inside loss. M’s net stock loss is
$180 ($200 basis over $20 value). S’s
aggregate inside loss is the excess of S’s net
inside attribute amount over the value of the
S share. Under paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(B) and
(d)(5)(i)(B) of this section, S’s net inside
attribute amount is $80, computed as $100
(S’s deemed basis in Share E (the greater of
$40 (S’s $20 basis in Share E, adjusted for the
$20 gain recognized with respect to the
share), and Share E’s allocable portion of S1’s
net inside attribute amount of $100 (1/5 of
S1’s $500 basis in its asset)), less S’s $20
liability. Accordingly, S’s aggregate inside
loss is $60 ($80 net inside attribute amount
over the $20 value of the S stock). S’s
attribute reduction amount is therefore $60,
the lesser of $180 net stock loss and $60
aggregate inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $60 attribute
reduction amount is allocated entirely to its
S1 stock, Share E. However, because Share E
was transferred within the meaning of
paragraph (f)(10) of this section and gain was
recognized on its transfer, none of the
allocated amount is apportioned to, or
applied to reduce the basis of Share E. See
paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(A) of this section. Under
paragraph (d)(5)(iv) of this section, the $60
allocated attribute reduction amount not
apportioned or applied to Share E has no
effect on S or S’s attributes.
(3) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Notwithstanding the fact that no
portion of the allocated attribute reduction
amount was apportioned to or applied to
reduce the basis of Share E, the entire $60
allocated attribute reduction amount is an
attribute reduction amount of S1. See
paragraphs (d)(5)(v)(A) of this section. Under
the general rules of this paragraph (d), S1’s
$60 tier-down attribute reduction amount is
allocated and applied to reduce S1’s basis in
its asset from $500 to $440.
(4) Basis restoration. Under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, after this
paragraph (d) has been applied with respect
to all transfers of subsidiary stock, any
reduction made to the basis of a share of
subsidiary stock under paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of
this section is reversed to the extent
necessary to conform the basis of that share
to the share’s allocable portion of the
subsidiary’s net inside attribute amount. No
reduction was made to the basis of the S1
stock under paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this
section. Therefore, no stock basis is increased
under the basis restoration rule in paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section.
Example 7. Allocation of attribute
reduction if lower-tier subsidiary has nonloss assets or liabilities. (i) S1 holds cash. (A)
Facts. M owns the sole outstanding share of
S stock with a basis of $800. S owns Asset
with a basis of $400 and the sole outstanding
share of S1 stock with a basis of $300. S1
holds Asset 1 with a basis of $50, and $100
cash. M sells its S share to P1, the common
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
parent of a consolidated group, for $100. The
sale is not a transfer of the S1 share because
S and S1 are members of the same group
following the transaction. However, the sale
is a transfer of the S share, a loss share, and
therefore subject to this section. See
paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A), (f)(10)(i)(B), and
(f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to the provisions of this
paragraph (c). No adjustment is required
under paragraph (c) of this section because,
even though there is a disconformity amount
of $100, the net positive adjustment is $0.
See paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Thus,
after the application of paragraph (c) of this
section, M’s sale of the S share is still a
transfer of a loss share and, accordingly,
subject to this paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of M’s net stock loss and S’s
aggregate inside loss. M’s net stock loss is
$700 ($800 basis over $100 value). S’s
aggregate inside loss is the excess of S’s net
inside attribute amount over the value of the
S share. Under paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(B) and
(d)(5)(i)(B) of this section, S’s net inside
attribute amount is $700, the sum of its $400
basis in Asset and its $300 deemed basis in
the S1 share (computed as the greater of S’s
$300 basis in the S1 share and S1’s $150 net
inside attribute amount (reflecting the sum of
S1’s $50 basis in Asset 1 and S1’s $100
cash)). Therefore, S’s aggregate inside loss is
$600 ($700 net inside attribute amount over
the $100 value of the S stock). S’s attribute
reduction amount is $600, the lesser of the
$700 net stock loss and the $600 aggregate
inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $600 attribute
reduction amount is allocated
proportionately (by basis) between S’s $400
basis in Asset (non-stock Category D asset)
and its deemed basis in the S1 share.
However, under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this
section, for purposes of allocating the
attribute reduction amount, S’s $300 deemed
basis in the S1 share is treated as reduced by
S1’s net non-loss assets (its Class I asset, $100
cash) to $200. Thus, the $600 is allocated
$400 to Asset ($400/$600 × $600) and $200
to the S1 share ($200/$600 × $600). The $400
allocated to Asset is applied to reduce S’s
basis in Asset from $400 to $0. Because the
S1 share is not transferred within the
meaning of paragraph (f)(10) of this section,
the allocated attribute reduction amount
apportioned to the S1 share is applied fully
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53973
to reduce the basis of the S1 share to $100.
See paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section.
(3) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, the $200 portion of S’s attribute
reduction amount allocated to the S1 stock is
an attribute reduction amount of S1
(regardless of the extent, if any, to which it
is apportioned and applied to reduce the
basis of any shares of S1 stock). Under the
general rules of this paragraph (d), S1’s $200
tier-down attribute reduction amount is
allocated and applied to reduce S1’s basis in
Asset 1 (S1’s only attribute available for
reduction) from $50 to $0. The $150
unapplied attribute reduction amount is
disregarded and has no further effect.
(4) Basis restoration. Under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, after this
paragraph (d) has been applied with respect
to all transfers of subsidiary stock, any
reduction made to the basis of a share of
subsidiary stock under paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of
this section is reversed to the extent
necessary to conform the basis of that share
to the share’s allocable portion of the
subsidiary’s net inside attribute amount.
There is only one share of S1 stock
outstanding and so S1’s entire $100 net
inside attribute amount is allocable to that
share. Because S’s $100 basis in the S1 share
(as reduced under this paragraph (d)) is
already conformed with its $100 allocable
portion of S1’s net inside attribute amount,
there is no restoration under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section.
(ii) S1 borrows cash. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (i)(A) of this Example 7
except that, in addition, S1 borrows $50 from
X immediately before M sells the S share.
The computation of the attribute reduction
amount is the same as in paragraph (i)(C) of
this Example 7 (the $50 cash from the loan
proceeds and the $50 liability offset in the
computation of S1’s net inside attribute
amount and so the net amount is unaffected,
and the computation of S’s deemed basis in
the S1 stock is unaffected). Similarly, for
purposes of allocating the attribute reduction
amount between the non-stock Category D
asset and the S1 stock, paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of
this section requires S’s deemed basis in the
S1 share to be treated as reduced by S1’s net
non-loss assets (S1’s non-loss assets over S1’s
liabilities). Accordingly, the additional $50
cash proceeds is offset by the $50 liability
and there is no effect on the allocation of the
attribute reduction amount. The results are
the same as in paragraph (i) of this Example
7.
(iii) S1 has a liability not taken into
account for tax purposes. (A) Facts. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (ii) of this
Example 7 except that, in addition, S1 has a
$40 liability that is not taken into account for
tax purposes as of the transfer and that would
be required to be capitalized if a person
purchased S1’s assets and assumed the
liability.
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. No adjustment is required
under paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
section for the reasons set forth in paragraph
(i)(B) of this Example 7. Thus, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
P’s sale of the S share is still a transfer of a
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53974
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
loss share and, accordingly, subject to this
paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. The attribute reduction
amount is the same as computed in
paragraph (i)(C)(1) of this Example 7 (under
paragraph (f)(5) of this section, the term
liability does not include liabilities not taken
into account for tax purposes and so the
additional $40 liability not yet taken into
account for tax purposes does not affect the
computation of S’s attribute reduction
amount).
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $600 attribute
reduction amount is allocated
proportionately (by basis) between S’s $400
basis in Asset 1 (non-stock Category D asset)
and its deemed basis in the S1 share.
However, under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this
section, for purposes of allocating the
attribute reduction amount, S’s $300 deemed
basis in the S1 share is treated as reduced by
S1’s net non-loss assets (S1’s non-loss assets
over S1’s liabilities). For this purpose, the
term liabilities includes liabilities not taken
into account for tax purposes, as described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this section
(generally, liabilities that, if assumed in a
purchase, would give rise to a capitalized
amount when satisfied). Thus, for this
purpose, S’s $300 deemed basis in the S1
share is reduced by S1’s $60 net non-loss
assets (the excess of S1’s $150 non-loss assets
(its Class I asset, $150 cash) over S1’s $90
liabilities ($50 loan and $40 liability not yet
taken into account for tax purposes)), to
$240. Accordingly, S’s $600 attribute
reduction amount is allocated and applied
$375 ($400/$640 × $600) to Asset (reducing
S’s basis in Asset from $400 to $25) and $225
($240/$640 × $600) to the S1 share. Because
the S1 share is not transferred within the
meaning of paragraph (f)(10) of this section,
the allocated attribute reduction amount
apportioned to the S1 share is applied fully
to reduce the basis of the S1 share to $75. See
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section.
(3) Tier down of S’s attribute reduction
amount, application of conforming
limitation. Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of
this section, the $225 portion of S’s attribute
reduction amount allocated to the S1 stock is
an attribute reduction amount of S1
(regardless of the extent, if any, to which it
is apportioned and applied to reduce the
basis of any shares of S1 stock). Under the
general rules of this paragraph (d), S1’s $225
tier-down attribute reduction amount would
be allocated and applied to reduce S1’s
attributes. However, under paragraph
(d)(5)(v)(B) of this section, S1’s attributes can
be reduced by only $75, the excess of the
$150 portion of S1’s net inside attribute
amount that is allocable to all S1 shares held
by members as of the transaction over $75,
the aggregate amount of members’ bases in
nontransferred S1 shares, after reduction
under this paragraph (d). Thus, of S1’s $225
tier-down attribute reduction amount, $50 is
applied to reduce S1’s basis in Asset 1, from
$50 to $0. Although the $25 unapplied
attribute reduction amount not subject to the
conforming limitation would generally be
disregarded without further effect, because
S1 has a $40 liability not taken into account
for tax purposes, paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of
this section requires that the $25 of the
unapplied attribute reduction amount not
subject to the conforming limitation be
suspended and then allocated and applied to
reduce any amounts that become deductible
or capitalizable as a result of that liability
later being taken into account. If the liability
is satisfied for an amount that is less than
$25, under paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(2) of this
section the remaining portion of that $25
suspended attribute reduction amount is
disregarded and has no further effect. The
$150 unapplied portion of the tier-down
attribute reduction amount subject to the
conforming limitation has no further effect.
(4) Basis restoration. Under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, after this
paragraph (d) has been applied with respect
to all transfers of subsidiary stock, any
reduction made to the basis of a share of
lower-tier subsidiary stock under paragraph
(d)(5)(iii) of this section is reversed to the
extent necessary to conform the basis of that
share to the share’s allocable portion of the
subsidiary’s net inside attribute amount.
Paragraph (d)(5)(vi)(A) provides that, for this
purpose, S1’s net inside attribute amount is
its net inside attribute amount, taking into
account any reductions under this paragraph
(d) and treating it as reduced by any attribute
reduction amount suspended under
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this section.
Because S’s $75 basis in its S1 stock (after
application of this paragraph (d)) is already
conformed with its $75 allocable portion of
S1’s net inside attribute amount ($100 net
inside attributes after reduction, reduced by
S1’s $25 suspended attribute reduction
amount), there is no restoration under
paragraph (d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section.
Example 8. Election to reduce stock basis
or reattribute attributes under paragraph
(d)(6) of this section. (i) Deconsolidating sale.
(A) Facts. P owns the sole outstanding share
of M stock with a basis of $1,000. M owns
all 100 outstanding shares of S stock with a
basis of $2.10 per share ($210 total). M sells
all its S shares to X for $1 per share ($100
total). M’s sale of the S shares is a transfer
of loss shares and therefore subject to this
section. See paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A),
(f)(10)(i)(B), and (f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
At the time of the sale, S has no liabilities
and the following:
Attribute
amount
Attribute
Category A ..................................................................................................
Category B ..................................................................................................
Category C ..................................................................................................
Capital loss carryover ....................................................
NOL carryover ...............................................................
Deferred deduction ........................................................
$10
90
40
Total Category A, Category B, and Category C Attributes .................
Category D, Class V ...................................................................................
........................................................................................
Basis in land ..................................................................
140
70
Total Attributes .....................................................................................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Category
........................................................................................
210
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is no disparity among
M’s bases in shares of S common stock and
there are no shares of S preferred stock
outstanding (so there can be no unrecognized
gain or loss with respect to preferred shares).
See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. No
adjustment is required under paragraph (c) of
this section because both the disconformity
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
amount and the net positive adjustment are
$0. See paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Thus,
after the application of paragraph (c) of this
section, M’s transfer of the S shares is still
a transfer of loss shares and, accordingly,
subject to this paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of the $110 net stock loss ($210
aggregate basis over the $100 aggregate value)
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and S’s aggregate inside loss. S’s aggregate
inside loss is $110 (S’s $210 net inside
attribute amount (the $10 capital loss
carryover, plus the $90 NOL carryover, plus
the $40 deferred deduction, plus the $70
basis in the land) over the $100 value of all
outstanding S shares). S’s attribute reduction
amount is $110, the lesser of the $110 net
stock loss and the $110 aggregate inside loss.
(2) Application of attribute reduction
amount. (i) S’s $110 attribute reduction
amount is applied as follows:
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Category
Category
Category
Category
Category
Allocation of
attribute
reduction
amount
Attribute
amount
Attribute
53975
Adjusted
attribute
amount
A ......................................................
B ......................................................
C ......................................................
D, Class V .......................................
Capital loss carryover ....................................
NOL carryover ................................................
Deferred deduction .........................................
Basis in land ...................................................
$10
90
40
70
$10
90
10
0
$0
0
30
70
Totals .......................................................
.........................................................................
210
110
100
(ii) Alternatively, under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this section, P could specify
the allocation of S’s $110 attribute reduction
amount among S’s $10 capital loss carryover,
S’s $90 NOL carryover, and S’s $40 deferred
deduction.
(D) Results. The P group recognizes a $110
loss on M’s sale of the S shares that is
absorbed by the group, which reduces P’s
basis in the M share under § 1.1502–32 from
$1,000 to $890. Immediately after the
transaction, the entities own the following:
Entity
Asset
Basis
P ..........
M share ..........................
$890
Entity
Asset
Basis
X ..........
S ..........
100 S shares ..................
Category C, deferred deduction.
Category D, Class V
Asset (land).
100
30
70
(E) Election to reduce stock basis. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of this
Example 8 except that P elects under
paragraph (d)(6) of this section to reduce M’s
basis in the S shares by the full attribute
reduction amount of $110, in lieu of S
reducing its attributes. The election is
effective for all transferred loss shares and is
allocated to those shares in proportion to the
loss in each. See paragraph (d)(6)(v)(A) of
this section. Accordingly, the basis of each of
the 100 transferred shares is reduced from
$2.10 to $1.00. After giving effect to the
election, the S shares are not loss shares and
this section has no further application to the
transfer. The $110 reduction in M’s basis in
the S shares pursuant to the election under
paragraph (d)(6) of this section is a
noncapital, nondeductible expense of M that
will reduce P’s basis in the M share. See
paragraph (d)(6)(v)(A) of this section.
Immediately after the transaction, the entities
own the following:
Basis/
attribute
Entity
Asset
P ..........
X ..........
S ..........
M share ..................................................................................................................................................................................
100 S shares .........................................................................................................................................................................
Category A, capital loss carryover ........................................................................................................................................
Category B, NOL carryover ...................................................................................................................................................
Category C, deferred deduction ............................................................................................................................................
Category D, Class V Asset (land) .........................................................................................................................................
carryover, plus the $40 deferred deduction,
plus the $70 basis in the land) over the $100
value of all outstanding S shares), and S’s
attribute reduction amount would be $20
(applied $10 to the $10 capital loss carryover
and $10 to the $40 deferred deduction).
(Alternatively, under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this section, P could specify
the allocation of S’s $20 attribute reduction
amount between S’s $10 capital loss
carryover and S’s $40 deferred deduction.
Further, P could elect to reduce M’s
remaining basis in the S shares by any
amount up to the $20 attribute reduction
amount, thereby reducing or eliminating S’s
attribute reduction amount.)
(ii) Nondeconsolidating sale. (A) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of
this Example 8, except that M only sells 20
S shares ($20 total).
(B) Application of paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section. No adjustment is required
under paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
Category
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
(F) Election to reattribute losses. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of this
Example 8 except that P elects under
paragraph (d)(6) of this section to reattribute
S’s attributes. S’s attribute reduction amount
is $110, and P can reattribute all or any
portion of the attributes in Category A,
Category B, and Category C to the extent of
$110. P elects to reattribute the $90 NOL,
and, as a result, S’s NOL is $0. Under
paragraph (d)(6)(iv)(A) of this section, the
reattribution of the $90 NOL is a noncapital,
nondeductible expense of S. Under § 1.1502–
32(c)(1)(ii)(A)(1) this $90 expense is allocated
to the transferred loss shares of S stock in
proportion to the loss in the shares, or $.90
per share. Further, this expense tiers up
under § 1.1502–32 and reduces P’s basis in
the M stock by $90. After giving effect to the
election, the P group would recognize a $20
loss on M’s sale of the S shares, S would have
an aggregate inside loss of $20 (S’s $120 net
inside attribute amount (the $10 capital loss
Attribute
Category
Category
Category
Category
A .........................................................
B .........................................................
C ........................................................
D, Class V ..........................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
section for the reasons set forth in paragraph
(i)(B) of this Example 8. Thus, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
M’s sale of the S shares is still a transfer of
loss shares and, accordingly, subject to this
paragraph (d).
(C) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of attribute
reduction amount. Under paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
the lesser of the $22 net stock loss ($42
aggregate basis over $20 aggregate value) and
S’s $110 aggregate inside loss (as calculated
in paragraph (i)(C)(1) of this Example 8). S’s
attribute reduction amount is $22, the lesser
of the $22 net stock loss and the $110
aggregate inside loss.
(2) Application of attribute reduction
amount. (i) S’s $22 attribute reduction
amount is applied as follows:
Attribute
amount
Capital loss carryover ........................................
NOL carryover ...................................................
Deferred deduction ............................................
Land ...................................................................
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$890
100
10
90
40
70
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
$10
90
40
70
17SER2
Allocation of
attribute
reduction
amount
$10
12
0
0
Adjusted
attribute
amount
$0
78
40
70
53976
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Alternatively, under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this section, P could specify
the allocation of S’s $22 attribute reduction
amount among S’s $10 capital loss carryover,
S’s $90 NOL carryover, and S’s $40 deferred
deduction.
(D) Results. The P group recognizes a $22
loss on M’s sale of the S shares that is
absorbed by the group, which reduces P’s
basis in the M share under § 1.1502–32 from
$1,000 to $978. Immediately after the
transaction, the entities have the following:
Entity
Asset
P ..........
X ..........
S ..........
M share ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
20 S shares ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Category B, NOL carryover ...........................................................................................................................................................
Category C, deferred deduction ....................................................................................................................................................
Category D, Class V Asset (land) .................................................................................................................................................
(E) Election to reduce stock basis. The facts
are the same as paragraph (ii)(A) of this
Example 8, except that P elects under
paragraph (d)(6) of this section to reduce M’s
basis in the S shares by the full attribute
reduction amount of $22, in lieu of S
reducing its attributes. The election is
effective for all transferred loss shares and is
allocated to such shares in proportion to the
loss in each share. See paragraph (d)(6)(v)(A)
of this section. Accordingly, the basis of each
of the 20 transferred shares is reduced from
$2.10 to $1.00. After giving effect to the
election, the transferred S shares are not loss
shares and this section has no further
application to the transfer. The $22 reduction
Entity
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
P
M
X
S
..........
.........
..........
..........
Basis
in M’s basis in the S shares pursuant to the
election under paragraph (d)(6) of this
section is a noncapital, nondeductible
expense of M that will reduce P’s basis in the
M share. See paragraph (d)(6)(v)(A) of this
section. Immediately after the transaction,
the entities have the following:
Basis/
attribute
Asset
M share ........................................................................................................................................................................
80 S shares .................................................................................................................................................................
20 S shares .................................................................................................................................................................
Category A, capital loss carryover ..............................................................................................................................
Category B, NOL .........................................................................................................................................................
Category C, deferred deduction ..................................................................................................................................
Category D Class V Asset (land) ................................................................................................................................
(F) Election to reattribute attributes. The
facts are the same as paragraph (ii)(A) of this
Example 8. Because S remains a member of
the same group as P following M’s sale of S
stock, P cannot elect under paragraph (d)(6)
of this section to reattribute any portion of
S’s attributes in lieu of attribute reduction.
Example 9. Transfers at multiple tiers, gain
and loss shares. (i) Facts. M owns the sole
outstanding share of S stock with a basis of
$700. S owns Asset 1 (basis of $170) and all
ten outstanding shares of S1 common stock
($170 basis in share 1, $10 basis in share 2,
and $15 basis in each of share 3 through
share 10). S1 owns the sole outstanding share
of S2 ($0 basis), the sole outstanding share
of S3 ($60 basis), and the sole outstanding
share of S4 ($100 basis). S2’s sole asset is
Asset 2 ($75 basis). S3’s sole asset is Asset
3 ($75 basis). S4’s sole asset is Asset 4 ($80
basis). In one transaction, M sells its S share
to P1 (the common parent of a consolidated
group) for $240, S sells S1 share 1 to X for
$20, S contributes S1 share 2 to a partnership
in a section 721 transaction, and S1 sells its
S2 share to Y for $50. M’s sale of the S share
and S1’s sale of the S2 share are transfers
under paragraphs (f)(10)(i)(A), (f)(10)(i)(B),
and (f)(10)(i)(C) of this section. S’s sale of S1
share 1 to X is a transfer under paragraphs
(f)(10)(i)(A) and (f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
S’s contribution of S1 share 2 to the
partnership is a transfer under paragraph
(f)(10)(i)(C) of this section.
(ii) Transfer in lowest tier (gain share). S1’s
sale of the S2 share is the lowest-tier transfer
in the transaction. Under paragraph
(a)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, because there are
no transfers of loss shares at that tier, no
adjustments are required under paragraph (b)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
or (c) of this section. However, S1’s gain
recognized on the transfer of the S2 share is
computed and immediately adjusts members
bases in subsidiary stock under § 1.1502–32.
Accordingly, $5 is allocated to each of 10 S1
shares, increasing the basis of share 1 to
$175, the basis of share 2 to $15, and the
basis of each other share to $20. The $50
applied to S’s bases in the S1 shares then
tiers up to increase P’s basis in the S share
from $700 to $750.
(iii) Transfers in next highest tier (loss
share). S’s sale of the S1 share 1 and S’s
transfer of the S1 share 2 to a partnership are
both transfers of stock in the next higher tier.
However, only the S1 share 1 is a loss share
and so this section only applies with respect
to the transfer of that share.
(A) Basis redetermination under paragraph
(b) of this section. Under paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section, members’ bases in
S1 shares are redetermined by first removing
the positive investment adjustments applied
to the bases of transferred loss common
shares. Accordingly, the $5 positive
investment adjustment applied to the basis of
S1 share 1 is removed, reducing the basis of
S1 share 1 from $175 to $170. Because there
were no negative adjustments applied to the
bases of S1 shares, there are no negative
adjustments that can be reallocated to further
reduce the basis of S1 share 1 under
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section. Finally,
under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section,
the $5 positive investment adjustment
removed from S1 share 1 is reallocated and
applied to increase the bases of other S1
common shares in a manner that reduces
disparity to the greatest extent possible.
Accordingly, the entire $5 investment
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
$978
20
78
40
70
Sfmt 4700
$978
168
20
10
90
40
70
adjustment removed from S1 share 1 is
reallocated and applied to increase the basis
of S1 share 2, from $15 to $20. After basis
is redetermined under paragraph (b) of this
section, the S1 share 1 is still a loss share and
therefore subject to basis reduction under
paragraph (c) of this section. (Because the S1
share 2 is not a loss share, this section does
not apply with respect to the transfer of that
share.)
(B) Basis reduction under paragraph (c) of
this section. No adjustment is required to the
basis of S1 share 1 under paragraph (c) of this
section. The S1 share 1 has a disconformity
amount of $149. This $149 disconformity
amount is computed as the excess of the $170
basis in the S1 share 1 over the S1 share 1’s
$21 allocable portion (1/10) of S1’s $210 net
inside attribute amount. S1’s $210 net inside
attribute amount is determined under
paragraph (c)(5) of this section as the sum of
$50 (S1’s $0 basis in the S2 share, adjusted
for the $50 gain recognized with respect to
that share), S1’s $60 basis in the S3 stock,
and S1’s $100 basis in the S4 stock. (In
computing the disconformity amount, the
basis of the S2 share is not treated as
tentatively reduced because that share is
transferred in the transaction, and the bases
of the S3 and S4 shares are not treated as
tentatively reduced because no positive
investment adjustments were applied to the
bases of those shares.) However, the S1 share
1’s net positive adjustment is $0 because the
$5 positive investment adjustment originally
allocated to S1 share 1 was reallocated to S1
share 2 under paragraph (b) of this section.
See paragraph (c)(3) of this section. No
adjustment is required to the basis of S1
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
share 2 under paragraph (c) of this section
because S1 share 2 is not a loss share.
(C) Computation of loss, adjustments to
stock basis. S recognizes a loss of $150 on the
sale of the S1 share 1 ($170 basis over $20
amount realized) that is absorbed by the
group. Under § 1.1502–32, M’s basis in its S
share is therefore decreased by $100, the net
of the $150 loss recognized by S on the sale
of the S1 share, and the $50 gain that tiered
up from S1 (as a result of S1’s sale of the S2
share). Following these adjustments, M’s
basis in the S share is $600 and the sale of
the S share is still a transfer of a loss share.
(iv) Transfer in highest tier (loss share).
The sale of the S share is a transfer in the
next higher tier, which is the highest tier in
this transaction. Because the sale is a transfer
of a loss share, it is subject to this section.
(A) Basis redetermination and basis
reduction under paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section. Although the transfer is subject
to this section, there is no basis
redetermination under paragraph (b) of this
section because there is only one share of S
stock outstanding (and so there can be no
disparity among members’ bases in common
shares and there are no outstanding preferred
shares with respect to which there can be
unrecognized gain or loss). See paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. Therefore, after
the application of paragraph (b) of this
section, the share is still a loss share and, as
such, subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
In addition, no adjustment is required under
paragraph (c) of this section. The S share has
a disconformity amount of $230. This $230
disconformity amount is computed as the
excess of the $600 basis in the S share over
the S share’s $370 allocable portion (1/1) of
S’s $370 net inside attribute amount. S’s $370
net inside attribute amount is determined
under paragraph (c)(5) of this section as the
sum of $200 (S’s $170 basis in the S1 share
1, adjusted for the $150 loss recognized with
respect to that share, and S’s $20 basis in
each of S1 share 2 through share 10), and S’s
$170 basis in Asset 1. (In computing the
disconformity amount, the bases of S1 share
1 and share 2 are not treated as tentatively
reduced because those shares are transferred
in the transaction, and the bases of S1 share
3 through share 10 are not treated as
tentatively reduced because none of those
shares have a disconformity amount—each
share has a basis of $20 and a $21 allocable
portion (1/10) of S1’s $210 net inside
attribute amount, as determined in paragraph
(iii)(B) of this Example 9.) However, the S
share’s net positive adjustment is $0 (the S
share’s net adjustment is negative $100). See
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Accordingly,
the sale of the S share is still a transfer of a
loss share. Because there are no higher-tier
loss shares transferred in the transaction, this
paragraph (d) then applies with respect to the
transfer of the S share.
(B) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d). (1) Computation of S’s
attribute reduction amount. Under paragraph
(d)(3) of this section, S’s attribute reduction
amount is the lesser of P’s net stock loss and
S’s aggregate inside loss. P’s net stock loss is
$360 ($600 basis over $240 amount realized).
S’s aggregate inside loss is the excess of S’s
net inside attribute amount over the value of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
the S share. S’s net inside attribute amount
is the sum of its bases in its assets, treating
its S1 shares as a single share (the S1 stock)
and treating S’s deemed basis in the S1 stock
as its basis in that stock. Under paragraph
(d)(5)(i)(C) of this section, when subsidiaries
are owned in multiple tiers, deemed basis is
first determined for shares at the lowest tier,
and then for stock in each next higher tier.
Under paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of this section,
S1’s deemed basis in the S2 stock is $75
(computed as the greater of $50 (S1’s $0 basis
in the S2 share, adjusted for the $50 gain
recognized with respect to the share) and $75
(S2’s net inside attribute amount, the basis in
Asset 2)). S1’s deemed basis in the S3 stock
is $75 (computed as the greater of $60 (S1’s
basis in the S3 share) and $75 (S3’s net inside
attribute amount, the basis in Asset 3)). S1’s
deemed basis in the S4 stock is $100
(computed as the greater of $100 (S1’s basis
in the S4 share) and $80 (S4’s net inside
attribute amount, the basis in Asset 4)).
Accordingly, S1’s net inside attribute amount
is $250 ($75 deemed basis in the S2 stock
plus $75 deemed basis in the S3 stock plus
$100 deemed basis in the S4 stock). S’s
deemed basis in the S1 stock is the greater
of the sum of S’s actual basis in each share
of S1 stock (adjusted for any gain or loss
recognized) and S1’s net inside attribute
amount. S’s actual basis in the S1 stock,
adjusted for the loss recognized, is $200 (the
sum of S’s $170 basis in the S1 share 1,
adjusted by the $150 loss recognized with
respect to the share, and S’s $20 basis in each
of S1 share 2 through share 10). Thus, S’s
deemed basis in the S1 stock is $250, the
greater of $200 (aggregate basis in S1 shares,
adjusted for loss recognized) and $250 (S1’s
net inside attribute amount). As a result, S’s
net inside attribute amount is $420, the sum
of S’s $250 deemed basis in the S1 stock and
S’s $170 basis in Asset 1. Accordingly, the
aggregate inside loss is $180, the excess of S’s
$420 net inside attribute amount over the
$240 value of all of the S stock. S’s attribute
reduction amount is therefore $180, the
lesser of the $360 net stock loss and the $180
aggregate inside loss.
(2) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S’s $180 attribute
reduction amount is allocated
proportionately (by basis) between Asset 1
(non-stock Category D asset) and the S1
stock. However, under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of
this section, for purposes of allocating S’s
$180 attribute reduction amount between S’s
non-stock Category D asset and the S1 stock,
S’s $250 deemed basis in the S1 stock is
reduced by the $40 value of the transferred
S1 shares (S1 share 1 and share 2) and the
nontransferred S1 shares’ $40 allocable
portion (8/10) of S1’s $50 net non-loss assets.
S1’s net non-loss assets is the $50 value of
S1’s transferred S2 shares. (S1 has no other
non-loss assets, and there are no non-loss
assets held by lower-tier subsidiaries.)
Accordingly, for this purpose, S’s deemed
basis in the S1 stock is reduced by $80, from
$250 to $170. Thus, $90 of the attribute
reduction amount ($170/$340 × $180) is
allocated to Asset 1 (reducing S’s basis in
Asset 1 from $170 to $80) and $90 of the
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53977
attribute reduction amount ($170/$340 ×
$180) is allocated to the S1 stock. Under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(A) of this section, none
of the $90 allocated attribute reduction
amount is apportioned to S1 share 1 because
loss is recognized on the transfer of S1 share
1. Under paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(B) of this
section, the $90 allocated attribute reduction
amount is apportioned among the other nine
shares of S1 common stock in a manner that
reduces disparity to the greatest extent
possible. Accordingly, of the total $90
allocated amount, $10 is apportioned to each
of the remaining nine shares of S1 stock.
Under paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(C) of this section,
the allocated attribute reduction amount
apportioned to an individual share cannot be
applied to reduce the basis of the share below
its value if the share is transferred other than
in a recognition transfer. Because the S1
share 2 is transferred (contributed to the
partnership) and the basis of S1 share 2 is
already equal to its value, none of the $10
allocated attribute reduction amount
apportioned to S1 share 2 is applied to
reduce its basis. Because none of S1 share 3
through share 10 are transferred within the
meaning of paragraph (f)(10) of this section,
the $10 allocated attribute reduction amount
apportioned to each of S1 share 3 through
share 10 is applied fully to reduce the basis
of each of those shares from $20 to $10. As
a result, immediately after the allocation and
application of S’s attribute reduction amount,
S’s basis in Asset 1 is $80 ($170 minus $90),
its bases in S1 share 1 and share 2 are not
adjusted under paragraph (d)(5)(iii), and its
basis in each of S1 share 3 through share 10
is $10. Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, the entire $90 of S’s attribute
reduction amount that was allocated to the
S1 stock is an attribute reduction amount of
S1, regardless of the fact that none of the
allocated amount was apportioned to S1
share 1 and none of the amount apportioned
to S1 share 2 was applied to reduce the basis
of S1 share 2.
(v) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d) in next lower tier. (A)
Computation of S1’s attribute reduction
amount. S’s sale of S1 share 1 is a transfer
of a loss share and it is in the next lower tier.
Thus, this paragraph (d) next applies with
respect to S’s transfer of S1 share 1. S1’s
attribute reduction amount will include both
the $90 attribute reduction amount that
tiered down from S and any attribute
reduction amount resulting from the
application of this paragraph (d) with respect
to S’s transfer of S1 share 1 and share 2 (S1’s
direct attribute reduction amount). Under
paragraph (d)(3) of this section, S1’s direct
attribute reduction amount is the lesser of the
net stock loss on transferred S1 shares and
S1’s aggregate inside loss. The net stock loss
on transferred S1 shares is $150, computed
as the excess of S’s $190 adjusted bases in
transferred shares of S1 stock ($170 in S1
share 1 plus $20 in S1 share 2) over the $40
aggregate value of those shares. S1’s aggregate
inside loss is $50, the excess of S1’s $250 net
inside attribute amount (as calculated in
paragraph (iv)(B)(1) of this Example 9) over
the $200 value of all outstanding S1 shares.
Therefore, S1’s direct attribute reduction
amount is $50, the lesser of the $150 net
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53978
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
stock loss and S1’s $50 aggregate inside loss.
S1’s total attribute reduction amount is thus
$140, the sum of the $90 tier-down attribute
reduction amount and the $50 direct attribute
reduction amount.
(B) Allocation, apportionment, and
application of S1’s attribute reduction
amount. Under paragraphs (d)(4) and
(d)(5)(ii) of this section, S1’s $140 attribute
reduction amount is allocated
proportionately (by basis) among the S2
stock, the S3 stock, and the S4 stock.
However, under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this
section, for purposes of allocating S1’s $140
attribute reduction amount among S1’s
lower-tier subsidiary stock, S1’s $75 deemed
basis in the S2 stock is reduced by the $50
value of the transferred S2 share.
Accordingly, for this purpose, S1’s deemed
basis in the S2 stock is reduced by $50, from
$75 to $25. Thus, $17.50 of S1’s attribute
reduction amount ($25/$200 × $140) is
allocated to the S2 stock, $52.50 of S1’s
attribute reduction amount ($75/$200 × $140)
is allocated to the S3 stock, and $70 of S1’s
attribute reduction amount ($100/$200 ×
$140) is allocated to the S4 stock. Under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(A) of this section, none
of the $17.50 of S1’s attribute reduction
amount allocated to S2 stock is apportioned
to the S2 share because gain was recognized
on the transfer of the S2 share. Because
neither the S3 share nor the S4 share is
transferred within the meaning of paragraph
(f)(10) of this section, the $52.50 of S1’s
attribute reduction amount allocated to the
S3 stock, and the $70 of S1’s attribute
reduction amount allocated to the S4 stock,
is apportioned to and applied fully to reduce
the basis of such shares. Thus, S1’s basis in
the S3 share is reduced by $52.50, from $60
to $7.50, and S1’s basis in the S4 stock is
reduced by $70, from $100 to $30. (Note: The
conforming limitation in paragraph
(d)(5)(v)(B) of this section limits the
application of the $90 tier down attribute
reduction amount to $80, the amount by
which the portion (10/10) S1’s $250 net
inside attribute amount attributable to S1
shares held by members exceeds $170 (the
sum of the $50 direct attribute reduction
amount, the $20 value of the S1 share 1
transferred in a recognition transfer, the $20
basis (after reduction) in the S1 share 2
transferred other than in a recognition
transfer, and the $80 aggregate basis (after
reduction) in the nontransferred S1 shares
held by members). However, the conforming
limitation does not limit the application of
S1’s $90 tier-down attribute reduction
amount because none of the $17.50 of S1’s
total attribute reduction amount allocated to
the S2 share was applied to reduce the basis
of the share. Accordingly, only $78.75 ($90—
($17.50 × ($90/$140)) of the $90 tier-down
attribute reduction was applied to reduce
S1’s attributes.) Under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(A)
of this section, the attribute reduction
amount allocated to the S2 stock, the S3
stock, and the S4 stock becomes an attribute
reduction amount of S2, S3, and S4,
respectively (even though the amount
allocated to S2 stock was not apportioned to
or applied to reduce the basis of the S2
share).
(vi) Attribute reduction under this
paragraph (d) in lowest tier. Although the
sale of the S2 share is a transfer of subsidiary
stock at the next lower tier, the S2 share is
not a loss share. Thus, this paragraph (d)
does not apply with respect to that transfer.
However, S2, S3, and S4 have attribute
reduction amounts that tiered down from S1
and that are applied to reduce attributes
under this paragraph (d).
(A) Tier down of S1’s attribute reduction
amount to S2. Under the general rules of this
paragraph (d), S2’s $17.50 tier-down attribute
reduction amount is allocated and applied to
reduce S2’s basis in Asset 2 from $75 to
$57.50.
(B) Tier down of S1’s attribute reduction
amount to S3. Under the general rules of this
paragraph (d), S3’s $52.50 tier-down attribute
reduction amount is allocated and applied to
reduce S3’s basis in Asset 3 from $75 to
$22.50.
(C) Tier down of S1’s attribute reduction
amount to S4, application of conforming
limitation. Under the general rules of this
paragraph (d), S4’s $70 tier-down attribute
reduction amount is allocated to, and would
be applied to reduce, S4’s basis in Asset 4.
However, under paragraph (d)(5)(v)(B) of this
section, the reduction is limited to the excess
of S4’s $80 net inside attribute amount over
the $30 basis of the S4 share (after reduction
under this paragraph (d)). As a result, only
$50 (the excess of $80 over $30) of S4’s $70
attribute reduction amount is applied to S4’s
basis in Asset 4, reducing it from $80 to $30.
The $20 unapplied portion of S4’s tier-down
attribute reduction amount subject to the
conforming limitation is disregarded and has
no further effect.
(vii) Application of basis restoration rule.
Under paragraph (d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section,
after this paragraph (d) has been applied with
respect to all transfers of subsidiary stock,
any reduction made to the basis of a share
of lower-tier subsidiary stock under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section is reversed
to the extent necessary to conform the basis
of that share to the share’s allocable portion
of the subsidiary’s net inside attribute
amount. Restoration adjustments are first
made at the lowest tier and then at each next
higher tier successively.
(A) Basis restoration at lowest tier. The
basis of the S2 share was not reduced under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section and so
there is no restoration of any basis in the S2
share. S3’s $22.50 net inside attribute amount
(after reduction under this paragraph (d))
exceeds S1’s $7.50 basis in the S3 share (after
reduction under this paragraph (d)) by $15.
To conform S1’s basis in the S3 share to S3’s
net inside attribute amount, the $52.50
reduction to the basis of the S3 share under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section is reversed
by $15 (restoring S1’s basis in the S3 share
to $22.50). The restoration of S1’s basis in the
S3 share does not tier up to affect the basis
in stock of any other subsidiary. S1’s $30
basis in the S4 share (after reduction under
this paragraph (d)) is already conformed with
S4’s $30 net inside attribute amount (after
reduction under this paragraph (d)) and so
there is no restoration of any basis in the S4
share.
(B) Basis restoration at next higher tier.
Each share of S1 stock has an allocable
portion of S1’s net inside attribute amount
(after reduction) equal to $10.25 (1/10 ×
$102.50, the sum of S1’s $0 basis in the S2
stock, adjusted for the $50 gain recognized
with respect to the share, S1’s $22.50 basis
in the S3 stock (after restoration), and S1’s
$30 basis in the S4 stock). Neither S’s basis
in S1 share 1 nor S’s basis in S1 share 2 was
reduced under paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this
section. Accordingly, there is no restoration
of any basis in either S1 share 1 or share 2.
However, S’s basis in each of S1 share 3
through share 10 was reduced under
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section by $10,
from $20 to $10. Accordingly, the $10
reduction to the basis of each of those shares
is reversed to the extent of $.25, to restore the
basis of each such share to $10.25 (its
allocable portion of S1’s net inside attribute
amount).
(viii) Results. After the application of this
section, P recognizes a loss of $360 on the
sale of the S share, S recognizes a loss of
$150 on the sale of S1 share 1, and S1
recognizes a $50 gain on the sale of the S2
share. Immediately after the transaction, the
entities each directly own the following:
Asset
Basis
Value
P1 ...............................
P .................................
S .................................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Entity
S share ....................................................................................................................................
Proceeds of the sale of S share .............................................................................................
Proceeds of sale of S1 share 1 ..............................................................................................
Partnership interest received for S1 share 2 ..........................................................................
S1 share 3 through share 10 ..................................................................................................
$240 ...........
240 .............
20 ...............
20 ...............
82 ($10.25
per share).
80 ...............
50 ...............
22.50 ..........
30 ...............
57.50 ..........
22.50 ..........
30 ...............
$240
240
20
20
....................
S1 ...............................
S2 ...............................
S3 ...............................
S4 ...............................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Asset 1 ....................................................................................................................................
Proceeds of sale of S2 share .................................................................................................
The S3 share ..........................................................................................................................
The S4 share ..........................................................................................................................
Asset 2 ....................................................................................................................................
Asset 3 ....................................................................................................................................
Asset 4 ....................................................................................................................................
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
....................
50
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Asset
Basis
X .................................
Partnership .................
Y .................................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Entity
S1 share 1 ..............................................................................................................................
S1 share 2 ..............................................................................................................................
The S2 share ..........................................................................................................................
20 ...............
20 ...............
50 ...............
(e) Operating rules—(1) Predecessors,
successors. This section applies to
predecessor or successor persons,
groups, and assets to the extent
necessary to effectuate the purposes of
this section.
(2) Adjustments for prior transactions
that altered stock basis or other
attributes. In certain situations, M’s
basis in S stock or S’s attributes may be
adjusted in a manner that alters the
relationship between stock basis and
inside attributes and prevents that
relationship from identifying the extent
to which stock basis reflects
unrecognized gain and duplicated loss.
The provisions of this paragraph (e)(2)
modify the computations in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section to adjust for
the effects of such adjustments.
(i) Prior reductions to S’s basis in
assets or other attributes pursuant to
section 362(e)(2)(A). If M transferred
loss property to S in an intercompany
transaction subject to section 362(e)(2)
(for example, if the transfer was prior to
September 17, 2008, no election was
made to apply § 1.1502–80(h), and, as a
result, S’s attributes were reduced under
section 362(e)(2)), then the
disconformity amount of the S shares
received in the section 362(e)(2)
transaction is reduced by the amount
that the basis in such shares would have
been reduced under section 362(e)(2)(C)
had such an election been made. In
addition, for purposes of determining
the attribute reduction amount under
paragraph (d) of this section resulting
from the transfer of any S shares
received (or deemed received) in such a
transfer, and for purposes of applying
paragraph (d)(5)(v)(B) of this section
(conforming limitation) to S, the bases
in such shares is treated as reduced by
the amount the bases in such shares
would have been reduced under section
362(e)(2)(C) had such an election been
made.
(ii) Prior reductions to the basis of any
share of S stock pursuant to an election
under section 362(e)(2)(C). If M
transferred loss property to S in an
intercompany transaction subject to
section 362(e)(2) and the basis of any
share of S stock was reduced as the
result of an election under section
362(e)(2)(C) (including in the hands of
a predecessor, to the extent that the
effect of the election remains reflected
in the basis of the S stock), then, for
purposes of computing either any S
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
share’s disconformity amount or S’s
aggregate inside loss, and for purposes
of applying paragraph (d)(5)(vi)(A) of
this section (stock basis restoration) to
S, S’s net inside attribute amount is
treated as reduced by the amount that
S’s attributes would have been reduced
under section 362(e)(2)(A) in the
absence of an election under section
362(e)(2)(C). Notwithstanding the
general rule of this paragraph (e)(2)(ii),
no reduction will be required to the
extent that the group can establish that
the net loss in the S shares transferred
by M is no longer reflected in S’s net
inside attributes.
(iii) Other adjustments. Appropriate
adjustments will be made in any other
case in which an adjustment to S’s net
inside attributes or to M’s basis in a
share of S stock alters the relationship
between such amounts, and the
adjustment does not relate to the extent
to which loss reflected in M’s basis in
S stock is noneconomic or duplicated
within the meaning of this section.
(3) Special rules for subsidiary stock
transferred in an intercompany
transaction—(i) In general. This section
applies with respect to M’s transfer of a
share of S stock to another member in
an intercompany transaction in which
M’s intercompany item is deferred
under § 1.1502–13 (and to any
subsequent transfer of that share by a
member) as of the time M’s
intercompany item is taken into account
under § 1.1502–13. In determining the
application of this section, all
transferor-members are treated as
divisions of a single corporation.
Appropriate adjustments will be made
to the intercompany item(s), any
member’s basis in an S share, to S’s
attributes, or any combination thereof,
to further the purposes of this section
and § 1.1502–13.
(ii) Certain prior intercompany
transactions. If M transferred a share of
S stock to another member before
September 17, 2008 and M’s
intercompany item related to the
transfer is taken into account on or after
September 17, 2008, P may elect to
apply this paragraph (e)(3) to the
transfer. The election is made in the
manner provided in paragraph (e)(5) of
this section.
(iii) Examples. The application of this
paragraph (e)(3) is illustrated by the
following examples:
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53979
Value
20
20
50
Example 1. Intercompany sale with
duplicated loss. (i) Buying member later sells
at gain. (A) Facts. M owns the sole
outstanding share of stock of S with a basis
of $100. S has one asset with a basis of $100.
M sells the S share to M1 for $70, recognizing
a loss of $30. While owned by M1, S
recognizes $10 of depreciation deductions
that are absorbed by the group. S’s basis in
the asset is reduced by $10 (from $100 to
$90), and M1’s basis in the S stock is reduced
under § 1.1502–32 by $10 (from $70 to $60).
Later, M1 sells the S share to X, an unrelated
person, for $80.
(B) Analysis. M’s sale of its S share to M1
is a transfer of the share, but this section
applies as of the time M’s intercompany item
is taken into account under § 1.1502–13, as
if M and M1 were divisions of a single
corporation. If M and M1 were divisions of
a single corporation, the S share’s basis
would be $90 ($100 reduced by $10 for the
depreciation deductions absorbed by the
group) and the group would recognize a $10
loss on the sale of the share that is potentially
subject to this section. Thus, the sale would
be a transfer of a loss share (to the extent of
$10) and would be subject to this section (to
the extent of that $10). Although the transfer
would be subject to this section, there would
be no adjustment under paragraph (b) of this
section (S has only one share outstanding
and so there is no disparity in bases of
common shares and no unrecognized gain or
loss with respect to preferred) or under
paragraph (c) of this section (S has no net
positive adjustment). Thus, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
the share would still be a loss share and
would therefore be subject to paragraph (d)
of this section. Under paragraph (d) of this
section, S would be subject to $10 of attribute
reduction (the lesser of the $10 net stock loss
and S’s $10 aggregate inside loss), allocable
to the basis in S’s asset. Accordingly, S’s
basis in its asset is reduced by $10, from $90
to $80, M takes its $30 intercompany stock
loss into account, and M1 recognizes a $20
stock gain.
(ii) Selling member deconsolidates.
Assume the same facts as in paragraph (i)(A)
of this Example 1, except that M1 does not
sell the S share and M ceases to be a member
of the group when the value of the S share
is $80. Under § 1.1502–13, M’s
deconsolidation causes M’s intercompany
loss to be taken into account and this section
applies at that time. At the time that M
deconsolidates, if M and M1 were divisions
of a single corporation, the basis in the S
share would be $90 ($100 reduced by $10 for
the depreciation deductions absorbed by the
group) and the group would recognize a $10
loss on the sale of the share that is potentially
subject to this section. Such a sale would be
a transfer of a loss share (to the extent of $10)
and would be subject to this section (to the
extent of that $10). The analysis is then the
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53980
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
same as in paragraph (i)(B) of this Example
1. As a result, S’s basis in its asset is reduced
from $90 to $80, M takes its $30
intercompany stock loss into account, and
M1 holds the S stock with a basis of $60 (and
an unrecognized gain of $20).
(iii) M1 sells the S share at a loss. Assume
the same facts as in paragraph (i)(A) of this
Example 1, except that S declines in value
and M1 sells the S share to X for $50,
realizing a $10 loss. In this case, if M and M1
were divisions of a single corporation, the
share’s basis would be $90 ($100 reduced by
$10 for the depreciation deductions absorbed
by the group) and the group would recognize
a $40 loss on the sale of the share that is
potentially subject to this section. Thus, the
sale would be a transfer of a loss share (to
the extent of $40) and would be subject to
this section (to the extent of that $40).
Although the transfer would be subject to
this section, for the reasons set forth in
paragraph (i)(B) of this Example 1, there
would be no adjustment under either
paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this section.
Thus, after the application of paragraph (c),
the share would still be a loss share and
would therefore be subject to paragraph (d)
of this section. Under paragraph (d) of this
section, S would be subject to $40 of attribute
reduction (the lesser of the $40 net stock loss
and S’s $40 aggregate inside loss), allocable
to the basis in S’s asset. Accordingly, S’s
basis in its asset is reduced by $40, from $90
to $50, M takes its $30 intercompany stock
loss into account, and M1 recognizes a $10
stock loss.
Example 2. Intercompany sale of built-in
gain stock. (i) Facts. M owns the sole
outstanding share of stock of S with a basis
of $100. S’s sole asset has a basis of $0. S
sells its asset for $100 and recognizes a $100
gain that increases M’s basis in its S share
under § 1.1502–32 to $200. M sells the S
share to M1 for $100 and recognizes a $100
intercompany loss. Later, M1 sells the S
share to X, an unrelated person, for $120.
(ii) Analysis. M’s sale of the S share to M1
is a transfer of the share, but this section
applies as of the time M’s intercompany item
is taken into account under § 1.1502–13, as
if M and M1 were divisions of a single
corporation. If M and M1 were divisions of
a single corporation, the S share’s basis
would be $200 ($100 increased by $100 for
the gain recognized on the sale of the asset)
and the group would recognize an $80 loss
on the sale of the share that is potentially
subject to this section. Thus, the sale would
be a transfer of a loss share (to the extent of
$80) and would be subject to this section (to
the extent of that $80). Although the transfer
would be subject to this section, there would
be no adjustment under paragraph (b) of this
section (S has only one share outstanding
and so there is no disparity in bases of
common shares and no unrecognized gain or
loss with respect to preferred). Thus, after the
application of paragraph (b), the share would
still be a loss share and would therefore be
subject to paragraph (c) of this section. Under
paragraph (c) of this section, the basis in the
S share would be reduced, but not below its
$120 value, by the lesser of the $100
disconformity amount and the $100 net
positive adjustment that was applied to the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
share when held by M. Accordingly, the basis
in the S share would be reduced by $80, to
$120. Because the S share would not be a loss
share after the application of paragraph (c) of
this section, paragraph (d) of this section
would not apply to the transfer. As a result,
because the positive adjustment was applied
to the share when held by M, M’s
intercompany item is adjusted to reflect what
it would have been had M’s basis in its S
share been reduced by $80 immediately
before its sale to M1. Thus, M’s intercompany
loss is reduced to $20 and M takes this loss
into account, and M1 recognizes a gain of
$20.
Example 3. Intercompany sale creates
built-in gain stock. (i) Facts. M owns the sole
outstanding share of stock of S with a basis
of $0. S’s sole asset has a basis of $0. M sells
the S share to M1 for $100 and recognizes a
$100 intercompany gain. While owned by
M1, S sells its asset for $100, recognizing a
$100 gain that increases M1’s basis in the S
share under § 1.1502–32 to $200. Later, M1
sells the S share to X for $120.
(ii) Analysis. M’s sale of its S share to M1
is a transfer of the share, but this section
applies as of the time M’s intercompany item
is taken into account under § 1.1502–13, as
if M and M1 were divisions of a single
corporation. If M and M1 were divisions of
a single corporation, the S share’s basis
would be $100 ($0 increased by $100 for the
gain recognized on the sale of the asset) and
the group would recognize a $20 gain on the
sale of the share. Thus, the sale would not
be a transfer of a loss share and this section
would not apply to the transfer. Accordingly,
under this paragraph (e)(3), no portion of
M1’s $80 loss is subject to this section. M
takes its $100 intercompany stock gain into
account, and M1 recognizes an $80 loss.
Example 4. Disparate bases in members’
shares. (i) Facts. M holds Share A, one of the
two outstanding shares of S stock, with a
basis of $50 and M1 holds Share B, the other
outstanding share of S stock with a basis of
$0. S has $50 cash and an asset with a basis
of $0. S sells the asset for $50, recognizing
a $50 gain that increases M’s basis in its S
share under § 1.1502–32 by $25 (from $50 to
$75) and increases M1’s basis under
§ 1.1502–32 by $25 (from $0 to $25). Later,
M sells its Share A to M1 for $50 and
recognizes a $25 intercompany loss. Later,
M1 sells both S shares to X for $100.
(ii) Analysis. M’s sale of its Share A to M1
is a transfer of the share, but this section
applies as of the time M’s intercompany item
is taken into account under § 1.1502–13, as
if M and M1 were divisions of a single
corporation. If M and M1 were divisions of
a single corporation, the basis of Share A
would be $75 ($50 increased by $25 for its
share of the gain recognized on the sale of the
asset), the basis of Share B would be $25, and
the group would recognize a $25 loss on the
sale of Share A that is potentially subject to
this section and a $25 gain on the sale of
Share B. Thus, the sale would be a transfer
of a loss share (to the extent of $25) and
would be subject to this section (to the extent
of that $25). Although the transfer is subject
to this section, there would be no adjustment
under paragraph (b) of this section (all S
shares held by members are transferred to a
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
nonmember in one taxable transaction).
Thus, after the application of paragraph (b),
Share A would still be a loss share and
therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section. Under paragraph (c)(7) of this
section, the basis of Share A would be treated
as reduced by the gain recognized and taken
into account with respect to the transfer of
Share B in the same transaction, and so Share
A would not be a loss share for purposes of
paragraph (c) of this section. Although the
share would be a loss share after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
no adjustment would be required under
paragraph (d) of this section because there
would be no net stock loss in the transaction.
Because no adjustment would be made under
this section if M and M1 were divisions of
a single corporation, M takes its $25
intercompany stock loss into account and M1
recognizes a gain of $25. Alternatively, if the
group elects to apply paragraph (b) of this
section, M’s intercompany item would be
adjusted to reflect what it would have been
had the $25 investment adjustment applied
to Share A been reallocated to Share B, and
M1’s basis in Share B would be increased by
that amount. If so, M’s $25 intercompany loss
would be reduced to zero, M1’s basis in
Share B would be increased from $25 to $50,
and there would be no gain or loss
recognized on either share.
Example 5. Subsidiary with built-in gain
and built-in loss assets. (i) Facts. M owns the
sole outstanding share of stock of S with a
basis of $100. S has two assets, Asset 1 with
a basis of $0 and Asset 2 with a basis of $80.
M sells the S share to M1 for $90 and
recognizes a $10 intercompany loss. While
owned by M1, S sells Asset 1 for $60,
recognizing a $60 gain that increases M1’s
basis in the S share under § 1.1502–32 to
$150. Later, M1 sells the S share to X for $90.
(ii) Analysis. M’s sale of the S share to M1
is a transfer of the share, but this section
applies as of the time M’s intercompany item
is taken into account under § 1.1502–13, as
if M and M1 were divisions of a single
corporation. If M and M1 were divisions of
a single corporation, the S share’s basis
would be $160 ($100 increased by $60 for the
gain recognized on the sale of Asset 1) and
the group would recognize a $70 loss on the
sale of the share that is potentially subject to
this section. Thus, the sale would be a
transfer of a loss share (to the extent of $70)
and would be subject to this section (to the
extent of that $70). Although the transfer is
subject to this section, there would be no
adjustment under paragraph (b) of this
section (S has only one share outstanding
and so there is no disparity in bases of
common shares and no unrecognized gain or
loss with respect to preferred). Thus, after the
application of paragraph (b), the share would
still be a loss share and would therefore be
subject to paragraph (c) of this section. Under
paragraph (c) of this section, the basis in the
S share would be reduced, but not below its
$90 value, by the lesser of the $20
disconformity amount ($160 stock basis over
$140 net inside attribute amount) and the $60
net positive adjustment that was applied to
the share when held by M1. Accordingly, the
basis in the S share would be reduced by $20,
to $140. Because the S share would still be
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
a loss share after the application of paragraph
(c) of this section, paragraph (d) of this
section would apply to the transfer. Under
paragraph (d) of this section, S would have
an attribute reduction amount of $50, the
lesser of the $50 net stock loss ($140 basis
over $90 value) and S’s $50 aggregate inside
loss (the excess of the sum of S’s $80 basis
in Asset 2 and S’s $60 cash from the sale of
Asset 1, over the $90 value of the S share).
The adjustments required under this section
are applied as follows: because the positive
adjustment was applied to the share when
held by M1, the $20 basis reduction required
under paragraph (c) of this section is applied
to M1’s basis in its S share immediately
before its sale to X, reducing it from $150 to
$130. In addition, pursuant to paragraph (d)
of this section, S’s basis in Asset 2 is reduced
by $50, from $80 to $30. M takes its $10
intercompany stock loss into account and M1
recognizes a loss of $40.
(iii) Allocation of basis reduction. Assume
the same facts as in paragraph (i) of this
Example 5, except that, while S is held by
M, S earns $30 (consuming a portion of Asset
1) and, while S is held by M1, S earns $20
(consuming a portion of Asset 1) and sells
Asset 1 for $10. Thus, M’s basis in the S
share immediately before the sale to M1 is
$130, and M recognizes a $40 intercompany
stock loss, and M1’s basis in the S share
immediately before the sale to X is $120. The
analysis regarding the application of this
section is the same as in paragraph (ii) of this
Example 5. On a separate entity basis, M’s
basis in the S share would be subject to a $20
reduction under paragraph (c) of this section
(at the time M transferred the S share the
share had a $30 net positive adjustment and
a $20 disconformity amount), and M1’s basis
in the S share would not be subject to
reduction under paragraph (c) of this section
(at the time M1 transferred the S share the
share had a $30 net positive adjustment and
a $20 negative disconformity amount).
Therefore, the $20 basis reduction required
under paragraph (c) of this section is
allocated entirely to M. Accordingly, M’s
intercompany item is adjusted to reflect what
it would have been had the entire $20 basis
reduction been applied to the S share while
held by M, and M1’s basis in the S share is
not reduced. Thus, M’s intercompany stock
loss is reduced by $20 to $20 and M takes
this loss into account, and M1 recognizes a
$30 loss. S’s basis in Asset 2 is reduced by
$50, from $80 to $30.
(4) Limited application to multiplemember section 332 liquidations. If
more than one member owns shares of
S stock, paragraphs (c) and (d) of this
section do not apply to any transfer of
S shares resulting from a liquidation of
S to which section 332 applies.
(5) Form and manner of election(s)
under this section. The elections
provided in this section are irrevocable
and made in the form of a statement
titled ‘‘Section 1.1502–36 Statement.’’
The statement must be included on or
with the group’s timely filed return
(original or amended, if filed by the due
date for the return, including
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
extensions) for the taxable year of the
transfer of the subsidiary stock to which
the election relates or, in the case of an
intercompany transfer, the year in
which the intercompany item from the
transfer is taken into account. The
statement must include—
(i) The name and employer
identification number (E.I.N.) of each
subsidiary with respect to which an
election is being made;
(ii) If P is electing under paragraph
(b)(1)(ii) of this section to redetermine
basis with respect to the transfer of
stock of one or more subsidiaries, a
statement that members’ bases in shares
of [name of subsidiary or subsidiaries]
stock are being redetermined
notwithstanding that all members’
shares of [name of subsidiary or
subsidiaries] are being transferred to one
or more nonmembers in one fully
taxable transaction;
(iii) If P is electing under paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section (attribute
reduction amount less than five percent
of value) to apply the attribute reduction
provisions, a statement that paragraph
(d) of this section is being applied to the
transfer of shares of stock of [names of
all subsidiaries whose shares are
transferred] notwithstanding that the
aggregate attribute reduction amount in
the transaction is less than five percent
of the aggregate value of the stock of
[names of all subsidiaries whose shares
are transferred] transferred by members
in the transaction;
(iv) If P is electing under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this section to specify
the allocation of the attribute reduction
amount, a statement (for each subsidiary
for which the election is being made)
that the attribute reduction amount of
[name of subsidiary] is being applied (or
not applied) to reduce [identify the
attributes in Category A, Category B, and
Category C, and the amount of each,
with respect to which the election is
being made];
(v) If P is electing under paragraph
(d)(5)(v)(B) of this section not to apply
the conforming limitation on tier-down
attribute reduction with respect to one
or more subsidiaries, a statement that
the conforming limitation in paragraph
(d)(5)(v)(B) of this section is not being
applied with respect to [name of
subsidiary or subsidiaries];
(vi) If P is electing under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(B) of this section not to restore
lower-tier subsidiary stock basis with
respect to one or more subsidiaries, a
statement that members’ bases in [name
of subsidiary or subsidiaries] is not
being restored under paragraph
(d)(5)(vi)(A) of this section;
(vii) If P is electing under paragraph
(d)(6) of this section to reattribute
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53981
attributes, a statement (for each
subsidiary for which the election is
being made) that [identify the attributes
in Category A, Category B, and Category
C, and the amount of each or the
amount in excess of an amount, with
respect to which the election is being
made] of [name of subsidiary] are being
reattributed (or not) to P;
(viii) If P is electing under paragraph
(d)(6) of this section to reduce stock
basis, a statement (for each subsidiary
for which the election is being made)
that members’ bases in shares of stock
of [name of subsidiary] are being
reduced by [specify amount or the
amount in excess of an amount];
(ix) If P is electing under paragraph
(e)(3)(ii) of this section to apply
paragraph (e)(3) of this section to an
intercompany transfer that occurred
before September 17, 2008, a statement
that paragraph (e)(3) of this section is
being elected to apply to the transfer of
stock of [name of subsidiary] by [name
of transferor subsidiary] to [name of
transferee subsidiary] on [date of
transfer]; and
(x) If P is electing under § 1.1502–
96(d)(5) to reattribute to itself all or any
part of a section 382 limitation, a
statement that P is electing to reattribute
a section 382 limitation with respect to
losses of [name of subsidiary or, if two
or more subsidiaries are members of a
loss subgroup, the name of each
subsidiary in the loss subgroup]. A
separate statement is made for each
subsidiary or loss subgroup for which
an election is being made. Each
statement must include—
(A) The date of the ownership change
giving rise to the separate section 382
limitation or subgroup section 382
limitation that is being apportioned;
(B) The amount of the separate (or
subgroup) section 382 limitation for the
taxable year in which the reattribution
occurs (determined without reference to
any apportionment under this section or
§ 1.1502–95(c)); and
(C) The amount of each net operating
loss carryover, capital loss carryover, or
deferred deduction, and the year in
which it arose, of the subsidiary (or
subsidiaries) that is subject to the
separate section 382 limitation or
subgroup section 382 limitation that is
being apportioned to the common
parent, and the amount of the value
element and adjustment element of that
limitation that is apportioned to the
common parent.
(f) Definitions. In addition to the
definitions in other paragraphs of this
section and in other provisions of the
regulations under section 1502, the
following definitions apply for purposes
of this section.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53982
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Allocable portion has the same
meaning as in § 1.1502–32(b)(4)(iii)(B).
Thus, for example, within a class of
stock, each share has the same allocable
portion of the net inside attribute
amount and, if there is more than one
class of stock, the net inside attribute
amount is allocated to each class by
taking into account the terms of each
class and all other facts and
circumstances relating to the overall
economic arrangement.
(2) Deferred deduction means any
deduction for expenses or loss that
would be taken into account under
general tax accounting principles as of
the time of the transfer of the share, but
that is nevertheless not taken into
account immediately after the transfer
by reason of the application of a deferral
provision. Such provisions include, for
example, sections 267(f) and 469, and
§ 1.1502–13. ‘‘Deferred deduction’’ also
includes S’s portion of such
consolidated tax attributes, for example
consolidated excess charitable
contributions that would be apportioned
to S under the principles of § 1.1502–
79(e) if S had a separate return year.
Additionally, it includes amounts
equivalent to deductions, such as
negative adjustments under section 475
(mark to market accounting method for
dealers in securities) and section 481
(adjustments required by changes in
method of accounting).
(3) Distribution has the same meaning
as in § 1.1502–32(b)(3)(v).
(4) Higher-tier, lower-tier. A
subsidiary (S1) (and its shares of stock)
is ‘‘higher-tier’’ with respect to another
subsidiary (S2) (and its shares of stock)
if investment adjustments made to the
bases of shares of S2 stock under
§ 1.1502–32 affect the investment
adjustments made to the bases of shares
of S1 stock. A subsidiary (S1) (and its
shares of stock) is ‘‘lower-tier’’ with
respect to another subsidiary (S) (and its
shares of stock) if investment
adjustments made to the bases of shares
of S1 stock affect the investment
adjustments made to the bases of shares
of S stock. The term lowest-tier
subsidiary generally refers to a
subsidiary that owns no stock of another
subsidiary. The term highest-tier
subsidiary generally refers to a
subsidiary the stock of which is not
lower tier to any shares transferred in
the transaction.
(5) Liability means a liability that has
been incurred within the meaning of
section 461(h), except to the extent
otherwise provided in paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(C)(1) of this section.
(6) Loss carryover means any net
operating or capital loss carryover that
is attributable to S, including any losses
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
that would be apportioned to S under
the principles of § 1.1502–21(b)(2) if S
had a separate return year. However,
solely for purposes of applying
paragraph (d) of this section, loss
carryovers do not include the amount of
any losses waived under § 1.1502–
32(b)(4).
(7) Loss share, gain share. A loss
share is a share of stock with a basis that
exceeds its value. A gain share is a share
of stock with a value that exceeds its
basis.
(8) Preferred stock, common stock.
Preferred stock and common stock have
the same meanings as in § 1.1502–
32(d)(2) and (3), respectively.
(9) Transaction includes all the steps
taken pursuant to the same plan or
arrangement.
(10) Transfer—(i) Definition. Except
as provided in paragraph (f)(10)(ii) of
this section, for purposes of this section,
M transfers a share of S stock on the
earliest of—
(A) The date that M ceases to own the
share as a result of a transaction in
which, but for the application of this
section (and notwithstanding the
deferral of any amount recognized on
the transfer, other than by reason of
§ 1.1502–13), M would recognize
income, gain, loss or deduction with
respect to the share (see paragraph (e)(3)
of this section in the case of a transfer
in an intercompany transaction);
(B) The date that M and S cease to be
members of the same group;
(C) The date that a nonmember
acquires the share from M; and
(D) The last day of the taxable year
during which the share becomes
worthless under section 165 (taking into
account the provisions of § 1.1502–
80(c)) if the share is treated as a capital
asset, or the date the share becomes
worthless (taking into account the
provisions of § 1.1502–80(c)) if the share
is not treated as a capital asset.
(ii) Excluded transactions.
Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(10)(i) of
this section, M does not transfer a share
of S stock if—
(A) M ceases to own the share as a
result of a transaction to which section
381(a) applies and in which either a
member acquires assets from S or S
acquires assets from M, provided that—
(1) M recognizes no income, gain,
loss, or deduction with respect to the
share, and
(2) If the transaction is a liquidation
to which section 332 applies, M is the
only member that owns shares of S
stock (if another member owns shares of
S stock, see paragraph (e)(4) of this
section for a limitation on the
application of this section); or
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(B) M ceases to own the share as a
result of a distribution of the share to a
nonmember in a transaction to which
section 355 applies, and in which the
share is treated as qualified property for
purposes of section 355(c) or section
361(c).
(11) Value means the amount
realized, if any, or otherwise the fair
market value.
(g) Anti-abuse rule—(1) General rule.
If a taxpayer acts with a view to avoid
the purposes of this section or to apply
the rules of this section to avoid the
purposes of any other rule of law,
appropriate adjustments will be made to
carry out the purposes of this section or
such other rule of law.
(2) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of the anti-abuse
rule in this paragraph (g). No
implication is intended regarding the
potential applicability of any other antiabuse rules:
Example 1. Loss Trafficking. (i) Facts. M
purchases the sole outstanding share of S
stock for $100. At that time, S owns Asset 1
with a basis of $0. S sells Asset 1 for $100.
Later, S purchases the sole outstanding share
of X stock, a corporation with losses, with a
view to liquidating X in a transaction to
which section 332 applies in order to reduce
S’s disconformity amount. S purchases the X
share for $1, and X has a $100 NOL and an
asset with a basis of $1. Subsequently, M
sells its S share for $100. After taking into
account the effects of all applicable rules of
law, M’s basis in the S share is $200 (M’s
original $100 basis, increased under
§ 1.1502–32 to reflect the $100 gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1). M’s sale
of the S share is a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to this section.
(ii) Analysis. Although M’s transfer of the
S share is subject to this section, there is no
adjustment under paragraph (b) of this
section (S has only one share outstanding
and so there is no disparity in bases of
common shares and no shares of S preferred
stock outstanding (and so there is no
unrecognized gain or loss on S preferred
stock)). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this
section. Accordingly, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, M’s sale of the
S share is still a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section. Under paragraph (c) of this section,
M’s $200 basis in the S share is reduced, but
not below the share’s $100 value, by the
lesser of the share’s net positive adjustment
and disconformity amount. The share’s net
positive adjustment is $100, the positive
adjustment attributable to the gain
recognized on the sale of Asset 1. The share’s
disconformity amount is $0, the excess of M’s
$200 basis in the S share over S’s $200 net
inside attribute amount. Thus, the reduction
to basis under paragraph (c) of this section
would be $0. However, because S purchased
the X stock and liquidated X with a view to
avoiding the purposes of this section (by
using X’s attributes to minimize the
disconformity amount of the S share), the
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
attributes acquired from X are disregarded for
purposes of applying this section.
Accordingly, S’s net inside attribute amount
is limited to the $100 of attributes S would
have had absent the purchase of the X stock,
S’s money ($100 from the sale of Asset 1).
The loss share’s disconformity amount is
therefore the excess of $200 over $100, or
$100. The lesser of the share’s $100 net
positive adjustment and $100 disconformity
amount is $100. As a result, M’s $200 basis
in the S share is reduced by $100, to $100,
and M recognizes no gain or loss on the sale
of the S share.
Example 2. Use of a partnership to prevent
current attribute reduction. (i) Facts. M owns
all 5 outstanding shares of S common stock
with a basis of $200 each. S owns Asset 1
with a basis of $1000. In year 1, with a view
to preventing a current reduction in the basis
of Asset 1, S contributes Asset 1 to a
partnership in a transaction in which S
recognizes no gain or loss. On December 31,
year 2, M sells one S share for $20. After
taking into account the effects of all
applicable rules of law, M’s basis in each S
share is $200. M’s sale of the S share is a
transfer of a loss share and therefore subject
to this section.
(ii) Analysis. Although M’s transfer of the
S share is subject to this section, there is no
basis redetermination under paragraph (b) of
this section because there is no disparity
among M’s bases in its shares of S common
stock and there are no shares of S preferred
stock outstanding (and so there is no
unrecognized gain or loss on S preferred
stock). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this
section. Accordingly, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, M’s sale of the
S share is still a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section. However, no adjustment is required
under paragraph (c) of this section because
both the disconformity amount and the net
positive adjustment are $0. See paragraph
(c)(3) of this section. Under paragraph (d) of
this section, S’s attribute reduction amount is
$180 (the lesser of the $180 net stock loss and
S’s $900 aggregate inside loss ($1000 of
attributes over $100 value of all of the S
shares)). Absent the application of this
paragraph (g), the $180 attribute reduction
amount would be applied to reduce S’s basis
in the partnership interest. However, because
S acted with a view to avoiding a current
reduction in the basis of Asset 1 under
paragraph (d) of this section, this section is
applied by treating S as if it held Asset 1 at
the time of the stock sale. The basis of Asset
1 is reduced by $180, to $820, effective
immediately before the transfer to the
partnership and, as a result, S’s basis in its
partnership interest is $820.
Example 3. Creation of an intercompany
receivable to mitigate attribute reduction. (i)
Facts. M owns all five outstanding shares of
S common stock each with equal basis that
exceeds value. S holds cash and Asset 1 with
a basis that exceeds value. In year 1, with a
view to mitigating a reduction in the basis of
Asset 1, S lends the cash to M1. Asset 1 and
the intercompany note received from M1 are
assets of the same class under § 1.338–6(b)(2).
On December 31, year 2, M sells one of its
S shares and, without regard to this section,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
recognizes a loss. M’s sale of the S share is
a transfer of a loss share and therefore subject
to this section.
(ii) Analysis. Although M’s transfer of the
S share is subject to this section, no
adjustment is required under paragraph (b) of
this section because there is no disparity
among M’s bases in shares of S common
stock and there are no shares of S preferred
stock outstanding (and so there is no
unrecognized gain or loss on S preferred
stock). See paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this
section. Accordingly, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, M’s sale of the
S shares is still a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section. However, there is no adjustment
under paragraph (c) of this section because
the net positive adjustment is $0. See
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Under
paragraph (d) of this section, S’s attribute
reduction amount would be applied to
reduce S’s basis in Asset 1 and the
intercompany receivable in proportion to
basis. However, because S acted with a view
to mitigating the reduction in the basis of
Asset 1 under paragraph (d) of this section,
this section is applied without regard to the
intercompany receivable. Accordingly, S’s
basis in Asset 1 is reduced by the full
attribute reduction amount.
Example 4. Use of a partnership to reduce
net stock loss. (i) Facts. M owns all ten
outstanding shares of S common stock, one
share (Share 1) has a basis of $0, and one
share (Share 2) has a basis of $160. S has an
aggregate inside loss of $80. In one
transaction and with a view to mitigating a
reduction in S’s attributes, M contributes
Share 1 to a partnership, recognizing no gain
or loss, and sells Share 2 for $80. M’s
contribution of Share 1 to the partnership is
a transfer, but the share is not a loss share
and so the transfer is not subject to this
section. M’s sale of Share 2 is a transfer of
a loss share and is therefore subject to this
section.
(ii) Analysis. Although M’s transfer of
Share 2 is subject to this section, there is no
adjustment under paragraph (b) of this
section because there are no investment
adjustments that have been applied to the
shares. Accordingly, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, M’s sale of
Share 2 is still a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section. There is no adjustment under
paragraph (c) of this section because the net
positive adjustment is $0. See paragraph
(c)(3) of this section. Accordingly, after the
application of paragraph (c) of this section,
M’s sale of Share 2 is still a transfer of loss
shares and therefore subject to paragraph (d)
of this section. Under paragraph (d) of this
section, the net stock loss would be
determined to be $0, the excess of the $160
aggregate basis in all of the transferred shares
over the $160 aggregate value of those shares.
S’s attribute reduction amount would be
determined to be $0, the lesser of the $0 net
stock loss and S’s $80 aggregate inside loss.
Thus, there would be no reduction of
attributes under this paragraph (d) of this
section. However, because M acted with a
view to reducing the attribute reduction
amount by transferring a gain share to a
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53983
partnership while avoiding the recognition of
the gain on the share, this section is applied
without regard to the transfer of the gain
share. Accordingly, the net stock loss is
determined to be $80, and the attribute
reduction amount is determined to be $80.
Example 5. Stuffing gain asset. (i) Facts. M
owns the sole outstanding share of S stock
(Share 1) with a basis of $100. S owns Asset
1 a basis of $100 and a value of $20. With
a view to avoid the purposes of this section,
M transfers Asset 2 with a basis of $0 and a
value of $80 to S in exchange for four
additional shares of S stock (Share 2 through
Share 5) in a transaction to which section 351
applies. M later sells Share 1 to X for $20.
M’s sale of Share 1 is a transfer of a loss share
and therefore subject to this section.
(ii) Analysis. Although M’s transfer of the
Share 1 is subject to this section, there is no
adjustment under paragraph (b) of this
section because no investment adjustments
have been applied to the basis of any S
shares. Thus, after the application of
paragraph (b) of this section, M’s sale of the
S share is still a transfer of a loss share and
therefore subject to paragraph (c) of this
section. There is no adjustment under
paragraph (c) of this section because the net
positive adjustment is $0. Accordingly, after
the application of paragraph (c) of this
section, M’s sale of the S share is still a
transfer of a loss share and therefore subject
to paragraph (d) of this section. Under
paragraph (d) of this section, S’s attribute
reduction amount would be $0, the lesser of
the $80 net stock loss and S’s $0 aggregate
inside loss ($100 of attributes does not
exceed the $100 value of all of the S shares).
However, because M transferred Asset 2 to S
with a view to avoid the purposes of this
section, the application of this section to M’s
transfer of Share 1 is made without regard to
the transfer of Asset 2. Accordingly, under
paragraph (d) of this section, S’s attribute
reduction amount is $80, the lesser of the $80
net stock loss and S’s $80 aggregate inside
loss (computed without regard to Asset 2).
S’s basis in Asset 1 is therefore reduced by
$80, from $100 to $20, under paragraph (d)
of this section.
(iii) Transfer of all S shares. Assume the
same facts as in paragraph (i) of this Example
5, except that M sells all five S shares to X,
recognizing both the gain and the loss on the
S shares. The transfer of Share 1 is still a
transfer of a loss share and therefore subject
to this section. However, because all the
shares are transferred the group’s income is
clearly reflected. Therefore, the purposes of
this section are not avoided and this section
applies without modification. S’s attribute
reduction amount is $0, the lesser of the $0
net stock loss and S’s $0 aggregate inside
loss.
(h) Effective/applicability date. This
section applies to transfers of shares of
subsidiary stock on or after September
17, 2008 unless the transfer was made
pursuant to a binding agreement that
was in effect prior to September 17,
2008 and at all times thereafter. For
transfers of shares of subsidiary stock
that are not subject to this section, see
§§ 1.337(d)–2 and 1.1502–35.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
53984
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Par. 19. Section 1.1502–75 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising paragraph (d)(1).
■ 2. Adding paragraph (l).
The revision and addition read as
follows:
■
§ 1.1502–75
Filing of consolidated returns.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) When a group remains in
existence—(1) General rule. A group
remains in existence for a tax year if the
common parent remains as the common
parent and at least one subsidiary that
was affiliated with it at the end of the
prior year remains affiliated with it at
the beginning of the year, whether or
not one or more corporations have
ceased to be subsidiaries at any time
after the group was formed. Thus, for
example, assume that corporation P
acquires the sole outstanding share of
stock of S on January 1, year 1, and that
P and S file a consolidated return for the
year 1 calendar year. On May 1, year 2,
P acquires the sole outstanding share of
stock of S1 and, on July 1, year 2, P sells
the S share. The group (consisting
originally of P and S) remains in
existence in year 2 because P remained
the common parent and, S, a subsidiary
that was affiliated with P at the end of
year 1, remained affiliated with P at the
beginning of year 2.
*
*
*
*
*
(l) Effective/applicability dates.
Paragraph (d)(1) of this section applies
to taxable years for which the due date
of the original return (without regard to
extensions) is on or after September 17,
2008.
■ Par. 20. Section 1.1502–80 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising paragraph (a) and (c)(2).
■ 2. Adding paragraph (h).
The revisions and addition reads as
follows:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
§ 1.1502–80 Applicability of other
provisions of law.
(a) In general—(1) Application of
other provisions. The Internal Revenue
Code (Code), or other law, shall be
applicable to the group to the extent the
regulations do not exclude its
application. To the extent not excluded,
other rules operate in addition to, and
may be modified by, these regulations.
Thus, for example, in a transaction to
which section 381(a) applies, the
acquiring corporation will succeed to
the tax attributes described in section
381(c). Furthermore, sections 269 and
482 apply for any consolidated return
year. However, in a recognition
transaction otherwise subject to section
1001, for example, the rules of section
1001 continue to apply, but may be
modified by the intercompany
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
transaction regulations under § 1.1502–
13.
(2) No duplicative adjustments.
Nothing in these regulations shall be
interpreted or applied to require an
adjustment, inclusion, or other item to
the extent it would have the effect of
duplicating any other adjustment,
inclusion, or other item required under
the Code or other rule of law, including
other provisions of these regulations.
(3) Application of single-entity
principles. If two or more adjustments,
inclusions, or other items are subject to
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the
determination of which adjustment,
inclusion, or other item is treated as
applied or taken into account is made
by taking into account the purposes of
the provisions and applying singleentity principles as appropriate.
(4) Effective/applicability dates. This
paragraph (a) is applicable with respect
to transactions and determinations on or
after September 17, 2008.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) Cross reference. See § 1.1502–36
for additional rules relating to
worthlessness of subsidiary stock on or
after September 17, 2008.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Non-applicability of section
362(e)(2)—(1) General rule. Section
362(e)(2) does not apply to any
intercompany transaction occurring on
or after September 17, 2008. Taxpayers
may apply this paragraph (h) to
intercompany transactions occurring on
or after October 22, 2004, and in such
case, any election made under section
362(e)(2)(C) will have no effect. The
purpose of this paragraph (h) is to
facilitate the application of the
consolidated return provisions
addressing the duplication of loss
between members of a consolidated
group.
(2) Anti-abuse rule—(i) General rule.
If a taxpayer engages in a transaction to
which section 362(e)(2) would apply but
for the application of paragraph (h)(1) of
this section, and acts with a view to
prevent the consolidated return
provisions from properly addressing
loss duplication, appropriate
adjustments will be made to clearly
reflect the income of the group.
(ii) Example. The following example
illustrates the principle of the anti-abuse
rule in this paragraph (h)(2).
Example. (A) Facts. P, the common parent
of a consolidated group, owns the four
outstanding shares of S stock (Share 1
through Share 4) with an aggregate basis of
$0 and value of $80. S owns Asset 1 with a
basis of $0 and a value of $80. With a view
to prevent the consolidated return provisions
from addressing the duplication of loss, P
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
transfers Asset 2 with a basis of $100 and a
value of $20 to S in exchange for an
additional share of S stock (Share 5) in a
transaction to which section 351 applies. P
later sells Share 5 to X, an unrelated person,
for $20 at a time when S’s basis in Asset 2
was still $100. The sale is a transfer of a loss
share and therefore subject to § 1.1502–36.
(B) Analysis. Although the sale would be
subject to § 1.1502–36, that section would not
prevent the stock loss or reduce S’s attributes
(to prevent duplication of the stock loss)
because neither § 1.1502–36(b) nor § 1.1502–
36(c) would adjust the basis of the transferred
share (because there are no investment
adjustments) and § 1.1502–36(d) would not
reduce S’s attributes (because S’s aggregate
inside loss is $0). However, because P acted
with a view to prevent the consolidated
return provisions from addressing the
duplication of the loss on Asset 2, P’s transfer
of Asset 2 to S is subject to the anti-abuse
rule in this paragraph (h)(2). Accordingly,
effective immediately before the transfer of
Share 5 to X, either P’s basis in Share 5 or
S’s basis in Asset 2 must be adjusted to
reflect what it would have been had section
362(e)(2) been applied at the time P
transferred Asset 2 to S (taking into account
the interim facts and circumstances).
Accordingly, S must either reduce its basis in
Asset 2 by $80 to $20 (eliminating the
duplicated loss) or P must reduce its basis in
Share 5 by $80 to $20 (eliminating the
duplicated loss).
(C) Transfer of all S shares. Assume the
same facts as those in paragraph (A) of this
Example, except that P sells all five S shares
to X. Although P’s transfer of Asset 2 to S
results in the duplication of an $80 loss,
because all the shares are transferred, the
transaction does not prevent the consolidated
return provisions from properly addressing
loss duplication. P’s $80 duplicated loss is
offset by an $80 duplicated gain, and the
group recognizes the offsetting stock gain and
loss. Accordingly, this paragraph (h)(2) does
not apply to P’s transfer of Asset 2 to S.
Par. 21. Section 1.1502–91 is
amended by revising paragraph (h)(2) to
read as follows:
■
§ 1.1502–91 Application of section 382
with respect to a consolidated group.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(2) Disposition of stock or an
intercompany obligation of a member.
Gain or loss recognized by a member on
the disposition of stock (including stock
described in section 1504(a)(4) and
§ 1.382–2T(f)(18)(ii) and (iii)) of another
member is treated as a recognized gain
or loss for purposes of section 382(h)(2)
(unless disallowed) even though gain or
loss on such stock was not included in
the determination of a net unrealized
built-in gain or loss under paragraph
(g)(1) of this section. Gain or loss
recognized by a member with respect to
an intercompany obligation is treated as
recognized gain or loss only to the
extent (if any) the transaction gives rise
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
to aggregate income or loss within the
consolidated group. The first sentence
of this paragraph (h)(2) is applicable on
or after September 17, 2008.
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 22. Section 1.1502–95 is
amended by revising paragraph (d)(3),
Example 6 to read as follows:
§ 1.1502–95 Rules on ceasing to be a
member of a consolidated group (or loss
subgroup).
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(3) * * *
*
*
Example 6. Reattribution of net operating
loss carryover under § 1.1502–36(d)(6). The
facts are the same as in Example 3, except
that, instead of distributing the L2 stock to
M, P sells that stock to B, and, under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6), M reattributes $10 of L2’s
net operating loss carryover to itself. Under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6)(iv)(A), M succeeds to the
reattributed loss as if the loss were succeeded
to in a transaction to which section 381(a)
applies. M, as successor to L2, does not cease
to be a member of the P loss subgroup.
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 23. Section 1.1502–96 is
amended by revising paragraph (d) to
read as follows:
■
§ 1.1502–96
Miscellaneous rules.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Losses reattributed under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6)—(1) In general. This
paragraph (d) contains rules relating to
net operating carryovers, capital loss
carryovers, and deferred deductions
(collectively, loss or losses) that are
reattributed to the common parent
under § 1.1502–36(d)(6). References in
this paragraph (d) to a subsidiary are
references to the subsidiary (or lowertier subsidiary) whose loss is
reattributed to the common parent.
(2) Deemed section 381(a) transaction.
Under § 1.1502–36(d)(6)(iv)(A), the
common parent succeeds to the
reattributed losses as if the losses were
succeeded to in a transaction to which
section 381(a) applies. In general,
§§ 1.1502–91 through 1.1502–95, this
section, and § 1.1502–98 are applied to
the reattributed losses in accordance
with that characterization. See
generally, § 1.382–2(a)(1)(ii) (relating to
distributor or transferor loss
corporations in transactions under
section 381), § 1.1502–1(f)(4) (relating to
the definition of predecessor and
successor) and § 1.1502–91(j) (relating to
predecessor and successor
corporations). For example, if the
reattributed loss is a pre-change
attribute subject to a section 382
limitation, it remains subject to that
limitation following the reattribution. In
certain cases, the limitation applicable
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
to the reattributed loss is zero unless the
common parent apportions all or part of
the limitation to itself. (See paragraph
(d)(4) of this section.)
(3) Rules relating to owner shifts—(i)
In general. Any owner shift of the
subsidiary (including any deemed
owner shift resulting from section
382(g)(4)(D) or 382(l)(3)) in connection
with the disposition of the stock of the
subsidiary is not taken into account in
determining whether there is an
ownership change with respect to the
reattributed loss. However, any owner
shift with respect to the successor
corporation that is treated as continuing
in existence under § 1.382–2(a)(1)(ii)
must be taken into account for such
purpose if such owner shift is effected
by the reattribution and an owner shift
of the stock of the subsidiary not held
directly or indirectly by the common
parent would have been taken into
account if such shift had occurred
immediately before the reattribution.
See paragraph (d)(3)(ii) Example 2 of
this section.
(ii) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the principles of this
paragraph (d)(3):
Example 1. No owner shift for reattributed
loss. (i) Facts. P, the common parent of a
consolidated group, owns 60% of the stock
of L, and B owns the remaining 40%. L has
a net operating loss carryover of $100 from
year 1 that it carries over to years 2, 3, and
4. At the beginning of year 2, P purchases
40% of the L stock from B, which does not
cause an ownership change of L. On
December 31, year 3, P sells all of the L stock
to M. Pursuant to § 1.1502–36(d)(6), P
reattributes $10 of L’s $100 net operating loss
carryover to itself, and L carries $90 of its net
operating loss carryover to its year 4.
(ii) Analysis. The sale of the L stock to M
does not cause an owner shift that is taken
into account in determining if there is an
ownership change with respect to the $10
reattributed loss. Following the reattribution,
§ 1.1502–94(b) continues to apply to
determine if there is an ownership change
with respect to the $10 reattributed loss,
until, under paragraph (a) of this section, the
loss is treated as described in § 1.1502–
91(c)(1)(i). In applying § 1.1502–94(b), the 40
percentage point increase by the P
shareholders prior to the reattribution is
taken into account. The sale of the L stock
to M does cause an ownership change of L
with respect to the $90 of its net operating
loss that it carries over to year 4.
Example 2. Owner shift for reattributed
loss. The facts are the same as in Example 1,
except that P only purchases 20% of the L
stock from B and sells 80% of the L stock to
M. L is a new loss member, and, under
§ 1.1502–94(b)(1), an owner shift of the stock
of L not held directly or indirectly by the
common parent (the 20% of L stock still held
by B) would have been taken into account if
such shift had occurred immediately before
the reattribution. Following the reattribution,
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53985
§ 1.1502–94(b) continues to apply to
determine if there is an ownership change
with respect to the $10 reattributed loss,
until, under paragraph (a) of this section, the
loss is treated as described in § 1.1502–
91(c)(1)(i). With respect to the $10
reattributed loss, the P shareholders have
increased their percentage ownership interest
by 40 percentage points. The P shareholders
have increased their ownership interests by
20 percentage points as a result of P’s
purchase of stock from B, and, under § 1.382–
2(a)(1)(ii), are treated as increasing their
interests by an additional 20 percentage
points as a result of the reattribution. (The
acquisition of the L stock by M does not,
however, effect an owner shift for the $10 of
reattributed loss.) The sale of the L stock to
M causes an ownership change of L with
respect to the $90 of net operating loss that
L carries over to Year 4.
(4) Rules relating to the section 382
limitation—(i) Reattributed loss is a prechange separate attribute of a new loss
member. If the reattributed loss is a prechange separate attribute of a new loss
member that is subject to a separate
section 382 limitation prior to the
disposition of subsidiary stock, the
common parent’s limitation with
respect to that loss is zero, except to the
extent that the common parent
apportions to itself, under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section, all or part of such
limitation. A separate section 382
limitation is the limitation described in
§ 1.1502–94(b) that applies to a prechange separate attribute.
(ii) Reattributed loss is a pre-change
subgroup attribute. If the reattributed
loss is a pre-change subgroup attribute
subject to a subgroup section 382
limitation prior to the disposition of
subsidiary stock, and, immediately after
the reattribution, the common parent is
not a member of the loss subgroup, the
section 382 limitation with respect to
that loss is zero, except to the extent
that the common parent apportions to
itself, under paragraph (d)(5) of this
section, all or part of the subgroup
section 382 limitation. See, however,
§ 1.1502–95(d)(3) Example 6, for an
illustration of a case where the common
parent, as successor to the subsidiary, is
a member of the loss subgroup
immediately after the reattribution.
(iii) Potential application of section
382(l)(1). In general, the value of the
stock of the common parent is used to
determine the section 382 limitation for
an ownership change with respect to the
reattributed loss that occurs at the time
of, or after, the reattribution. For
example, if the loss is a pre-change
consolidated attribute, the value of the
stock of the common parent is used to
determine the section 382 limitation,
and no adjustment to that value is
required because of the deemed section
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
53986
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
381(a) transaction. However, if the loss
is a pre-change separate attribute of a
new loss member (or is a pre-change
attribute of a loss subgroup member and
the common parent was not the loss
subgroup parent immediately before the
reattribution), the deemed section 381(a)
transaction is considered to constitute a
capital contribution with respect to the
new loss member (or loss subgroup
member) for purposes of section
382(l)(1). Accordingly, if that section
applies because the deemed capital
contribution is (or is considered under
section 382(l)(1)(B) to be) part of a plan
described in section 382(l)(1)(A), the
value of the stock of the common parent
after the deemed section 381(a)
transaction must be adjusted to reflect
the capital contribution. Ordinarily, this
will require the value of the stock of the
common parent to be reduced to an
amount that represents the value of the
stock of the subsidiary (or loss subgroup
of which the subsidiary was a member)
when the reattribution occurred.
(iv) Duplication or omission of value.
In determining any section 382
limitation with respect to the
reattributed loss and with respect to
other pre-change losses, appropriate
adjustments must be made so that value
is not improperly omitted or duplicated
as a result of the reattribution. For
example, if the subsidiary has an
ownership change upon its departure,
and the common parent (as successor)
has an ownership change with respect
to the reattributed pre-change separate
attribute upon its reattribution under
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section,
proper adjustments must be made so
that the value of the subsidiary is not
taken into account more than once in
determining the section 382 limitation
for the reattributed loss and the loss that
is not reattributed.
(v) Special rule for continuity of
business requirement. If the reattributed
loss is a pre-change attribute of new loss
member and the reattribution occurs
within the two-year period beginning on
the change date, then, starting
immediately after the reattribution, the
continuity of business requirement of
section 382(c)(1) is applied with respect
to the business enterprise of the
common parent. Similar principles
apply if the reattributed loss is a prechange subgroup attribute and, on the
day after the reattribution, the common
parent is not a member of the loss
subgroup.
(5) Election to reattribute section 382
limitation—(i) Effect of election. The
common parent may elect to apportion
to itself all or part of any separate
section 382 limitation or subgroup
section 382 limitation to which the loss
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:29 Sep 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
is subject immediately before the
reattribution. However, no net
unrealized built-in gain of the member
(or loss subgroup) whose loss is
reattributed can be apportioned to the
common parent. The principles of
§ 1.1502–95(c) apply to the
apportionment, treating, as the context
requires, references to the former
member as references to the common
parent, and references to the
consolidated section 382 limitation as
references to the separate section 382
limitation (or subgroup section 382
limitation) that is being apportioned.
Thus, for example, the common parent
can reattribute to itself all or part of the
value element or adjustment element of
the limitation, and any part of such
element that is apportioned requires a
corresponding reduction in such
element of the separate section 382
limitation of the subsidiary whose loss
is reattributed (or in the subgroup
section 382 limitation if the reattributed
loss is a pre-change subgroup attribute).
Appropriate adjustments must be made
to the separate section 382 limitation (or
subgroup section 382 limitation) for the
consolidated return year in which the
reattribution is made to reflect that the
reattributed loss is an attribute acquired
by the common parent during the year
in a transaction to which section 381(a)
applies. The election is made by the
common parent as part of the election
to reattribute the loss. See § 1.1502–
36(e)(5)(x) for the time and manner of
making the election.
(ii) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the principles of this
paragraph (d)(5):
limitation is the amount that bears the same
relationship to $10 as the number of days in
the period ending with the deemed section
381(a) transaction, 183 days, bears to 365.
Three dollars of the limitation is the amount
that bears the same relationship to $6 as the
number of days in the period between July
3 and December 31, 182, bears to 365.
(B) L’s separate section 382 limitation. For
L’s taxable years ending after December 31,
year 3, L’s separate section 382 limitation for
its $90 of net operating loss carryover that
was not reattributed to P is $4, adjusted as
appropriate for any short taxable year,
unused section 382 limitation, or other
adjustment. For L’s short taxable year ending
December 31, year 3, the section 382
limitation for its $90 of net operating loss
carryover is $2, the amount that bears the
same relationship to $4 (the portion of the
value element that was not apportioned to P),
as the number of days during the short
taxable year, 182 days, bears to 365. See
§ 1.382–5(c).
Example 2. No apportionment required for
consolidated pre-change attribute. (i) Facts.
P, the common parent of a consolidated
group, forms L. For year 1, L has an operating
loss of $70 that is not absorbed and is
included in the group’s consolidated net
operating loss that is carried over to
subsequent years. On January 1 of year 3, A
buys all of the P stock and the P group has
an ownership change. The consolidated
section 382 limitation based on the value of
the P stock is $10.
(ii) Analysis. On April 13 of year 4, P sells
all of the stock of L to B and, under § 1.1502–
36(d)(6), elects to reattribute to itself $45 of
L’s net operating loss carryover. Following
the reattribution, the $45 portion of the year
1 net operating loss carryover retains its
character as a pre-change consolidated
attribute, and remains subject to so much of
the $10 consolidated section 382 limitation
as P does not elect to apportion to L under
§ 1.1502–95(c).
Example 1. Consequence of
apportionment. (i) Facts. P, the common
parent of a consolidated group, purchases all
of the stock of L on December 31, year 1. L
carries over a net operating loss arising in
year 1 to each of the next 5 taxable years. The
purchase of the L stock causes an ownership
change of L, and results in a separate section
382 limitation of $10 for L’s net operating
loss carryover based on the value of the L
stock. On July 2, year 3, P sells 30% of the
L stock to A. Under § 1.1502–36(d)(6), P
elects to reattribute to itself $110 of L’s $200
net operating loss carryover. P also elects to
apportion to itself $6 of the $10 value
element of the separate section 382
limitation.
(ii) Analysis. (A) P’s separate section 382
limitation. For the consolidated return years
ending after December 31, year 3, P’s separate
section 382 limitation with respect to the
reattributed net operating loss carryover is
$6, adjusted as appropriate for any short
taxable year, unused section 382 limitation,
or other adjustment. For the P group’s
consolidated return year ending December
31, year 3, the separate section 382 limitation
for L’s net operating loss carryover is $8, the
sum of $5 and $3. Five dollars of the
*
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
Par. 24. Section 1.1502–99 is
amended by revising the section
heading and paragraph (b)(4) to read as
follows:
■
§ 1.1502–99
*
Effective/applicability dates.
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) Reattribution of losses under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6). Section 1.1502–96(d)
applies to reattributions of net operating
loss carryovers, capital loss carryovers,
and deferred deductions in connection
with a transfer of stock to which
§ 1.1502–36 applies, and the election
under § 1.1502–96(d)(5) (relating to an
election to reattribute section 382
limitation) can be made with an election
under § 1.1502–36(d)(6) to reattribute a
loss to the common parent that is filed
at the time and in the manner provided
in § 1.1502–36(e)(5)(x).
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 25. For each section listed in the
tables, remove the language in the
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘Remove’’ column and add in its place
53987
the language in the ‘‘Add’’ column as set
forth below:
Section
Remove
Add
§ 1.267(f)–1(k) ....................................................
For additional rules applicable to the disposition or deconsolidation of the stock of members
of
consolidated
groups,
see
§§ 1.337(d)–2,
1.1502–13(f)(6),
and
1.1502–35..
§§ 1.337(d)–2 and 1.1502–35(f) ......................
§§ 1.337(d)–2 and 1.1502–35 ..........................
§§ 1.337(d)–2 and 1.1502–35(f) for rules relating to basis adjustments and allowance of
stock loss on dispositions of stock of a subsidiary member.
§§ 1.337(d)–2, 1.1502–35, or ...........................
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(iv) .............................................
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(iv) .............................................
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(iv) .............................................
For additional rules applicable to the disposition, deconsolidation, or transfer of the
stock of members of consolidated groups,
see §§ 1.337(d)–2, 1.1502–13(f)(6), 1.1502–
35, and 1.1502–36.
§ 1.337(d)–2, § 1.1502–35(f), and § 1.1502–
36.
§§ 1.337(d)-2, 1.1502–35, and 1.1502–36.
§§ 1.337(d)–2, 1.1502–35, and 1.1502–36 for
rules relating to basis adjustments and allowance of stock loss on dispositions or
transfers of subsidiary stock.
§ 1.337(d)–2, § 1.1502–35, § 1.1502–36, or
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(v).
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(v).
(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(v).
§ 1.1502–20(g) .................................................
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6).
§ 1.1502–20(g) .................................................
§ 1.1502–36(d)(6).
§ 1.597–4(g)(2)(v), second parenthetical ...........
§ 1.1502–11(b)(3)(ii), paragraph (c) in Example
§ 1.1502–12(r) ....................................................
§ 1.1502–15(b)(2)(iii) ..........................................
§ 1.1502–21(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(i) ..............................
§ 1.1502–21(b)(2)(iv)(B)(2)(ii) .............................
§ 1.1502–21(b)(2)(iv)(B)
(2)(iii).
§ 1.1502–90 Table of Contents, under
§ 1.1502–96(d).
§ 1.1502–90 Table of Contents, under
§ 1.1502–99(b)(4).
PART 602—OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
UNDER THE PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
CFR part or section where
identified anddescribed
Par. 26. The authority citation for part
602 continues to read as follows:
*
*
*
§ 1.1502–20 ..........................
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805.
Par. 27. In § 602.101, paragraph (b) is
amended as follows:
■ 1. The following entries to the table
are removed:
■
§ 602.101
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES2
*
OMB Control Numbers.
*
*
(b) * * *
VerDate Aug<31>2005
*
*
19:14 Sep 16, 2008
*
§ 1.1502–20T ........................
§ 1.1502–32T ........................
§ 1.1502–35T ........................
*
1545–1160;
1545–1218
1545–1774
1545–1774
1545–2019
2. The following entry is added in
numerical order to the table:
■
§ 602.101
*
Jkt 214001
Current OMB
Control no.
OMB Control Numbers.
*
*
(b) * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00055
*
*
CFR part or section where
identified and described
*
*
*
§ 1.1502–36 ..........................
*
*
*
*
Sfmt 4700
*
*
1545–2096
*
Linda E. Stiff,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
Approved: September 4, 2008.
Eric Solomon,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax
Policy).
[FR Doc. E8–21006 Filed 9–9–08; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
Fmt 4701
Current OMB
Control No.
E:\FR\FM\17SER2.SGM
17SER2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 73, Number 181 (Wednesday, September 17, 2008)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 53934-53987]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E8-21006]
[[Page 53933]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Parts 1 and 602
Unified Rule for Loss on Subsidiary Stock; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 181 / Wednesday, September 17, 2008 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 53934]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 602
[TD 9424]
RIN 1545-BB61
Unified Rule for Loss on Subsidiary Stock
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations and removal of temporary regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations under sections 358,
362(e)(2), and 1502 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code). The
regulations apply to corporations filing consolidated returns, and
corporations that enter into certain tax-free reorganizations. The
regulations provide rules for determining the tax consequences of a
member's transfer (including by deconsolidation and worthlessness) of
loss shares of subsidiary stock. In addition, the regulations provide
that section 362(e)(2) generally does not apply to transactions between
members of a consolidated group. Finally, the regulations conform or
clarify various provisions of the consolidated return regulations,
including those relating to adjustments to subsidiary stock basis.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations are effective on September 17,
2008.
Applicability Date: For dates of applicability, see Sec. Sec.
1.358-6(f)(3), 1.1502-13(l)(1), 1.1502-19(h), 1.1502-21(h)(1)(iii),
1.1502-30(c), 1.1502-31(h)(1), 1.1502-32(h)(9), 1.1502-33(j)(1),
1.1502-35(j), 1.1502-36(h), 1.1502-75(l), 1.1502-80(a)(4), 1.1502-
80(h), 1.1502-80(j), 1.1502-91(h)(2), and 1.1502-99(b)(4).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Marcie P. Barese at (202) 622-7790,
Sean P. Duffley at (202) 622-7770, or Theresa Abell at (202) 622-7700
(none of the numbers are toll-free).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
The collection of information contained in these final regulations
has been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget
in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C.
3507(d)) under control number 1545-2096. The collection of information
in these final regulations is in Sec. 1.1502-36(e)(5). The collection
of information is necessary to allow a corporation to redetermine basis
under the basis redetermination rule when it sells all the stock of a
subsidiary, to modify the application of the attribute reduction rule,
to apply the Unified Loss Rule retroactively to certain intercompany
transfers, and to reattribute a section 382 limitation.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required
to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid
control number.
Books or records relating to the collection of information must be
retained as long as their contents may become material in the
administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and
tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Background
On January 23, 2007, the IRS and Treasury Department issued a
notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-157711-02, 2007-8 IRB 537, 72 FR
2964) (January 2007 proposal) that included proposed regulations under
Sec. 1.1502-36 (Unified Loss Rule). The proposed Unified Loss Rule
would implement aspects of the repeal of the General Utilities doctrine
and address the duplication of loss by consolidated groups. The
proposed Unified Loss Rule consisted of three principal rules that
would apply when a member (M) transferred a loss share of stock of a
subsidiary (S): A basis redetermination rule (that would reallocate
investment adjustments to address both noneconomic and duplicated stock
loss), a basis reduction rule (that would address noneconomic stock
loss), and an attribute reduction rule (that would address duplicated
loss).
In addition, the January 2007 proposal included proposed
regulations under Sec. 1.1502-13(e)(4) that would address the
application of section 362(e)(2) to certain intercompany transactions.
The January 2007 proposal also included proposed regulations that would
make various technical and administrative revisions to other provisions
of the consolidated return regulations and to regulations regarding
stock basis following certain corporate restructuring transactions.
No public hearing regarding the proposed regulations was requested
or held. Written, electronic, and oral comments responding to the
notice of proposed rulemaking were received. After consideration of all
the comments, these final regulations generally adopt the rules of the
proposed regulations other than proposed Sec. 1.1502-13(e)(4) and its
related provisions. The significant comments and modifications are
discussed in this preamble.
1. The Unified Loss Rule
A. General Comments
In general, commentators and practitioners have consistently
described the provisions of the proposed Unified Loss Rule as reaching
a fair and reasonable systemic balance. They have generally concurred
with the major policy decisions reflected in the proposed regulations,
including the retention of the loss limitation model, the rejection of
a tracing approach, the application of the rule to built-in income, and
the systemic prevention of loss duplication. However, commentators and
practitioners have also consistently raised concerns regarding both the
complexity of the proposed rules and the anticipated difficulty in
compiling the data required to implement the proposed rules, especially
those relating to transfers of stock of subsidiaries that hold stock in
other subsidiaries.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognize that the proposed rules
are complex. However, as recognized by commentators and practitioners,
the complexity of the rules is a result of the balancing of benefits
and burdens arising from the presumptions on which the rules are based.
The IRS and Treasury Department are concerned, therefore, that
simplifying the proposed rules would adversely impact the fundamental
fairness the rules are intended to achieve. Nevertheless, careful
consideration has been given to all simplifying suggestions, and they
have been incorporated wherever possible.
The suggestions regarding the general application and operation of
the rule, and the conclusions reached as to each, are set forth in this
section A of this preamble. Suggestions relating to individual
paragraphs of the Unified Loss Rule and to other regulations in the
January 2007 proposal, including proposed Sec. 1.1502-13(e)(4), and
the conclusions reached as to each, are set forth in the following
sections.
i. Order of Application of the Unified Loss Rule and Other Adjustments
The January 2007 proposal provided that the Unified Loss Rule would
apply to a transfer of a share of subsidiary stock if, after giving
effect to all applicable rules of law (other than the Unified Loss
Rule), the share is a loss share. The provisions of the proposed
Unified Loss Rule would then apply sequentially to adjust subsidiary
stock basis and attributes. Any adjustments
[[Page 53935]]
required under the Unified Loss Rule would be given effect immediately
before the transfer.
Commentators found the timing rules unclear, particularly as they
related to the application of other provisions of the consolidated
return regulations that also purport to apply immediately before a
transaction. The IRS and Treasury Department have considered this
comment and agree that there could be some uncertainty in this respect.
To address this concern, Sec. 1.1502-36(a)(3)(i) of these final
regulations provides that the Unified Loss Rule applies when a member
transfers a share of subsidiary stock and, after taking into account
the effects of all rules of law applicable as of the transfer, even
those that would not be given effect until after the transfer, the
share is a loss share. Such effects may be attributable to lower-tier
dispositions and worthlessness, as well as to the application of the
Unified Loss Rule. Although the determination of whether a transferred
share is a loss share is made as of the transfer, the Unified Loss Rule
as a whole applies, and any adjustments required under the Unified Loss
Rule are given effect, immediately before the transfer.
When the Unified Loss Rule applies to a transfer, its individual
provisions are each applied in order. Thus, as described in Sec.
1.1502-36(a)(3)(i) of these final regulations, the general rule is that
paragraph (b) applies first with respect to a transferred loss share
(or shares). Then, if there is still a transfer of a loss share after
the application of paragraph (b), paragraph (c) applies to the loss
share (or shares). Finally, if there is still a transfer of a loss
share after the application of paragraph (c), paragraph (d) applies
with respect to that loss share (or shares). Section 1.1502-
36(a)(3)(ii) provides detailed instruction regarding the order in which
the individual provisions of the Unified Loss Rule apply if there are
transfers at multiple tiers in the same transaction.
ii. Application of Unified Loss Rule to Nondeconsolidating Transfers
Several commentators have suggested that the final regulations
include an election to defer basis recovery in the case of a
nondeconsolidating transfer. Under such an election, a group could
avoid applying the Unified Loss Rule to such transfers by shifting the
basis of a transferred share (to the extent such basis exceeds the
share's value) to other shares held by members. As a result, the group
would forego any current loss, but the Unified Loss Rule would continue
to be applicable to any subsequent transfer of loss shares of stock of
that subsidiary.
The IRS and Treasury Department are concerned that such an election
could cause significant administrative complexity. The IRS and Treasury
Department are also concerned that such an election could cause
substantial distortions that could adversely affect the treatment of
subsequent deconsolidating transfers. For example, a basis shift
resulting from such an election could significantly increase the
disconformity amount of the retained shares, potentially causing a
substantial and inappropriate reduction in the basis of the retained
shares when they are ultimately transferred. Further, because this
relief would only address transfers of minority interests, and the IRS
and Treasury Department believe that such transfers reflect a small
portion of subsidiary stock dispositions, the IRS and Treasury
Department do not believe such a rule would give rise to any
significant relief. Accordingly, this suggestion was not adopted.
Other suggestions were made that would apply special rules to
nondeconsolidating transfers. The final regulations generally do not
adopt special rules for nondeconsolidating transfers. The principal
reasons are the complexity a dual system would create and the small
number of transactions expected to be affected by such rules. In
addition, the IRS and Treasury Department believe that taxpayers will
typically be able to restructure nondeconsolidating transfers to avoid
the application of the Unified Loss Rule, for example, by issuing
subsidiary stock.
iii. Application of Unified Loss Rule to Deferred Recognition Transfers
The proposed regulations provided that all transfers of loss shares
of subsidiary stock are immediately subject to the Unified Loss Rule
when the stock is transferred, even if any loss recognized on the
transfer would be deferred. The IRS and Treasury Department had
concluded that the immediate application of the Unified Loss Rule was
necessary to prevent the significant administrative burden of
retroactively applying the Unified Loss Rule to members' bases in
shares of subsidiary stock, and to the subsidiary's attributes, long
after a stock sale.
Commentators questioned the need to apply the Unified Loss Rule to
a transfer in which any loss that would be recognized would be
deferred, citing as a model Sec. 1.1502-20(a)(3) (deferring the
application of Sec. 1.1502-20, the Loss Disallowance Rule).
Commentators also observed that single-entity principles seemed to
suggest that an intercompany transfer is not an appropriate time to
apply the Unified Loss Rule, urging that it would be more appropriate
to apply the Unified Loss Rule to such a transfer when the intercompany
item is taken into account.
The IRS and Treasury Department have considered these comments and
are persuaded that single-entity principles would be furthered, and
group income would be more clearly reflected, if the application of the
Unified Loss Rule were coordinated with the intercompany transaction
provisions in Sec. 1.1502-13. Accordingly, under these final
regulations, if a member transfers a share of subsidiary stock to
another member and any gain or loss on the transfer is deferred under
Sec. 1.1502-13, the Unified Loss Rule applies to the transfer, or to
any subsequent transfer of that share by a member, when the
intercompany item is taken into account. At that time, the
determination of whether the Unified Loss Rule applies and, if so, the
consequences of its application are made by treating the buying and
selling members as divisions of a single corporation. The final
regulations also provide that appropriate adjustments will be made to
intercompany item(s), any member's basis in the subsidiary's share,
and/or the subsidiary's attributes in order to further the purposes of
both the Unified Loss Rule and the intercompany transaction provisions
in Sec. 1.1502-13.
Notwithstanding this modification of the treatment of intercompany
transfers, the IRS and Treasury Department continue to believe that the
deferral of loss recognized on a sale of subsidiary stock should not,
in general, defer the application of the Unified Loss Rule. One reason
is that postponing the application of the Unified Loss Rule in
transfers that are not intercompany transactions would likely make it
much more difficult, and in some cases impossible, to obtain the
information and make the determinations necessary to apply the rule.
Another reason is that such an approach could require subsequent
adjustments to attributes outside the consolidated group. Accordingly,
these final regulations continue to apply the Unified Loss Rule to non-
intercompany transfers of loss shares at the time the stock is
transferred, even if any loss recognized on the transfer is subject to
deferral.
These final regulations modify the definition of the term transfer
to reflect both the general rule that the deferral of loss does not
affect the determination of whether stock is transferred and the
limited exception for intercompany transactions.
[[Page 53936]]
iv. Application of Unified Loss Rule to Liquidations Under Section 332
The proposed Unified Loss Rule provided that the term transfer
generally includes transactions in which a member ceases to own
subsidiary stock. However, the proposed regulations included an
exception for section 381(a) transactions in which any member acquires
assets of the subsidiary, provided that no gain or loss is recognized
by member shareholders with respect to the subsidiary's stock.
Commentators observed that this exclusion would apply to liquidations
in which more than one member owns stock of the subsidiary and that, in
such cases, upper-tier distortions could result because the basis
redetermination rule would not apply.
The IRS and Treasury Department agree with this observation and are
concerned with the potential for distortion and abuse. Accordingly,
under the final regulations, a disposition of subsidiary stock in a
liquidation to which section 332 applies is not excepted from the
definition of a transfer if more than one member owns stock in the
liquidating subsidiary. However, the final regulations provide that, in
the case of a multiple-member section 332 liquidation, neither
paragraph (c) (the basis reduction rule) nor paragraph (d) (the
attribute reduction rule) will apply to the transfer. Thus, if more
than one member owns stock in a subsidiary and those members dispose of
the subsidiary stock in a section 332 liquidation of the subsidiary,
the transaction is subject to the other provisions of the Unified Loss
Rule, in particular the basis redetermination rule in Sec. 1.1502-
36(b).
v. Basis in Lower-Tier Stock
In formulating the proposed Unified Loss Rule, the IRS and Treasury
Department believed that, by using information that taxpayers were
otherwise required to create and maintain, the administrative burden on
taxpayers would be minimal. However, commentators have uniformly
expressed concern that taxpayers will find it costly and time-
consuming, if not impossible, to obtain the subsidiary stock basis
information needed to apply many of the provisions of the Unified Loss
Rule. Particular concern has been expressed regarding the lower-tier
subsidiary rules in the proposed basis reduction rule (proposed Sec.
1.1502-36(c)) and the proposed attribute reduction rule (proposed Sec.
1.1502-36(d)). The reasons cited include the widespread practice of
determining stock basis only when necessary to determine a person's tax
liability, complicated intercompany accounting rules that make stock
basis determinations prone to error, and the frequent inability to
obtain accurate historical basis information when acquiring companies
with lower-tier subsidiaries.
To address this problem, several commentators have suggested
modifying the proposed rules to apply solely based on the net inside
attributes of lower-tier subsidiaries (the ``look-through'' approach).
Those commentators have argued that information regarding inside
attributes is much more regularly and reliably maintained and available
than stock basis information.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognize that adopting a look-
through approach would not only address the problem of inadequate stock
basis data, it would also significantly simplify the application of the
rules. However, the IRS and Treasury Department are concerned that a
look-through approach could produce inappropriate results for groups
transferring S stock if S holds stock of another subsidiary (S1) and
S's basis in its S1 stock reflects unrecognized appreciation in S1's
assets (built-in gain).
Example. P, the common parent of a consolidated group, transfers
$100 to S in exchange for S's sole outstanding share of stock. S
purchases the sole outstanding share of S1 stock for $100 when S1
holds one asset with a basis of $0 and a value of $100. S earns
$100, increasing P's basis in S to $200. S1's asset declines in
value to $0. P sells its S share to X, an unrelated person, for
$100, recognizing a loss of $100. Under the basis reduction rule as
proposed, P's basis in S stock is reduced by the lesser of S's
disconformity amount and S's net positive adjustment. S's
disconformity amount is $0, the excess of P's $200 basis in the S
share over S's net inside attribute amount ($200, the sum of S's
$100 cash and its $100 basis in the S1 share, which is not treated
as reduced under the tentative reduction rule because there were no
investment adjustments applied to the basis of the S1 share).
Accordingly, although S had a $100 net positive adjustment, there is
no reduction to P's basis in S stock and so P's $100 loss on the S
stock is allowed. However, because the stock loss is duplicated in
S's attributes, the attribute reduction rule will apply to eliminate
S's inside loss.
If a look-through approach were adopted, however, S's basis in its
S1 share would be disregarded and S's disconformity amount would be
$100 (the excess of P's $200 basis in its S share over S's $100 net
inside attribute amount, computed as the sum of S's $100 cash and S1's
$0 basis in its asset). As a result, P's basis in its S share would be
reduced by $100, the lesser of S's $100 disconformity amount and S's
$100 net positive adjustment. Although S would retain its $100 basis in
its S1 share, P would recognize no loss on its sale of the S stock.
Thus, the selling group would have suffered an economic loss but the
loss would be neither recognized nor allowed. Such a result would be
contrary to the general rule adopted in the proposed regulations, that
stock basis is not presumed noneconomic to the extent there is no
disconformity amount or no net positive adjustment amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognize that, under the proposed
regulations, a very different result follows where it is S1, not S,
that earns the $100. In that case, the proposed regulation would treat
S's basis in the S1 stock as tentatively reduced by $100 (the lesser of
S1's $100 disconformity amount and S1's net positive adjustment). As a
result, S would have a disconformity amount of $100 and P's basis in
its S share would be reduced by $100 (the lesser of S's $100
disconformity amount and S's $100 net positive adjustment). But the IRS
and Treasury Department believe this result is appropriate because S1's
disconformity amount evidences that S1 has at least $100 of built-in
gain. Further, S1 has a net positive adjustment that evidences the
recognition of that built-in gain. Thus, in this case, the facts
indicate that S1's income is attributable to the recognition of built-
in gain and that, as a result, M's loss on the share of S stock should
be treated as noneconomic.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognize that this approach could
lead to situations in which the location of an item is manipulated to
produce inappropriate results, but believe there are adequate
protections against such manipulation. See, for example, section 482
and the various anti-abuse provisions of the consolidated return
regulations, including these final regulations.
For all these reasons, the IRS and Treasury Department continue to
believe that including lower-tier stock basis in determinations made
under the Unified Loss Rule more fully safeguards taxpayers' interests
and generally produces more appropriate results.
Several commentators argued that an elective look-through rule
would address the concerns inherent in a mandatory look-through rule,
as well as the concerns regarding the availability of stock basis
information and the complexity of the proposed rules.
The IRS and Treasury Department agree that an elective approach
would mitigate the concerns presented by a mandatory look-through rule,
but believe that an elective approach would
[[Page 53937]]
not provide the desired simplification. The reason is that the decision
will affect computations under both the basis reduction rule and the
attribute reduction rule, and what may be taxpayer favorable for one
rule may be taxpayer unfavorable for the other rule. Thus, the benefit
(or burden) of ignoring lower-tier stock basis for the basis reduction
rule will need to be weighed against any benefit (or burden) of
ignoring lower-tier stock basis for the attribute reduction rule.
The IRS and Treasury Department acknowledge that, in order to
simplify compliance, some taxpayers might elect a look-through approach
without making detailed alternative computations. However, the IRS and
Treasury Department believe that, given the consequences of such an
election, the vast majority of taxpayers will compute their tax
treatment both with and without a look-through approach before deciding
whether to make such an election. Thus, in the vast majority of cases,
there would be little or no simplification from an elective look-
through approach, and one of the major goals of such a rule would not
be achieved.
Moreover, the IRS and Treasury Department believe that taxpayers
making both computations will then universally choose the method that
produces better results. While taxpayers are free to arrange their
affairs so as to legitimately minimize their taxes, a system that will
always operate to the disadvantage of one party or the other (in this
case, the government) is not properly balanced.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury Department believe that a
mandatory look-through approach would produce inappropriate results in
certain cases, and that an elective look-through approach would fail to
achieve a significant amount of simplification and would significantly
diminish the balance and fairness of the regulations. The final Unified
Loss Rule therefore does not adopt any form of the look-through
approach.
Still, the IRS and Treasury Department recognize that determining
lower-tier subsidiary stock basis may be difficult for the reasons
previously noted. Further, although the need to determine lower-tier
subsidiary stock basis is not particular to these regulations, the
Unified Loss Rule arguably increases both the frequency and
significance of these determinations. Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury
Department are considering various proposals that would mitigate these
difficulties on a system-wide basis.
One alternative under consideration is a conforming basis election.
Under this election, consolidated groups could determine members' bases
in shares of subsidiary stock by treating the basis in each share owned
by a member as being equal to the share's proportionate interest in the
subsidiary's net inside attributes. If such an election were made, the
determination would presumably be effective for all Federal income tax
purposes. Further, because the determination of subsidiary stock basis
is not a concern that is unique to the Unified Loss Rule, consideration
is being given to allowing the election with respect to all
subsidiaries, with no restrictions on consistency or the time for
making elections. However, the IRS and Treasury Department are not
certain that such a rule would materially simplify the determination of
basis because taxpayers are likely to conclude that they must determine
stock basis in judging whether to make the election. Further, the IRS
and Treasury Department are concerned about the collateral consequences
of such a rule.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury Department are requesting
comments regarding whether such an election would assist taxpayers and
whether it would in fact provide any simplification. Additionally,
comments are requested regarding what collateral consequences, if any,
such an election should or would have, and whether such consequences
are appropriate. The issues include, for example, whether such an
election would be an appropriate means of eliminating excess loss
accounts, whether it could potentially produce inappropriate cross-
chain basis shifts, or whether it could inappropriately facilitate the
acceleration of losses.
The IRS and Treasury Department also request comments regarding any
other method for addressing this issue.
vi. Items Taken Into Account in Determining the Net Inside Attribute
Amount
As a result of various questions and comments received, the IRS and
Treasury Department have reconsidered the inclusion of credits in the
determination of the net inside attribute amount. Commentators have
correctly observed that, at least with respect to credits held at the
time of a taxable acquisition of subsidiary stock, credits are
economically similar to other valuable attributes and it would be
appropriate to take such credits into account in determining the
disconformity amount. However, the proper treatment of other credits
(that is, credits accruing after the subsidiary stock was acquired) in
determining the disconformity amount, and of any credits (whenever
accruing) in determining loss duplication, is less clear. Presumably,
however, any such methodology would need to be tracing-based, and would
therefore be expected to present the significant administrative
concerns described in the preamble to the January 2007 proposal.
Ultimately, no viable presumptive methodology was identified for
determining the proper inclusion of credits, and so no change is made
in the final Unified Loss Rule regarding the treatment of credits.
vii. Adjustments for Section 362(e)(2) Transactions
As discussed in Section 3 of this preamble, the IRS and Treasury
Department have concluded that section 362(e)(2) should generally not
apply to intercompany transactions. However, section 362(e)(2) will
apply to transactions occurring prior to September 17, 2008 if the
taxpayer does not elect to apply the rule in the final regulations. In
such cases, distortions will result and, thus, adjustments will need to
be made. The IRS and Treasury Department are also concerned that there
are other provisions that could create distortions. Accordingly, the
final regulations retain the rule in proposed Sec. 1.1502-36(e)(2)
that provided for adjustments to offset the effects of basis reductions
required by section 362(e)(2) with respect to intercompany
transactions, and the rule that provided for appropriate adjustments in
cases raising similar issues. However, under the final regulations,
taxpayers may make appropriate adjustments without a determination from
the Commissioner.
viii. Effective/Applicability Date Issues
As proposed, the Unified Loss Rule would have been applicable for
all transfers on or after the date the regulations were published as
final. Several practitioners observed that the proposed effective date
caused problems for taxpayers attempting to negotiate transactions
because they could not be certain what set of regulations would be in
effect when their transactions were completed. Accordingly,
commentators and practitioners requested that the regulations include a
transition rule that would exclude transfers effected on or after the
date the final regulations are published, if such transfers were made
pursuant to a binding agreement in place before the publication date.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognized the difficulty created
by the proposed effective date and, in Notice 2008-9, 2008-3 IRB 277
(regarding the Internal Revenue Bulletin generally, see
[[Page 53938]]
Sec. 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)), announced that the final regulations would
include a transition rule for transfers between unrelated parties if
made pursuant to an agreement that is binding before the date that
final regulations are published and at all times thereafter. Further,
Notice 2008-9 stated that the IRS and Treasury Department expect that
the rule would incorporate the provisions of section 267(b) in
determining whether persons are related for this purpose. Accordingly,
as stated in Notice 2008-9, the final Unified Loss Rule applies to
transfers on or after September 17, 2008, unless the transfer is made
pursuant to a binding agreement between unrelated parties that was in
effect before September 17, 2008 and at all times thereafter. The final
regulations provide that the term related party has the same meaning as
in section 267(b).
One comment was also received suggesting that the final regulations
include an election to apply their provisions retroactively. The IRS
and Treasury Department considered this suggestion but are concerned
that adopting such an approach would disrupt taxpayers' otherwise
closed transactions and thereby exacerbate the problems caused by the
uncertainty and instability in this area over these past years.
Accordingly, the final Unified Loss Rule does not include an election
to apply its provisions retroactively.
B. Section 1.1502-36(b): Basis Redetermination Rule
Commentators generally recognize and concur with the need for a
rule that reallocates investment adjustments to address the problems
created when shares of stock are held with disparate bases. As
illustrated in Sections B.3, B.4, and E of the preamble to the January
2007 proposal, the allocation of investment adjustments under Sec.
1.1502-32 can create a noneconomic stock loss on an individual share
that would be eliminated under Sec. 1.1502-36(c). Similarly, the
allocation of investment adjustments under Sec. 1.1502-32 can fail to
eliminate a duplicated loss on an individual share. In both cases,
however, the allocation creates no net loss if all the shares are taken
into account. The basis redetermination rule in Sec. 1.1502-36(b) is
designed to address these issues.
Commentators have expressed concern, however, with both the
availability of the investment adjustment data required to implement
the rule and the complexity of the application of the rule.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognize that the information may
be difficult and costly to produce. However, unlike lower-tier
subsidiary stock basis information, the information required to
implement the basis redetermination rule (specifically, the investment
adjustment history of the stock of the subsidiary that is being
transferred) is generally information obtained from the group's own tax
returns and other records. Groups are therefore, as a general matter,
not dependent on other taxpayers for this information.
Furthermore, the IRS and Treasury Department expect that this rule
will apply to only a small number of transactions due to the exception
for transactions in which members transfer all of their S stock to one
or more nonmembers in a fully taxable transaction. Accordingly, it is
anticipated that, in most transactions, taxpayers will not be required
to redetermine basis. Moreover, in those situations in which it does
apply, it accomplishes important objectives for both taxpayers and the
government.
Some commentators suggested allowing a member to be treated as
having an averaged basis in its shares of S stock if S has only one
class of stock outstanding and the member holds all of the S stock. The
commentators argue that such an election could significantly reduce the
number of taxpayers required to apply the basis redetermination rule.
While that might be true, such basis averaging could result in
additional complexities and distortions. For example, if a portion of
the shares were previously transferred in an intercompany transaction
and the bases in all of the subsidiary's shares were averaged, it might
be difficult to determine the extent to which particular shares reflect
the prior intercompany transaction. Further, averaging the basis in the
subsidiary's shares could alter the application of section 267 and
section 311.
For all these reasons, the final Unified Loss Rule retains the
basis redetermination rule without the suggested modifications.
The final regulations do, however, modify the basis redetermination
rule to omit the reallocation of positive investment adjustments
applied to preferred shares under Sec. 1.1502-32. The reason is that
Sec. 1.1502-32 allocates positive adjustments to preferred shares
solely to account for the right to receive distributions. Thus, the
positive Sec. 1.1502-32 adjustments allocated to preferred shares,
like the adjustments for distributions (which were not reallocated
under the proposed Unified Loss Rule), are based on economic changes in
the shareholder's investment. As a result, they should have no
correlation to unrecognized loss reflected in the bases of the shares
and so should not be subject to this rule. The final regulations do,
however, continue to permit the reallocation of both positive and
negative adjustments from common to preferred shares in order to reduce
or eliminate any loss on transferred preferred shares and any gain on
either transferred or nontransferred preferred shares. The IRS and
Treasury Department believe such reallocations are necessary and
appropriate to address any reflection of unrecognized gain or loss in
preferred shares attributable, for example, to contributions of assets
in exchanged for preferred stock.
i. Exceptions to Basis Redetermination Rule
The proposed basis redetermination rule contained two exceptions to
its application, the ``no potential for redetermination'' exception and
the ``disposition of entire interest'' exception.
The proposed ``no potential for redetermination'' exception
provided that basis redetermination is not required if redetermination
would not change any member's basis in S stock. Some commentators found
this exception confusing; others suggested that it offered no
simplification because it would be necessary to apply the basis
redetermination rule to determine whether the exception was available.
Other commentators thought that it provided a useful safe harbor. The
IRS and Treasury Department have concluded that the rule should be
retained, but that it should be revised to state its scope and effect
more clearly. Accordingly, under the final regulations, the basis
redetermination rule does not apply if members' bases in shares of S
common stock are equal (that is, there is no disparity) and members'
bases in shares of S preferred stock reflect no gain or loss. The
reason is that, under these circumstances, the only effect that a
reallocation of investment adjustments could have would be an increase,
not a decrease, in basis disparity.
The proposed ``disposition of entire interest'' exception provided
that basis redetermination is not required if, within the group's
taxable year in which the transfer occurs, all of the shares of S stock
held by members are transferred to a nonmember in a one or more fully
taxable transactions. This rule differed from the basis reduction
netting rule in proposed Sec. 1.1502-36(c)(7) and the net stock loss
definition in proposed Sec. 1.1502-36(d)(3)(ii), which only netted
among shares transferred in the same
[[Page 53939]]
transaction. Commentators observed that this difference presents a
potential for distortion and abuse if items are taken into account by S
between transfers. While this problem exists to a certain extent if a
transaction is comprised of steps that are not executed simultaneously,
the problem may be significantly exacerbated by a rule that allowed
netting among all transactions within a year. Moreover, because the
netting rule in the basis reduction rule is intended, in part, to
protect taxpayers when the basis redetermination rule is not applied,
the IRS and Treasury Department believe that the application of these
rules should be coextensive. Accordingly, the final regulations provide
that this exception only applies if members dispose of their entire
interest in S stock to one or more nonmembers, if all members' shares
of S stock become worthless, or if all members' shares of S stock are
either worthless or disposed of to one or more nonmembers, in one fully
taxable transaction.
Commentators also inquired whether the ``disposition of entire
interest'' exception was mandatory, that is, whether the basis
redetermination rule could be applied even if a group disposed of its
entire interest in a transaction that qualifies for the exception. The
IRS and Treasury Department recognize that taxpayers might choose to
apply the basis redetermination rule in such cases in order to reduce
gain or avoid the Unified Loss Rule with respect to upper-tier shares.
The IRS and Treasury Department do not believe that doing so would be
inappropriate, as the premise of the basis redetermination rule is that
reallocations made under the rule are appropriate allocations. However,
because the IRS and Treasury Department believe that taxpayers will
most often not want to apply the basis redetermination rule, the final
regulations generally provide that basis is not redetermined when the
exception applies, but include an election to apply the basis
redetermination rule in such cases.
ii. Manner in Which Investment Adjustments Are Reallocated
Some commentators observed that the proposed rules were vague
regarding the manner in which reallocations were to be made. The IRS
and Treasury Department generally agree with this observation, but had
concluded that the rule would work best if taxpayers were given
considerable flexibility in determining how to make specific
reallocations. In recognition of the fact that such an approach would
allow differing interpretations, section F.2 of the preamble to the
January 2007 proposal stated that the IRS would respect any reasonable
method or formula employed in applying the basis redetermination rule.
The IRS and Treasury Department continue to believe that the rule
should be as flexible as possible. However, in response to these
comments, the specific provisions of the final basis redetermination
rule provide some additional guidance (discussed more fully in the next
section). But the rule is still intended to be flexible in its
application and, therefore, the final regulations explicitly provide
that the reallocation of an investment adjustment may be made using any
reasonable method or formula that is consistent with the basis
redetermination rule and furthers the purposes of the Unified Loss
Rule. Thus, like the proposed regulations, the final regulations
contemplate that more than one result may be reasonable in any specific
case.
iii. Decreasing Disparity in Basis of Members' Shares
The general operating rules of the proposed basis redetermination
rule provided that reallocations are made in a manner that reduces the
extent to which there is disparity in members' bases in S stock. The
IRS and Treasury Department have received various questions regarding
the scope of this rule. Some practitioners read the rule to completely
eliminate the loss on transferred shares even if overall disparity were
increased. One practitioner suggested that the general rule, in
referring only to the manner of redetermination, did not clearly
restrict the amount of redetermination that would otherwise be required
under the rules.
To address these concerns, each of the specific allocation
provisions in the final regulations includes a statement regarding the
manner and extent to which allocations are to be made under the
provision. In addition, the operating rules generally provide that the
overall application of the rule must reduce disparity among members'
bases in preferred shares of subsidiary stock (as provided in the
applicable reallocation provisions) and among members' bases in common
shares of subsidiary stock, to the greatest extent possible.
C. Section 1.1502-36(c): Basis Reduction Rule
In general, commentators found the general structure of the basis
reduction rule and its components (limiting basis reduction to the
lesser of the share's disconformity amount and net positive adjustment)
to be a reasonable approach to addressing the issue of noneconomic
loss. The principal concern expressed was the anticipated difficulty
with respect to gathering the information necessary to implement the
lower-tier subsidiary rules. Nevertheless, commentators uniformly
agreed that basis adjustments from lower-tier subsidiaries must be
taken into account in order to identify and address noneconomic stock
loss.
The principal suggestion for addressing the lack of readily
accessible and reliable information on lower-tier stock basis was to
adopt a look-through approach, as discussed in section 1.A.v. of this
preamble. For the reasons set forth in that section of this preamble,
the final regulations do not adopt this approach. However, as noted,
the IRS and Treasury Department continue to request and consider
comments on mechanisms for alleviating the difficulty in determining
lower-tier subsidiary stock basis.
Commentators and practitioners did suggest a number of other
modifications to the basis reduction rule. Those suggestions and the
decisions reached are discussed in the following sections.
i. Treatment of Intercompany Debt
Several commentators suggested revising the net positive adjustment
amount to exclude items related to intercompany debt. The rationale for
this suggestion was that, in general, the nature of such amounts makes
them more like to capital transactions than the recognition of built-in
gain or loss. Thus it is argued that these amounts should be treated
like contributions and distributions, which are not included in the net
positive adjustment amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognize that, in certain
circumstances, intercompany debt has some inherent similarity to
capital contributions and distributions, at least with respect to the
principal amounts of such obligations. However, the IRS and Treasury
Department also recognize that there are circumstances in which
unrecognized appreciation in intercompany debt can be reflected in
stock basis. For example, if a subsidiary receives cash in exchange for
newly issued stock when it holds an intercompany obligation, the basis
of the newly issued shares will reflect a portion of any unrecognized
appreciation in the obligation. Because the consequences of having that
unrecognized appreciation reflected in stock basis are no different
from the consequences of any other built-in gain, the regulations would
have to provide a system to identify and monitor those
[[Page 53940]]
amounts. Such a system would need to rely on a tracing-based
methodology, which the IRS and Treasury Department have rejected for
the reasons articulated in the preamble to the January 2007 proposal.
Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury Department have concluded that no
special rules would be adopted for items related to intercompany debt.
ii. Disconformity Amount: Net Inside Attributes
In the proposed regulations, the term net inside attributes was
defined as the excess of the sum of S's loss carryovers, deferred
deductions, and asset basis over S's liabilities. Although different
rules applied to determine basis in lower-tier subsidiary stock, the
terms otherwise had the same meaning for purposes of both the basis
reduction and attribute reduction rules.
The proposed regulations defined the term loss carryover to mean
any net operating or capital loss carryover attributable to S that is
or, under the principles of Sec. 1.1502-21 would be, carried to S's
first taxable year, if any, following the year of the transfer. Thus,
if a buyer were to waive a loss carryover under Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(4),
the loss would not be carried to S's first taxable year after the
transfer, and so it would be excluded from the computation of net
inside attributes.
Practitioners agree that this definition is appropriate for
purposes of measuring loss duplication, as it prevents attributes that
cannot be duplicated from being taken into account in computing S's
attribute reduction amount. However, one commentator observed that this
definition seemed inappropriate for purposes of measuring S's
disconformity amount.
The IRS and Treasury Department have considered this comment and
agree that the definition is inappropriate for computing S's
disconformity amount. As discussed in the January 2007 preamble, the
disconformity amount was incorporated in the basis reduction rule in
order to limit basis reduction to the net amount of a subsidiary's
built-in gain. The IRS and Treasury Department believed that, by
limiting basis reduction to the amount of net built-in gain, the basis
reduction rule would not reduce stock basis by an amount that could not
be attributed to the recognition of built-in gain.
However, by adopting a definition of loss carryovers that required
such losses to be carried to a separate return year, the rule allowed a
waiver of a loss carryover under Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(4) to reduce the
amount of a subsidiary's loss carryovers and, as a result, the
subsidiary's net inside attributes. That, in turn, caused an increase
in the subsidiary's disconformity amount. But, as the commentator
observed, any disconformity created by the waiver of a loss carryover
would be unrelated to the existence of built-in gain. Thus, this
definition of loss carryovers undermined the protection otherwise
afforded by the use of the disconformity amount as a limit on basis
reduction.
In addition, other commentators found the proposed rule unclear in
its reference to losses that would be carried to a separate return
year.
To address these concerns, the final regulations provide that the
term loss carryovers means those losses that are attributable to the
subsidiary, including any losses that would be apportioned to the
subsidiary under the principles of Sec. 1.1502-21(b)(2) if the
subsidiary had a separate return year. However, because a waiver under
Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(4) does affect the extent to which a loss can be
duplicated, the final regulations provide that, solely for purposes of
applying the attribute reduction rule, a subsidiary's loss carryovers
(and therefore its net inside attributes) do not include the amount of
any losses waived under Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(4).
D. Section 1.1502-36(d): The Attribute Reduction Rule
As discussed in the preamble to the January 2007 proposal, the loss
duplication component of the Unified Loss Rule addresses loss
duplication systemically in order to clearly reflect the income of both
the group and its members, including former members. The IRS and
Treasury Department view this rule as a necessary and appropriate
complement to Sec. 1.1502-32 because, together they work to eliminate
the duplication of a group item once the group enjoys the benefit of
the item, without regard to which of the duplicative items is
recognized and allowed first. The IRS and Treasury Department also view
this rule as a necessary and appropriate complement to the basis
reduction rule because it eliminates S's unrecognized built-in loss to
the extent it prevented the identification of S's recognized built-in
gain (and thus prevented the reduction of noneconomic stock basis, and
noneconomic stock loss). See sections C.3 and C.4.v of the preamble to
the January 2007 proposal for a discussion of the interaction between
unrecognized built-in loss and recognized built-in gain.
Commentators generally agreed with the IRS and Treasury Department
on the need for, and appropriateness of, the systemic approach to loss
duplication. However, like the basis redetermination and basis
reduction rules, the attribute reduction rule received considerable
commentary regarding the issues of data availability and computational
complexity. Commentators and practitioners made several suggestions for
technical revisions to the proposed regulations. The IRS and Treasury
Department have considered the suggestions received as well as other
revisions to the proposed attribute reduction rule. The suggestions and
conclusions are discussed in the following sections.
i. Lower-Tier Subsidiary Rules
In general, commentators and practitioners recognize that the rules
for measuring and eliminating loss duplication must take into account
both the basis in lower-tier subsidiary stock and the attributes of
lower-tier subsidiaries in order to be most effective. Nevertheless, as
already noted, commentators expressed much concern regarding the
administrability of the proposed lower-tier subsidiary rules. Their
principal suggestion for addressing this concern was the adoption of a
look-through approach that would address loss duplication only by
taking lower-tier attributes into account.
The IRS and Treasury Department considered a look-through approach
when drafting the January 2007 proposal, but were concerned that such
an approach would not adequately address loss duplication. The
principal reason for this concern was that loss duplication can reside
in the basis of lower-tier subsidiary stock and in the attributes of
that lower-tier subsidiary and, moreover, that it can reside in those
locations in differing amounts. Therefore, a rule that measures loss
duplication solely by reference to lower-tier attributes, or solely by
reference to lower-tier stock basis, would permit potentially
significant amounts of loss duplication to avoid reduction. To avoid
this problem, the IRS and Treasury Department concluded that the loss
duplication regulations must measure loss duplication by reference to
both.
The IRS and Treasury Department recognized, however, that when
duplication is not uniformly reflected in stock basis and attributes,
this approach could cause an over-reduction in lower-tier attributes
(when loss duplication resides primarily in lower-tier stock basis) or
in lower-tier stock basis (when loss duplication resides primarily in
lower-tier attributes). To prevent the former result, the conforming
limitation on lower-tier attribute reduction limits the application of
tiered-down attribute reduction (generally permitting a lower-
[[Page 53941]]
tier subsidiary's attributes to be reduced only to the extent necessary
to conform them to members' bases in that subsidiary's stock, as
reduced under this rule). To prevent the latter result, the basis
restoration rule reverses reductions to lower-tier stock basis made by
the Unified Loss Rule (generally to the extent necessary to conform
members' bases in the subsidiary's stock to the subsidiary's net inside
attributes, as reduced under this rule).
Thus, these rules work together to protect the government's
interests (by addressing the entire potential for loss duplication) and
taxpayers' interests (by preventing the over-reduction of either lower-
tier stock basis or lower-tier attributes). Accordingly, the IRS and
Treasury Department continue to believe these rules are essential to
the balance and fundamental fairness of the Unified Loss Rule.
Nevertheless, the IRS and Treasury Department recognize that the
conforming limitation and basis restoration rules can add considerable
complexity to the application of the Unified Loss Rule. To address this
concern, commentators have suggested that one or the other of these
rules could be omitted to simplify the proposed rule. The IRS and
Treasury Department are concerned, however, that eliminating either of
these rules would considerably undermine the overall fairness of the
regulation. But the IRS and Treasury Department are persuaded that, if
a taxpayer determines that the expected benefit of applying these rules
is outweighed by the additional complexity, then that taxpayer should
be permitted to choose not to apply these rules.
Accordingly, these final regulations continue to measure the
potential for loss duplication by taking both stock basis and
attributes into account and continue to safeguard against over-
reduction of either inside attributes or stock basis by applying both
the conforming limitation and the basis restoration rules. However,
under the final regulations, taxpayers are permitted to elect not to
apply the conforming limitation or the basis restoration rule if they
decide the protection afforded by either or both of those rules does
not outweigh the burden of applying them.
ii. Attribute Reduction Amount Below Five Percent of Value
Although the fundamental structure of the attribute reduction rule
has been retained, the IRS and Treasury Department have determined that
it is appropriate to provide an exception to the application of the
attribute reduction rule if the attribute reduction amount (that is,
the duplicated loss) is small relative to the size of the transaction.
This decision reflects a balancing of the need to eliminate duplicated
loss and the administrative burden of applying the attribute reduction
rule. Accordingly, under these final regulations, taxpayers must still
compute their attribute reduction amount, but if the total attribute
reduction amount is less than five percent of the aggregate value of
the subsidiary shares that are transferred by members in the
transaction, the attribute reduction rule does not apply to the
transfer.
However, the IRS and Treasury Department also recognize that, in
certain circumstances, a taxpayer may prefer to have the attribute
reduction rule apply. For example, a group may want to apply the rule
in order to reattribute a subsidiary's attributes. Accordingly, the
final regulations allow taxpayers to elect to apply the attribute
reduction rule notwithstanding that their total attribute reduction
amount is less than five percent of the aggregate value of the
transferred shares. If this election is made, the attribute reduction
rule will apply with respect to the entire attribute reduction amount
determined in the transaction, and thus applies with respect to all
members transferring shares, and all shares transferred, in the
transaction.
iii. Ordering of Reduction of Recognized Losses
Commentators generally agreed with the decision to reduce
recognized losses (net operating loss (NOL) carryovers, capital loss
carryovers, and deferred deductions, identified as Category A, Category
B, and Category C attributes, respectively) before reducing asset
basis, since the former items represent actual, identified losses. The
proposed regulations provided that the attribute reduction amount would
be first applied to reduce NOL carryovers (from oldest to newest), then
capital loss carryovers (from oldest to newest), and then deferred
deductions (proportionately). However, several commentators questioned
the need for a mandatory order in which these attributes would be
reduced. These commentators observed that, because loss duplication is
a mathematical determination under the Unified Loss Rule, and because
it is difficult (if not impossible) to know which attributes are
economically duplicative of a stock loss, the reduction of any item in
those categories should be equally appropriate and effective.
The IRS and Treasury Department have reconsidered this issue and
agree with the commentators. Accordingly, the final regulations provide
that if the attribute reduction amount is less than the total
attributes in Category A, Category B, and Category C, the taxpayer may
specify the allocation of S's attribute reduction amount among the
attributes in those categories.
The final regulations do, however, prescribe a default allocation
for the reduction of such attributes that is used to the extent the
taxpayer does not specify an allocation. This default allocation
differs from the order provided in the proposed rule in that capital
loss carryovers (not NOLs) are reduced first. This modification was
made in response to a commentator's suggestion, based on the
observation that capital loss carryovers have a significantly shorter
expiration period and are therefore more likely than NOLs to expire
unused. Accordingly, except to the extent a taxpayer elects to specify
an allocation, the final regulations first reduce capital loss
carryovers (oldest to newest), then NOL carryovers (oldest to newest),
and then deferred deductions (proportionately). This change in the
order of reduction is intended to minimize the possibility that the
attribute reduction rule will reduce attributes in an amount greater
than the amount that would ultimately be available for duplicative use.
The final regulations continue to provide that, regardless of the
order in which attributes in these categories are reduced, they are
reduced in full before any reduction is made to asset basis.
iv. Methodology for Reduction of Asset Basis
Several commentators have suggested simplifying modifications to
the manner in which asset basis is reduced under the attribute
reduction rule. One is the elimination of the proposed Category D
attributes (unrecognized losses on publicly traded property). This
category was included in the proposed rule because the IRS and Treasury
Department recognized that these amounts represent a readily
identifiable loss that could be eliminated before the presumptive
reduction of the bases of other assets. This approach prevented the
attribute reduction rule from creating or increasing gain in publicly
traded assets. However, commentators viewed this rule as increasing the
complexity of an already complex analysis while providing only a
marginal benefit.
The IRS and Treasury Department are persuaded that this extra
complexity might not be warranted in this context
[[Page 53942]]
and that the elimination of this rule would not materially affect the
balance otherwise reached by the Unified Loss Rule. Accordingly, the
final regulations include publicly traded property in the general asset
basis category (now designated Category D).
Another suggestion made by commentators was to apply the attribute
reduction amount remaining after reducing Category A, Category B, and
Category C attributes to reduce asset basis in the reverse order of the
residual method of allocating consideration paid or received in a
transaction under section 1060.
The IRS and Treasury Department have concluded that this approach
is readily administrable and reflects an appropriate balancing of
presumptions regarding the location of duplicated loss. An important
consideration is that such a rule reduces basis in purchased goodwill
and going concern value before basis in other assets, and the IRS and
Treasury Department are persuaded that duplicated loss is generally
more likely to be reflected in the bases of such assets. Therefore, the
elimination of the basis in those assets first seems particularly
appropriate. Further, the IRS and Treasury Department believe that this
approach would generally be more administrable than the proposed pro
rata reduction of asset basis.
Accordingly, these final regulations adopt this suggestion and
generally provide that the attribute reduction amount is applied to
reduce the basis of assets in the asset classes specified in Sec.
1.338-6(b) other than Class I (cash and general deposit accounts, other
than certificates of deposit held in depository institutions), but in
the reverse order from the order specified in that section. Thus, under
this reverse residual method, any attribute reduction amount applied to
reduce asset basis is generally applied first to reduce any basis of
assets in Class VII (proportionately, based on basis instead of value,
until all such basis is eliminated). Any remaining attribute reduction
amount is then applied in the same manner to reduce the basis of assets
in each succeeding lower asset class, other than Class I.
Notwithstanding the general adoption of this allocation methodology
for Category D attributes, these final regulations provide that the
portion of the attribute reduction amount that is not applied to
attributes in Category A, Category B, and Category C, is first
allocated between S's basis in any stock of lower-tier subsidiaries
(treating all S's shares of any one lower-tier subsidiary as a deemed
single share) and the subsidiary's other assets (treating the non-stock
Category D assets as one asset). The allocation is made in proportion
to S's deemed basis in each single share of lower-tier subsidiary stock
and S's basis in the non-stock Category D asset (S's aggregate basis in
all of its Category D assets other than subsidiary stock). Only the
portion of the attribute reduction amount not allocated to lower-tier
subsidiary stock is applied under the reverse residual method. This
initial allocation between lower-tier subsidiary stock and other assets
is necessary to ensure that, to the extent the attribute reduction
amount reflects items attributable to a lower-tier subsidiary's stock
basis or attributes, the attribute reduction amount is properly
directed and applied to those items.
v. Suspension of Excess Attribute Reduction Amount
Several commentators and practitioners questioned the need to
suspend attribute reduction amounts in excess of reducible attributes
and apply those suspended amounts to reduce or eliminate attributes
otherwise arising when all or part of the liability is paid or
otherwise satisfied, whether by S or another person. The IRS and
Treasury Department proposed this rule because the mathematical
operation of the formula for computing the attribute reduction amount
results in such an excess only if there is a liability or similar item
that has reduced economic value but that